diff --git a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html
index be472f8..c69169d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/analyticsadmin_v1alpha.properties.html
@@ -130,6 +130,9 @@
 <p class="firstline">Returns the webDataStreams Resource.</p>
 
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#acknowledgeUserDataCollection">acknowledgeUserDataCollection(property, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Acknowledges the terms of user data collection for the specified property. This acknowledgement must be completed (either in the Google Analytics UI or via this API) before MeasurementProtocolSecret resources may be created.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -164,6 +167,31 @@
 <p class="firstline">Updates Google Signals settings for a property.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="acknowledgeUserDataCollection">acknowledgeUserDataCollection(property, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Acknowledges the terms of user data collection for the specified property. This acknowledgement must be completed (either in the Google Analytics UI or via this API) before MeasurementProtocolSecret resources may be created.
+
+Args:
+  property: string, Required. The property for which to acknowledge user data collection. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for AcknowledgeUserDataCollection RPC.
+  &quot;acknowledgement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. An acknowledgement that the caller of this method understands the terms of user data collection. This field must contain the exact value: &quot;I acknowledge that I have the necessary privacy disclosures and rights from my end users for the collection and processing of their data, including the association of such data with the visitation information Google Analytics collects from my site and/or app property.&quot;
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for AcknowledgeUserDataCollection RPC.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
   <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
 </div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html
index 46807ec..2248dd2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androidmanagement_v1.enterprises.policies.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;addUserDisabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether adding new users and profiles is disabled.
   &quot;adjustVolumeDisabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether adjusting the master volume is disabled. Also mutes the device.
-  &quot;advancedSecurityOverrides&quot;: { # Security policies set to the most secure values by default. To maintain the security posture of a device, we don&#x27;t recommend overriding any of the default values. # Security policies set to the most secure values by default. To maintain the security posture of a device, we don&#x27;t recommend overriding any of the default values.
+  &quot;advancedSecurityOverrides&quot;: { # Security policies set to secure values by default. To maintain the security posture of a device, we don&#x27;t recommend overriding any of the default values. # Security policies set to secure values by default. To maintain the security posture of a device, we don&#x27;t recommend overriding any of the default values.
     &quot;commonCriteriaMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls Common Criteria Mode—security standards defined in the Common Criteria for Information Technology Security Evaluation (https://www.commoncriteriaportal.org/) (CC). Enabling Common Criteria Mode increases certain security components on a device, including AES-GCM encryption of Bluetooth Long Term Keys, and Wi-Fi configuration stores.Warning: Common Criteria Mode enforces a strict security model typically only required for IT products used in national security systems and other highly sensitive organizations. Standard device use may be affected. Only enabled if required.
     &quot;developerSettings&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls access to developer settings: developer options and safe boot. Replaces safeBootDisabled (deprecated) and debuggingFeaturesAllowed (deprecated).
     &quot;googlePlayProtectVerifyApps&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether Google Play Protect verification (https://support.google.com/accounts/answer/2812853) is enforced. Replaces ensureVerifyAppsEnabled (deprecated).
@@ -501,7 +501,7 @@
       ],
       &quot;addUserDisabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether adding new users and profiles is disabled.
       &quot;adjustVolumeDisabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether adjusting the master volume is disabled. Also mutes the device.
-      &quot;advancedSecurityOverrides&quot;: { # Security policies set to the most secure values by default. To maintain the security posture of a device, we don&#x27;t recommend overriding any of the default values. # Security policies set to the most secure values by default. To maintain the security posture of a device, we don&#x27;t recommend overriding any of the default values.
+      &quot;advancedSecurityOverrides&quot;: { # Security policies set to secure values by default. To maintain the security posture of a device, we don&#x27;t recommend overriding any of the default values. # Security policies set to secure values by default. To maintain the security posture of a device, we don&#x27;t recommend overriding any of the default values.
         &quot;commonCriteriaMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls Common Criteria Mode—security standards defined in the Common Criteria for Information Technology Security Evaluation (https://www.commoncriteriaportal.org/) (CC). Enabling Common Criteria Mode increases certain security components on a device, including AES-GCM encryption of Bluetooth Long Term Keys, and Wi-Fi configuration stores.Warning: Common Criteria Mode enforces a strict security model typically only required for IT products used in national security systems and other highly sensitive organizations. Standard device use may be affected. Only enabled if required.
         &quot;developerSettings&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls access to developer settings: developer options and safe boot. Replaces safeBootDisabled (deprecated) and debuggingFeaturesAllowed (deprecated).
         &quot;googlePlayProtectVerifyApps&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether Google Play Protect verification (https://support.google.com/accounts/answer/2812853) is enforced. Replaces ensureVerifyAppsEnabled (deprecated).
@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;addUserDisabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether adding new users and profiles is disabled.
   &quot;adjustVolumeDisabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether adjusting the master volume is disabled. Also mutes the device.
-  &quot;advancedSecurityOverrides&quot;: { # Security policies set to the most secure values by default. To maintain the security posture of a device, we don&#x27;t recommend overriding any of the default values. # Security policies set to the most secure values by default. To maintain the security posture of a device, we don&#x27;t recommend overriding any of the default values.
+  &quot;advancedSecurityOverrides&quot;: { # Security policies set to secure values by default. To maintain the security posture of a device, we don&#x27;t recommend overriding any of the default values. # Security policies set to secure values by default. To maintain the security posture of a device, we don&#x27;t recommend overriding any of the default values.
     &quot;commonCriteriaMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls Common Criteria Mode—security standards defined in the Common Criteria for Information Technology Security Evaluation (https://www.commoncriteriaportal.org/) (CC). Enabling Common Criteria Mode increases certain security components on a device, including AES-GCM encryption of Bluetooth Long Term Keys, and Wi-Fi configuration stores.Warning: Common Criteria Mode enforces a strict security model typically only required for IT products used in national security systems and other highly sensitive organizations. Standard device use may be affected. Only enabled if required.
     &quot;developerSettings&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls access to developer settings: developer options and safe boot. Replaces safeBootDisabled (deprecated) and debuggingFeaturesAllowed (deprecated).
     &quot;googlePlayProtectVerifyApps&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether Google Play Protect verification (https://support.google.com/accounts/answer/2812853) is enforced. Replaces ensureVerifyAppsEnabled (deprecated).
@@ -1226,7 +1226,7 @@
   ],
   &quot;addUserDisabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether adding new users and profiles is disabled.
   &quot;adjustVolumeDisabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether adjusting the master volume is disabled. Also mutes the device.
-  &quot;advancedSecurityOverrides&quot;: { # Security policies set to the most secure values by default. To maintain the security posture of a device, we don&#x27;t recommend overriding any of the default values. # Security policies set to the most secure values by default. To maintain the security posture of a device, we don&#x27;t recommend overriding any of the default values.
+  &quot;advancedSecurityOverrides&quot;: { # Security policies set to secure values by default. To maintain the security posture of a device, we don&#x27;t recommend overriding any of the default values. # Security policies set to secure values by default. To maintain the security posture of a device, we don&#x27;t recommend overriding any of the default values.
     &quot;commonCriteriaMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls Common Criteria Mode—security standards defined in the Common Criteria for Information Technology Security Evaluation (https://www.commoncriteriaportal.org/) (CC). Enabling Common Criteria Mode increases certain security components on a device, including AES-GCM encryption of Bluetooth Long Term Keys, and Wi-Fi configuration stores.Warning: Common Criteria Mode enforces a strict security model typically only required for IT products used in national security systems and other highly sensitive organizations. Standard device use may be affected. Only enabled if required.
     &quot;developerSettings&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls access to developer settings: developer options and safe boot. Replaces safeBootDisabled (deprecated) and debuggingFeaturesAllowed (deprecated).
     &quot;googlePlayProtectVerifyApps&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether Google Play Protect verification (https://support.google.com/accounts/answer/2812853) is enforced. Replaces ensureVerifyAppsEnabled (deprecated).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.html
index 7370d94..d0451f9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.html
@@ -75,11 +75,6 @@
 <h1><a href="androidpublisher_v3.html">Google Play Android Developer API</a></h1>
 <h2>Instance Methods</h2>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="androidpublisher_v3.applications.html">applications()</a></code>
-</p>
-<p class="firstline">Returns the applications Resource.</p>
-
-<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="androidpublisher_v3.edits.html">edits()</a></code>
 </p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the edits Resource.</p>
@@ -95,6 +90,11 @@
 <p class="firstline">Returns the internalappsharingartifacts Resource.</p>
 
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="androidpublisher_v3.monetization.html">monetization()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the monetization Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="androidpublisher_v3.orders.html">orders()</a></code>
 </p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns the orders Resource.</p>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.html b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..79b2121
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/androidpublisher_v3.monetization.html
@@ -0,0 +1,145 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="androidpublisher_v3.html">Google Play Android Developer API</a> . <a href="androidpublisher_v3.monetization.html">monetization</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#convertRegionPrices">convertRegionPrices(packageName, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Calculates the region prices, using today's exchange rate and country-specific pricing patterns, based on the price in the request for a set of regions.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="convertRegionPrices">convertRegionPrices(packageName, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Calculates the region prices, using today&#x27;s exchange rate and country-specific pricing patterns, based on the price in the request for a set of regions.
+
+Args:
+  packageName: string, Required. The app package name. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for ConvertRegionPrices.
+  &quot;price&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The intital price to convert other regions from. Tax exclusive.
+    &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+    &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for ConvertRegionPrices.
+  &quot;convertedOtherRegionsPrice&quot;: { # Converted other regions prices. # Converted other regions prices in USD and EUR, to use for countries where Play doesn&#x27;t support a country&#x27;s local currency.
+    &quot;eurPrice&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Price in EUR to use for the &quot;Other regions&quot; location exclusive of taxes.
+      &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+      &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+    },
+    &quot;usdPrice&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Price in USD to use for the &quot;Other regions&quot; location exclusive of taxes.
+      &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+      &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;convertedRegionPrices&quot;: { # Map from region code to converted region price.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A converted region price.
+      &quot;price&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The converted price tax inclusive.
+        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The region code of the region.
+      &quot;taxAmount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The tax amount of the converted price.
+        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+    },
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html
index de972b9..9695aad 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/apigee_v1.organizations.environments.html
@@ -568,7 +568,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -635,7 +635,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -677,7 +677,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.tables.html b/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.tables.html
index 19c1602..cdc779c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.tables.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.tables.html
@@ -111,10 +111,13 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # A single table. NextId: 7
+    { # A single table. NextId: 8
   &quot;columns&quot;: [ # List of columns in this table. Order of columns matches the display order.
     { # Details on a column in the table.
       &quot;dataType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Data type of the column Supported types are auto_id, boolean, boolean_list, creator, create_timestamp, date, dropdown, location, integer, integer_list, number, number_list, person, person_list, tags, check_list, text, text_list, update_timestamp, updater, relationship, file_attachment_list. These types directly map to the column types supported on Tables website.
+      &quot;dateDetails&quot;: { # Details about a date column. # Optional. Additional details about a date column.
+        &quot;hasTime&quot;: True or False, # Whether the date column includes time.
+      },
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Internal id for a column.
       &quot;labels&quot;: [ # Optional. Range of labeled values for the column. Some columns like tags and drop-downs limit the values to a set of possible values. We return the range of values in such cases to help clients implement better user data validation.
         { # A single item in a labeled column.
@@ -143,6 +146,7 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the saved view.
     },
   ],
+  &quot;timeZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone of the table. IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the table was last updated excluding updates to individual rows
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -166,10 +170,13 @@
     { # Response message for TablesService.ListTables.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token, which can be sent as `page_token` to retrieve the next page. If this field is empty, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;tables&quot;: [ # The list of tables.
-    { # A single table. NextId: 7
+    { # A single table. NextId: 8
       &quot;columns&quot;: [ # List of columns in this table. Order of columns matches the display order.
         { # Details on a column in the table.
           &quot;dataType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Data type of the column Supported types are auto_id, boolean, boolean_list, creator, create_timestamp, date, dropdown, location, integer, integer_list, number, number_list, person, person_list, tags, check_list, text, text_list, update_timestamp, updater, relationship, file_attachment_list. These types directly map to the column types supported on Tables website.
+          &quot;dateDetails&quot;: { # Details about a date column. # Optional. Additional details about a date column.
+            &quot;hasTime&quot;: True or False, # Whether the date column includes time.
+          },
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Internal id for a column.
           &quot;labels&quot;: [ # Optional. Range of labeled values for the column. Some columns like tags and drop-downs limit the values to a set of possible values. We return the range of values in such cases to help clients implement better user data validation.
             { # A single item in a labeled column.
@@ -198,6 +205,7 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the saved view.
         },
       ],
+      &quot;timeZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone of the table. IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the table was last updated excluding updates to individual rows
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.workspaces.html b/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.workspaces.html
index c989317..c94507f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.workspaces.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/area120tables_v1alpha1.workspaces.html
@@ -111,10 +111,13 @@
   &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human readable title of the workspace.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the workspace. Workspace names have the form `workspaces/{workspace}`.
   &quot;tables&quot;: [ # The list of tables in the workspace.
-    { # A single table. NextId: 7
+    { # A single table. NextId: 8
       &quot;columns&quot;: [ # List of columns in this table. Order of columns matches the display order.
         { # Details on a column in the table.
           &quot;dataType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Data type of the column Supported types are auto_id, boolean, boolean_list, creator, create_timestamp, date, dropdown, location, integer, integer_list, number, number_list, person, person_list, tags, check_list, text, text_list, update_timestamp, updater, relationship, file_attachment_list. These types directly map to the column types supported on Tables website.
+          &quot;dateDetails&quot;: { # Details about a date column. # Optional. Additional details about a date column.
+            &quot;hasTime&quot;: True or False, # Whether the date column includes time.
+          },
           &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Internal id for a column.
           &quot;labels&quot;: [ # Optional. Range of labeled values for the column. Some columns like tags and drop-downs limit the values to a set of possible values. We return the range of values in such cases to help clients implement better user data validation.
             { # A single item in a labeled column.
@@ -143,6 +146,7 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the saved view.
         },
       ],
+      &quot;timeZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone of the table. IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
       &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the table was last updated excluding updates to individual rows
     },
   ],
@@ -173,10 +177,13 @@
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human readable title of the workspace.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the workspace. Workspace names have the form `workspaces/{workspace}`.
       &quot;tables&quot;: [ # The list of tables in the workspace.
-        { # A single table. NextId: 7
+        { # A single table. NextId: 8
           &quot;columns&quot;: [ # List of columns in this table. Order of columns matches the display order.
             { # Details on a column in the table.
               &quot;dataType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Data type of the column Supported types are auto_id, boolean, boolean_list, creator, create_timestamp, date, dropdown, location, integer, integer_list, number, number_list, person, person_list, tags, check_list, text, text_list, update_timestamp, updater, relationship, file_attachment_list. These types directly map to the column types supported on Tables website.
+              &quot;dateDetails&quot;: { # Details about a date column. # Optional. Additional details about a date column.
+                &quot;hasTime&quot;: True or False, # Whether the date column includes time.
+              },
               &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Internal id for a column.
               &quot;labels&quot;: [ # Optional. Range of labeled values for the column. Some columns like tags and drop-downs limit the values to a set of possible values. We return the range of values in such cases to help clients implement better user data validation.
                 { # A single item in a labeled column.
@@ -205,6 +212,7 @@
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the saved view.
             },
           ],
+          &quot;timeZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone of the table. IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
           &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Time when the table was last updated excluding updates to individual rows
         },
       ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html
index bbc435e..56ea2c9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta1.projects.locations.repositories.html
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -370,7 +370,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -398,7 +398,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.html b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.html
index 7ac538a..bcdc228 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/artifactregistry_v1beta2.projects.locations.repositories.html
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.bidders.finalizedDeals.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.bidders.finalizedDeals.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3b51623
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.bidders.finalizedDeals.html
@@ -0,0 +1,345 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.html">Authorized Buyers Marketplace API</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.bidders.html">bidders</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.bidders.finalizedDeals.html">finalizedDeals</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists finalized deals. Use the URL path "/v1/buyers/{accountId}/finalizedDeals" to list finalized deals for the current buyer and its clients. Bidders can use the URL path "/v1/bidders/{accountId}/finalizedDeals" to list finalized deals for the bidder, its buyers and all their clients.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists finalized deals. Use the URL path &quot;/v1/buyers/{accountId}/finalizedDeals&quot; to list finalized deals for the current buyer and its clients. Bidders can use the URL path &quot;/v1/bidders/{accountId}/finalizedDeals&quot; to list finalized deals for the bidder, its buyers and all their clients.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The buyer to list the finalized deals for, in the format: `buyers/{accountId}`. When used to list finalized deals for a bidder, its buyers and clients, in the format `bidders/{accountId}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional query string using the [Cloud API list filtering syntax](https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/guides/v2/list-filters) Supported columns for filtering are: * deal.displayName * deal.dealType * deal.createTime * deal.updateTime * deal.flightStartTime * deal.flightEndTime * dealServingStatus
+  orderBy: string, An optional query string to sort finalized deals using the [Cloud API sorting syntax](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If no sort order is specified, results will be returned in an arbitrary order. Supported columns for sorting are: * deal.displayName * deal.createTime * deal.updateTime * deal.flightStartTime * deal.flightEndTime * rtbMetrics.bidRequests7Days * rtbMetrics.bids7Days * rtbMetrics.adImpressions7Days * rtbMetrics.bidRate7Days * rtbMetrics.filteredBidRate7Days * rtbMetrics.mustBidRateCurrentMonth Example: &#x27;deal.displayName, deal.updateTime desc&#x27;
+  pageSize: integer, Requested page size. The server may return fewer results than requested. If requested more than 500, the server will return 500 results per page. If unspecified, the server will pick a default page size of 100.
+  pageToken: string, The page token as returned from ListFinalizedDealsResponse.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for listing finalized deals.
+  &quot;finalizedDeals&quot;: [ # The list of finalized deals.
+    { # A finalized deal is a snapshot of the deal when both buyer and seller accept the deal. The buyer or seller can update the deal after it&#x27;s been finalized and renegotiate on the deal targeting, terms and other fields, while at the same time the finalized snapshot of the deal can still be retrieved via this API. The finalized deal contains a copy of the deal as it existed when most recently finalized, as well as fields related to deal serving such as pause/resume status, RTB metrics, etc.
+      &quot;deal&quot;: { # A deal represents a segment of inventory for displaying ads that contains the terms and targeting information that is used for serving as well as the deal stats and status. Note: A proposal may contain multiple deals. # A copy of the Deal made upon finalization. During renegotiation, this will reflect the last finalized deal before renegotiation was initiated.
+        &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+        &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+        &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+        &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time of the deal creation.
+        &quot;creativeRequirements&quot;: { # Message captures data about the creatives in the deal. # Output only. Metadata about the creatives of this deal.
+          &quot;creativePreApprovalPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative pre-approval policy.
+          &quot;creativeSafeFrameCompatibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies whether the creative is safeFrame compatible.
+          &quot;programmaticCreativeSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative source for programmatic deals. PUBLISHER means creative is provided by seller and ADVERTISER means creative is provided by the buyer.
+        },
+        &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal.
+        &quot;deliveryControl&quot;: { # Message contains details about how the deal will be paced. # Output only. Specifies the pacing set by the publisher.
+          &quot;companionDeliveryType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies roadblocking in a master companion lineitem.
+          &quot;creativeRotationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies strategy to use for selecting a creative when multiple creatives of the same size are available.
+          &quot;deliveryRateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies how the impression delivery will be paced.
+          &quot;frequencyCap&quot;: [ # Output only. Specifies any frequency caps. Cannot be filtered within ListDealsRequest.
+            { # Message contains details about publisher-set frequency caps of the delivery.
+              &quot;maxImpressions&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of impressions that can be served to a user within the specified time period.
+              &quot;timeUnitType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time unit. Along with num_time_units defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+              &quot;timeUnitsCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of time, in the units specified by time_unit_type. Defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;roadblockingType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the roadblocking type in display creatives.
+        },
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Free text description for the deal terms.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the deal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the deal.
+        &quot;estimatedGrossSpend&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Specified by buyers in request for proposal (RFP) to notify publisher the total estimated spend for the proposal. Publishers will receive this information and send back proposed deals accordingly.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;flightEndTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight end time of the deal. This will generally be stored in a granularity of a second. A value is not necessary for Private Auction deals.
+        &quot;flightStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight start time of the deal. This will generally be stored in the granularity of one second since deal serving starts at seconds boundary. Any time specified with more granularity (e.g., in milliseconds) will be truncated towards the start of time in seconds.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier of the deal. Auto-generated by the server when a deal is created. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}/deals/{dealId}
+        &quot;preferredDealTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Preferred Deals. # The terms for preferred deals.
+          &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+            &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+              &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;privateAuctionTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Private Auctions. # The terms for private auction deals.
+          &quot;floorPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # The minimum price buyer has to bid to compete in the private auction.
+            &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+              &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+          },
+          &quot;openAuctionAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if open auction buyers are allowed to compete with invited buyers in this private auction.
+        },
+        &quot;programmaticGuaranteedTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Programmatic Guaranteed Deals. # The terms for programmatic guaranteed deals.
+          &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+            &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+              &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+          },
+          &quot;guaranteedLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of guaranteed looks.
+          &quot;impressionCap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifetime impression cap for CPM Sponsorship deals. Deal will stop serving when cap is reached.
+          &quot;minimumDailyLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Daily minimum looks for CPD deal types.
+          &quot;percentShareOfVoice&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For sponsorship deals, this is the percentage of the seller&#x27;s eligible impressions that the deal will serve until the cap is reached. Valid value is within range 0~100.
+          &quot;reservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reservation type for a Programmatic Guaranteed deal. This indicates whether the number of impressions is fixed, or a percent of available impressions. If not specified, the default reservation type is STANDARD.
+        },
+        &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+        &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
+        &quot;sellerTimeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
+          &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+        },
+        &quot;targeting&quot;: { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target inventory. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
+          &quot;daypartTargeting&quot;: { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
+            &quot;dayParts&quot;: [ # The targeted weekdays and times
+              { # Defines targeting for a period of time on a specific week day.
+                &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Day of week for the period.
+                &quot;endTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+                  &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+                  &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+                  &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+                  &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+                },
+                &quot;startTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+                  &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+                  &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+                  &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+                  &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            &quot;timeZoneType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone type of the day parts
+          },
+          &quot;geoTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Output only. Geo criteria IDs to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;inventorySizeTargeting&quot;: { # Represents the size of an ad unit that can be targeted on a bid request. # Output only. Inventory sizes to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be excluded.
+              { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+                &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+                &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+                &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+              },
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be included.
+              { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+                &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+                &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+                &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;placementTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about where the ads can appear, e.g., certain sites or mobile applications. Different placement targeting types will be logically OR&#x27;ed. # Output only. Placement targeting information, e.g., URL, mobile applications.
+            &quot;mobileApplicationTargeting&quot;: { # Mobile application targeting settings. # Mobile application targeting information in a deal. This doesn&#x27;t apply to Auction Packages.
+              &quot;firstPartyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded mobile application IDs that publishers own. Android App ID, for example, com.google.android.apps.maps, can be found in Google Play Store URL. iOS App ID (which is a number) can be found at the end of iTunes store URL. First party mobile applications is either included or excluded. # Publisher owned apps to be targeted or excluded by the publisher to display the ads in.
+                &quot;excludedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be excluded.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+                &quot;targetedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be included.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            &quot;uriTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded URLs (e.g., google.com). For Private Auction Deals, URLs are either included or excluded. For Programmatic Guaranteed and Preferred Deals, this doesn&#x27;t apply. # URLs to be included/excluded.
+              &quot;excludedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be excluded.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;targetedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be included.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;technologyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about various types of technology. # Output only. Technology targeting information, e.g., operating system, device category.
+            &quot;deviceCapabilityTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device capabilities to be included/excluded.
+              &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;deviceCategoryTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device categories to be included/excluded.
+              &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;operatingSystemTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information for operating systems. # Operating system related targeting information.
+              &quot;operatingSystemCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating systems to be included/excluded.
+                &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+                &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+              },
+              &quot;operatingSystemVersionCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating system versions to be included/excluded.
+                &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+                &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;userListTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Buyer user list targeting information. User lists can be uploaded via https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/rtb/bulk-uploader.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;videoTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information about video. # Output only. Video targeting information.
+            &quot;excludedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be excluded. When this field is populated, the targeted_position_types field must be empty.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be included. When this field is populated, the excluded_position_types field must be empty.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the deal was last updated.
+      },
+      &quot;dealPausingInfo&quot;: { # Information related to deal pausing. # Information related to deal pausing for the deal.
+        &quot;pauseReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason for the pausing of the deal; empty for active deals.
+        &quot;pauseRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The party that first paused the deal; unspecified for active deals.
+        &quot;pausingConsented&quot;: True or False, # Whether pausing is consented between buyer and seller for the deal.
+      },
+      &quot;dealServingStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serving status of the deal.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the finalized deal. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/finalizeddeals/{finalizedDealId}`
+      &quot;readyToServe&quot;: True or False, # Whether the Programmatic Guaranteed deal is ready for serving.
+      &quot;rtbMetrics&quot;: { # Real-time bidding metrics. For what each metric means refer to [Report metrics](https://support.google.com/adxbuyer/answer/6115195#report-metrics) # Real-time bidding metrics for this deal.
+        &quot;adImpressions7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Ad impressions in last 7 days.
+        &quot;bidRate7Days&quot;: 3.14, # Bid rate in last 7 days, calculated by (bids / bid requests).
+        &quot;bidRequests7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Bid requests in last 7 days.
+        &quot;bids7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Bids in last 7 days.
+        &quot;filteredBidRate7Days&quot;: 3.14, # Filtered bid rate in last 7 days, calculated by (filtered bids / bids).
+        &quot;mustBidRateCurrentMonth&quot;: 3.14, # Must bid rate for current month.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token to fetch the next page of results.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.bidders.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.bidders.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b4179ab
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.bidders.html
@@ -0,0 +1,91 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.html">Authorized Buyers Marketplace API</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.bidders.html">bidders</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.bidders.finalizedDeals.html">finalizedDeals()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the finalizedDeals Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.auctionPackages.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.auctionPackages.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2b524e7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.auctionPackages.html
@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.html">Authorized Buyers Marketplace API</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.html">buyers</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.auctionPackages.html">auctionPackages</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets an auction package given its name.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">List the auction packages subscribed by a buyer and its clients.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#subscribe">subscribe(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Subscribe to the auction package for the specified buyer. Once subscribed, the bidder will receive a call out for inventory matching the auction package targeting criteria with the auction package deal ID and the specified buyer.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#subscribeClients">subscribeClients(auctionPackage, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Subscribe the specified clients of the buyer to the auction package. If a client in the list does not belong to the buyer, an error response will be returned, and all of the following clients in the list will not be subscribed. Subscribing an already subscribed client will have no effect.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#unsubscribe">unsubscribe(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Unsubscribe from the auction package for the specified buyer. Once unsubscribed, the bidder will no longer receive a call out for the auction package deal ID and the specified buyer.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#unsubscribeClients">unsubscribeClients(auctionPackage, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Unsubscribe from the auction package for the specified clients of the buyer. Unsubscribing a client that is not subscribed will have no effect.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets an auction package given its name.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of auction package to get. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/auctionPackages/{auctionPackageId}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Defines a segment of inventory that buyer wants to buy. It&#x27;s created by buyer and could be shared with multiple buyers.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the auction package was created.
+  &quot;creator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The buyer that created this auction package. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A description of the auction package.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name assigned to the auction package.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier for the auction package. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/auctionPackages/{auctionPackageId}` The auction_package_id part of name is sent in the BidRequest to all RTB bidders and is returned as deal_id by the bidder in the BidResponse.
+  &quot;subscribedClients&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of clients of the current buyer that are subscribed to the AuctionPackage. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}`
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the auction package was last updated. This value is only increased when this auction package is updated but never when a buyer subscribed.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>List the auction packages subscribed by a buyer and its clients.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Name of the parent buyer that can access the auction package. Format: `buyers/{accountId}` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Requested page size. The server may return fewer results than requested. Max allowed page size is 500.
+  pageToken: string, The page token as returned. ListAuctionPackagesResponse.nextPageToken
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for listing auction packages.
+  &quot;auctionPackages&quot;: [ # The list of auction packages.
+    { # Defines a segment of inventory that buyer wants to buy. It&#x27;s created by buyer and could be shared with multiple buyers.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the auction package was created.
+      &quot;creator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The buyer that created this auction package. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A description of the auction package.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name assigned to the auction package.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier for the auction package. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/auctionPackages/{auctionPackageId}` The auction_package_id part of name is sent in the BidRequest to all RTB bidders and is returned as deal_id by the bidder in the BidResponse.
+      &quot;subscribedClients&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of clients of the current buyer that are subscribed to the AuctionPackage. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}`
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the auction package was last updated. This value is only increased when this auction package is updated but never when a buyer subscribed.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Continuation token for fetching the next page of results. Pass this value in the ListAuctionPackagesRequest.pageToken field in the subsequent call to the `ListAuctionPackages` method to retrieve the next page of results.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="subscribe">subscribe(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Subscribe to the auction package for the specified buyer. Once subscribed, the bidder will receive a call out for inventory matching the auction package targeting criteria with the auction package deal ID and the specified buyer.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the auction package. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/auctionPackages/{auctionPackageId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SubscribeAuctionPackage.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Defines a segment of inventory that buyer wants to buy. It&#x27;s created by buyer and could be shared with multiple buyers.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the auction package was created.
+  &quot;creator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The buyer that created this auction package. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A description of the auction package.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name assigned to the auction package.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier for the auction package. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/auctionPackages/{auctionPackageId}` The auction_package_id part of name is sent in the BidRequest to all RTB bidders and is returned as deal_id by the bidder in the BidResponse.
+  &quot;subscribedClients&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of clients of the current buyer that are subscribed to the AuctionPackage. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}`
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the auction package was last updated. This value is only increased when this auction package is updated but never when a buyer subscribed.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="subscribeClients">subscribeClients(auctionPackage, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Subscribe the specified clients of the buyer to the auction package. If a client in the list does not belong to the buyer, an error response will be returned, and all of the following clients in the list will not be subscribed. Subscribing an already subscribed client will have no effect.
+
+Args:
+  auctionPackage: string, Required. Name of the auction package. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/auctionPackages/{auctionPackageId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for SubscribeAuctionPackageClients.
+  &quot;clients&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of client buyers to subscribe to the auction package, with client buyer in the format `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}`. The current buyer will be subscribed to the auction package regardless of the list contents if not already.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Defines a segment of inventory that buyer wants to buy. It&#x27;s created by buyer and could be shared with multiple buyers.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the auction package was created.
+  &quot;creator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The buyer that created this auction package. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A description of the auction package.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name assigned to the auction package.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier for the auction package. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/auctionPackages/{auctionPackageId}` The auction_package_id part of name is sent in the BidRequest to all RTB bidders and is returned as deal_id by the bidder in the BidResponse.
+  &quot;subscribedClients&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of clients of the current buyer that are subscribed to the AuctionPackage. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}`
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the auction package was last updated. This value is only increased when this auction package is updated but never when a buyer subscribed.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="unsubscribe">unsubscribe(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Unsubscribe from the auction package for the specified buyer. Once unsubscribed, the bidder will no longer receive a call out for the auction package deal ID and the specified buyer.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the auction package. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/auctionPackages/{auctionPackageId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for UnsubscribeAuctionPackage.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Defines a segment of inventory that buyer wants to buy. It&#x27;s created by buyer and could be shared with multiple buyers.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the auction package was created.
+  &quot;creator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The buyer that created this auction package. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A description of the auction package.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name assigned to the auction package.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier for the auction package. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/auctionPackages/{auctionPackageId}` The auction_package_id part of name is sent in the BidRequest to all RTB bidders and is returned as deal_id by the bidder in the BidResponse.
+  &quot;subscribedClients&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of clients of the current buyer that are subscribed to the AuctionPackage. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}`
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the auction package was last updated. This value is only increased when this auction package is updated but never when a buyer subscribed.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="unsubscribeClients">unsubscribeClients(auctionPackage, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Unsubscribe from the auction package for the specified clients of the buyer. Unsubscribing a client that is not subscribed will have no effect.
+
+Args:
+  auctionPackage: string, Required. Name of the auction package. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/auctionPackages/{auctionPackageId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for UnsubscribeAuctionPackage.
+  &quot;clients&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of client buyers to unsubscribe from the auction package, with client buyer in the format `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}`.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Defines a segment of inventory that buyer wants to buy. It&#x27;s created by buyer and could be shared with multiple buyers.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the auction package was created.
+  &quot;creator&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The buyer that created this auction package. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. A description of the auction package.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name assigned to the auction package.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier for the auction package. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/auctionPackages/{auctionPackageId}` The auction_package_id part of name is sent in the BidRequest to all RTB bidders and is returned as deal_id by the bidder in the BidResponse.
+  &quot;subscribedClients&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of clients of the current buyer that are subscribed to the AuctionPackage. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}`
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the auction package was last updated. This value is only increased when this auction package is updated but never when a buyer subscribed.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.clients.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.clients.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9fcf292
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.clients.html
@@ -0,0 +1,315 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.html">Authorized Buyers Marketplace API</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.html">buyers</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.clients.html">clients</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.clients.users.html">users()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the users Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#activate">activate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Activates an existing client. The state of the client will be updated to "ACTIVE". This method has no effect if the client is already in "ACTIVE" state.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a new client.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#deactivate">deactivate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deactivates an existing client. The state of the client will be updated to "INACTIVE". This method has no effect if the client is already in "INACTIVE" state.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a client with a given resource name.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all the clients for the current buyer.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates an existing client.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="activate">activate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Activates an existing client. The state of the client will be updated to &quot;ACTIVE&quot;. This method has no effect if the client is already in &quot;ACTIVE&quot; state.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for activating a client.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A client represents an agency, a brand, or an advertiser customer of the buyer. Based on the client&#x27;s role, its client users will have varying levels of restricted access to the Marketplace and certain other sections of the Authorized Buyers UI.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Display name shown to publishers. Must be unique for clients without partnerClientId specified. Maximum length of 255 characters is allowed.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the client. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}`
+  &quot;partnerClientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Arbitrary unique identifier provided by the buyer. This field can be used to associate a client with an identifier in the namespace of the buyer, lookup clients by that identifier and verify whether an Authorized Buyers account of the client already exists. If present, must be unique across all the clients.
+  &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The role assigned to the client. Each role implies a set of permissions granted to the client.
+  &quot;sellerVisible&quot;: True or False, # Whether the client will be visible to sellers.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the client.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a new client.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the buyer. Format: `buyers/{accountId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A client represents an agency, a brand, or an advertiser customer of the buyer. Based on the client&#x27;s role, its client users will have varying levels of restricted access to the Marketplace and certain other sections of the Authorized Buyers UI.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Display name shown to publishers. Must be unique for clients without partnerClientId specified. Maximum length of 255 characters is allowed.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the client. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}`
+  &quot;partnerClientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Arbitrary unique identifier provided by the buyer. This field can be used to associate a client with an identifier in the namespace of the buyer, lookup clients by that identifier and verify whether an Authorized Buyers account of the client already exists. If present, must be unique across all the clients.
+  &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The role assigned to the client. Each role implies a set of permissions granted to the client.
+  &quot;sellerVisible&quot;: True or False, # Whether the client will be visible to sellers.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the client.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A client represents an agency, a brand, or an advertiser customer of the buyer. Based on the client&#x27;s role, its client users will have varying levels of restricted access to the Marketplace and certain other sections of the Authorized Buyers UI.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Display name shown to publishers. Must be unique for clients without partnerClientId specified. Maximum length of 255 characters is allowed.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the client. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}`
+  &quot;partnerClientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Arbitrary unique identifier provided by the buyer. This field can be used to associate a client with an identifier in the namespace of the buyer, lookup clients by that identifier and verify whether an Authorized Buyers account of the client already exists. If present, must be unique across all the clients.
+  &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The role assigned to the client. Each role implies a set of permissions granted to the client.
+  &quot;sellerVisible&quot;: True or False, # Whether the client will be visible to sellers.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the client.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="deactivate">deactivate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deactivates an existing client. The state of the client will be updated to &quot;INACTIVE&quot;. This method has no effect if the client is already in &quot;INACTIVE&quot; state.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for disabling a client.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A client represents an agency, a brand, or an advertiser customer of the buyer. Based on the client&#x27;s role, its client users will have varying levels of restricted access to the Marketplace and certain other sections of the Authorized Buyers UI.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Display name shown to publishers. Must be unique for clients without partnerClientId specified. Maximum length of 255 characters is allowed.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the client. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}`
+  &quot;partnerClientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Arbitrary unique identifier provided by the buyer. This field can be used to associate a client with an identifier in the namespace of the buyer, lookup clients by that identifier and verify whether an Authorized Buyers account of the client already exists. If present, must be unique across all the clients.
+  &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The role assigned to the client. Each role implies a set of permissions granted to the client.
+  &quot;sellerVisible&quot;: True or False, # Whether the client will be visible to sellers.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the client.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets a client with a given resource name.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A client represents an agency, a brand, or an advertiser customer of the buyer. Based on the client&#x27;s role, its client users will have varying levels of restricted access to the Marketplace and certain other sections of the Authorized Buyers UI.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Display name shown to publishers. Must be unique for clients without partnerClientId specified. Maximum length of 255 characters is allowed.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the client. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}`
+  &quot;partnerClientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Arbitrary unique identifier provided by the buyer. This field can be used to associate a client with an identifier in the namespace of the buyer, lookup clients by that identifier and verify whether an Authorized Buyers account of the client already exists. If present, must be unique across all the clients.
+  &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The role assigned to the client. Each role implies a set of permissions granted to the client.
+  &quot;sellerVisible&quot;: True or False, # Whether the client will be visible to sellers.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the client.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all the clients for the current buyer.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the buyer. Format: `buyers/{accountId}` (required)
+  filter: string, Query string using the [Filtering Syntax](https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/guides/v2/list-filters) Supported fields for filtering are: * partnerClientId Use this field to filter the clients by the partnerClientId. For example, if the partnerClientId of the client is &quot;1234&quot;, the value of this field should be `partnerClientId = &quot;1234&quot;`, in order to get only the client whose partnerClientId is &quot;1234&quot; in the response.
+  pageSize: integer, Requested page size. If left blank, a default page size of 500 will be applied.
+  pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Typically, this is the value of ListClientsResponse.nextPageToken returned from the previous call to the list method.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for the list method.
+  &quot;clients&quot;: [ # The returned list of clients.
+    { # A client represents an agency, a brand, or an advertiser customer of the buyer. Based on the client&#x27;s role, its client users will have varying levels of restricted access to the Marketplace and certain other sections of the Authorized Buyers UI.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Display name shown to publishers. Must be unique for clients without partnerClientId specified. Maximum length of 255 characters is allowed.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the client. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}`
+      &quot;partnerClientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Arbitrary unique identifier provided by the buyer. This field can be used to associate a client with an identifier in the namespace of the buyer, lookup clients by that identifier and verify whether an Authorized Buyers account of the client already exists. If present, must be unique across all the clients.
+      &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The role assigned to the client. Each role implies a set of permissions granted to the client.
+      &quot;sellerVisible&quot;: True or False, # Whether the client will be visible to sellers.
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the client.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass this value in the ListClientsRequest.pageToken field in the subsequent call to the list method to retrieve the next page of results.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates an existing client.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The resource name of the client. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A client represents an agency, a brand, or an advertiser customer of the buyer. Based on the client&#x27;s role, its client users will have varying levels of restricted access to the Marketplace and certain other sections of the Authorized Buyers UI.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Display name shown to publishers. Must be unique for clients without partnerClientId specified. Maximum length of 255 characters is allowed.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the client. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}`
+  &quot;partnerClientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Arbitrary unique identifier provided by the buyer. This field can be used to associate a client with an identifier in the namespace of the buyer, lookup clients by that identifier and verify whether an Authorized Buyers account of the client already exists. If present, must be unique across all the clients.
+  &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The role assigned to the client. Each role implies a set of permissions granted to the client.
+  &quot;sellerVisible&quot;: True or False, # Whether the client will be visible to sellers.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the client.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, List of fields to be updated. If empty or unspecified, the service will update all fields populated in the update request excluding the output only fields and primitive fields with default value. Note that explicit field mask is required in order to reset a primitive field back to its default value, e.g. false for boolean fields, 0 for integer fields. A special field mask consisting of a single path &quot;*&quot; can be used to indicate full replacement(the equivalent of PUT method), updatable fields unset or unspecified in the input will be cleared or set to default value. Output only fields will be ignored regardless of the value of updateMask.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A client represents an agency, a brand, or an advertiser customer of the buyer. Based on the client&#x27;s role, its client users will have varying levels of restricted access to the Marketplace and certain other sections of the Authorized Buyers UI.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Display name shown to publishers. Must be unique for clients without partnerClientId specified. Maximum length of 255 characters is allowed.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the client. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}`
+  &quot;partnerClientId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Arbitrary unique identifier provided by the buyer. This field can be used to associate a client with an identifier in the namespace of the buyer, lookup clients by that identifier and verify whether an Authorized Buyers account of the client already exists. If present, must be unique across all the clients.
+  &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The role assigned to the client. Each role implies a set of permissions granted to the client.
+  &quot;sellerVisible&quot;: True or False, # Whether the client will be visible to sellers.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the client.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.clients.users.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.clients.users.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..99c95de
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.clients.users.html
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.html">Authorized Buyers Marketplace API</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.html">buyers</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.clients.html">clients</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.clients.users.html">users</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#activate">activate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Activates an existing client user. The state of the client user will be updated from "INACTIVE" to "ACTIVE". This method has no effect if the client user is already in "ACTIVE" state. An error will be returned if the client user to activate is still in "INVITED" state.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a new client user in "INVITED" state. An email invitation will be sent to the new user, once accepted the user will become active.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#deactivate">deactivate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deactivates an existing client user. The state of the client user will be updated from "ACTIVE" to "INACTIVE". This method has no effect if the client user is already in "INACTIVE" state. An error will be returned if the client user to deactivate is still in "INVITED" state.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes an existing client user. The client user will lose access to the Authorized Buyers UI. Note that if a client user is deleted, the user's access to the UI can't be restored unless a new client user is created and activated.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves an existing client user.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all client users for a specified client.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="activate">activate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Activates an existing client user. The state of the client user will be updated from &quot;INACTIVE&quot; to &quot;ACTIVE&quot;. This method has no effect if the client user is already in &quot;ACTIVE&quot; state. An error will be returned if the client user to activate is still in &quot;INVITED&quot; state.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}/clientUsers/{userId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for activating a client user.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A user of a client who has restricted access to the Marketplace and certain other sections of the Authorized Buyers UI based on the role granted to the associated client.
+  &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client user&#x27;s email address that has to be unique across all users for the same client.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the client user. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}/users/{userId}`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the client user.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a new client user in &quot;INVITED&quot; state. An email invitation will be sent to the new user, once accepted the user will become active.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the client. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A user of a client who has restricted access to the Marketplace and certain other sections of the Authorized Buyers UI based on the role granted to the associated client.
+  &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client user&#x27;s email address that has to be unique across all users for the same client.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the client user. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}/users/{userId}`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the client user.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A user of a client who has restricted access to the Marketplace and certain other sections of the Authorized Buyers UI based on the role granted to the associated client.
+  &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client user&#x27;s email address that has to be unique across all users for the same client.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the client user. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}/users/{userId}`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the client user.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="deactivate">deactivate(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deactivates an existing client user. The state of the client user will be updated from &quot;ACTIVE&quot; to &quot;INACTIVE&quot;. This method has no effect if the client user is already in &quot;INACTIVE&quot; state. An error will be returned if the client user to deactivate is still in &quot;INVITED&quot; state.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}/clientUsers/{userId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for deactivating a client user.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A user of a client who has restricted access to the Marketplace and certain other sections of the Authorized Buyers UI based on the role granted to the associated client.
+  &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client user&#x27;s email address that has to be unique across all users for the same client.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the client user. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}/users/{userId}`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the client user.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes an existing client user. The client user will lose access to the Authorized Buyers UI. Note that if a client user is deleted, the user&#x27;s access to the UI can&#x27;t be restored unless a new client user is created and activated.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}/clientUsers/{userId}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A generic empty message that you can re-use to avoid defining duplicated empty messages in your APIs. A typical example is to use it as the request or the response type of an API method. For instance: service Foo { rpc Bar(google.protobuf.Empty) returns (google.protobuf.Empty); } The JSON representation for `Empty` is empty JSON object `{}`.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves an existing client user.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}/clientUsers/{userId}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A user of a client who has restricted access to the Marketplace and certain other sections of the Authorized Buyers UI based on the role granted to the associated client.
+  &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client user&#x27;s email address that has to be unique across all users for the same client.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the client user. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}/users/{userId}`
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the client user.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all client users for a specified client.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}` (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Requested page size. If left blank, a default page size of 500 will be applied.
+  pageToken: string, A token identifying a page of results the server should return. Typically, this is the value of ListClientUsersResponse.nextPageToken returned from the previous call to the list method.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for the list method.
+  &quot;clientUsers&quot;: [ # The returned list of client users.
+    { # A user of a client who has restricted access to the Marketplace and certain other sections of the Authorized Buyers UI based on the role granted to the associated client.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The client user&#x27;s email address that has to be unique across all users for the same client.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The resource name of the client user. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountId}/users/{userId}`
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the client user.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token to retrieve the next page of results. Pass this value in the ListClientUsersRequest.pageToken field in the subsequent call to the list method to retrieve the next page of results.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.finalizedDeals.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.finalizedDeals.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4895b9c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.finalizedDeals.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1536 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.html">Authorized Buyers Marketplace API</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.html">buyers</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.finalizedDeals.html">finalizedDeals</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#addCreative">addCreative(deal, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Add creative to be used in the bidding process for a finalized deal. For programmatic guaranteed deals, it's recommended that you associate at least one approved creative with the deal before calling SetReadyToServe, to help reduce the number of bid responses filtered because they don't contain approved creatives. Creatives successfully added to a deal can be found in the Realtime-bidding Creatives API creative.deal_ids. This method only applies to programmatic guaranteed deals. Maximum number of 1000 creatives can be added to a finalized deal.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a finalized deal given its name.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists finalized deals. Use the URL path "/v1/buyers/{accountId}/finalizedDeals" to list finalized deals for the current buyer and its clients. Bidders can use the URL path "/v1/bidders/{accountId}/finalizedDeals" to list finalized deals for the bidder, its buyers and all their clients.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#pause">pause(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Pauses serving of the given finalized deal. This call only pauses the serving status, and does not affect other fields of the finalized deal. Calling this method for an already paused deal has no effect. This method only applies to programmatic guaranteed deals.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#resume">resume(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Resumes serving of the given finalized deal. Calling this method for an running deal has no effect. If a deal is initially paused by the seller, calling this method will not resume serving of the deal until the seller also resumes the deal. This method only applies to programmatic guaranteed deals.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#setReadyToServe">setReadyToServe(deal, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Sets the given finalized deal as ready to serve. By default, deals are ready to serve as soon as they're finalized. A bidder can opt out of this feature by asking to be included in an allowlist. Once opted out, finalized deals belonging to the bidder and its child seats will not start serving until this method is called. This method is useful to the bidders who prefer to not receive bid requests before the creative is ready. This method only applies to programmatic guaranteed deals.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="addCreative">addCreative(deal, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Add creative to be used in the bidding process for a finalized deal. For programmatic guaranteed deals, it&#x27;s recommended that you associate at least one approved creative with the deal before calling SetReadyToServe, to help reduce the number of bid responses filtered because they don&#x27;t contain approved creatives. Creatives successfully added to a deal can be found in the Realtime-bidding Creatives API creative.deal_ids. This method only applies to programmatic guaranteed deals. Maximum number of 1000 creatives can be added to a finalized deal.
+
+Args:
+  deal: string, Required. Name of the finalized deal in the format of: `buyers/{accountId}/finalizedDeals/{dealId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for adding creative to be used in the bidding process for the finalized deal.
+  &quot;creative&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the creative to add to the finalized deal, in the format `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/creatives/{creativeId}`. See creative.name.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A finalized deal is a snapshot of the deal when both buyer and seller accept the deal. The buyer or seller can update the deal after it&#x27;s been finalized and renegotiate on the deal targeting, terms and other fields, while at the same time the finalized snapshot of the deal can still be retrieved via this API. The finalized deal contains a copy of the deal as it existed when most recently finalized, as well as fields related to deal serving such as pause/resume status, RTB metrics, etc.
+  &quot;deal&quot;: { # A deal represents a segment of inventory for displaying ads that contains the terms and targeting information that is used for serving as well as the deal stats and status. Note: A proposal may contain multiple deals. # A copy of the Deal made upon finalization. During renegotiation, this will reflect the last finalized deal before renegotiation was initiated.
+    &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+    &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+    &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time of the deal creation.
+    &quot;creativeRequirements&quot;: { # Message captures data about the creatives in the deal. # Output only. Metadata about the creatives of this deal.
+      &quot;creativePreApprovalPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative pre-approval policy.
+      &quot;creativeSafeFrameCompatibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies whether the creative is safeFrame compatible.
+      &quot;programmaticCreativeSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative source for programmatic deals. PUBLISHER means creative is provided by seller and ADVERTISER means creative is provided by the buyer.
+    },
+    &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal.
+    &quot;deliveryControl&quot;: { # Message contains details about how the deal will be paced. # Output only. Specifies the pacing set by the publisher.
+      &quot;companionDeliveryType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies roadblocking in a master companion lineitem.
+      &quot;creativeRotationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies strategy to use for selecting a creative when multiple creatives of the same size are available.
+      &quot;deliveryRateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies how the impression delivery will be paced.
+      &quot;frequencyCap&quot;: [ # Output only. Specifies any frequency caps. Cannot be filtered within ListDealsRequest.
+        { # Message contains details about publisher-set frequency caps of the delivery.
+          &quot;maxImpressions&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of impressions that can be served to a user within the specified time period.
+          &quot;timeUnitType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time unit. Along with num_time_units defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+          &quot;timeUnitsCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of time, in the units specified by time_unit_type. Defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;roadblockingType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the roadblocking type in display creatives.
+    },
+    &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Free text description for the deal terms.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the deal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the deal.
+    &quot;estimatedGrossSpend&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Specified by buyers in request for proposal (RFP) to notify publisher the total estimated spend for the proposal. Publishers will receive this information and send back proposed deals accordingly.
+      &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+      &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+    },
+    &quot;flightEndTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight end time of the deal. This will generally be stored in a granularity of a second. A value is not necessary for Private Auction deals.
+    &quot;flightStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight start time of the deal. This will generally be stored in the granularity of one second since deal serving starts at seconds boundary. Any time specified with more granularity (e.g., in milliseconds) will be truncated towards the start of time in seconds.
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier of the deal. Auto-generated by the server when a deal is created. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}/deals/{dealId}
+    &quot;preferredDealTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Preferred Deals. # The terms for preferred deals.
+      &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+        &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;privateAuctionTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Private Auctions. # The terms for private auction deals.
+      &quot;floorPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # The minimum price buyer has to bid to compete in the private auction.
+        &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+      },
+      &quot;openAuctionAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if open auction buyers are allowed to compete with invited buyers in this private auction.
+    },
+    &quot;programmaticGuaranteedTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Programmatic Guaranteed Deals. # The terms for programmatic guaranteed deals.
+      &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+        &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+      },
+      &quot;guaranteedLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of guaranteed looks.
+      &quot;impressionCap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifetime impression cap for CPM Sponsorship deals. Deal will stop serving when cap is reached.
+      &quot;minimumDailyLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Daily minimum looks for CPD deal types.
+      &quot;percentShareOfVoice&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For sponsorship deals, this is the percentage of the seller&#x27;s eligible impressions that the deal will serve until the cap is reached. Valid value is within range 0~100.
+      &quot;reservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reservation type for a Programmatic Guaranteed deal. This indicates whether the number of impressions is fixed, or a percent of available impressions. If not specified, the default reservation type is STANDARD.
+    },
+    &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+    &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
+    &quot;sellerTimeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+    },
+    &quot;targeting&quot;: { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target inventory. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
+      &quot;daypartTargeting&quot;: { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
+        &quot;dayParts&quot;: [ # The targeted weekdays and times
+          { # Defines targeting for a period of time on a specific week day.
+            &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Day of week for the period.
+            &quot;endTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+              &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+              &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+              &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+            &quot;startTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+              &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+              &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+              &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;timeZoneType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone type of the day parts
+      },
+      &quot;geoTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Output only. Geo criteria IDs to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;inventorySizeTargeting&quot;: { # Represents the size of an ad unit that can be targeted on a bid request. # Output only. Inventory sizes to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be excluded.
+          { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+            &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+            &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be included.
+          { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+            &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+            &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;placementTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about where the ads can appear, e.g., certain sites or mobile applications. Different placement targeting types will be logically OR&#x27;ed. # Output only. Placement targeting information, e.g., URL, mobile applications.
+        &quot;mobileApplicationTargeting&quot;: { # Mobile application targeting settings. # Mobile application targeting information in a deal. This doesn&#x27;t apply to Auction Packages.
+          &quot;firstPartyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded mobile application IDs that publishers own. Android App ID, for example, com.google.android.apps.maps, can be found in Google Play Store URL. iOS App ID (which is a number) can be found at the end of iTunes store URL. First party mobile applications is either included or excluded. # Publisher owned apps to be targeted or excluded by the publisher to display the ads in.
+            &quot;excludedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;uriTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded URLs (e.g., google.com). For Private Auction Deals, URLs are either included or excluded. For Programmatic Guaranteed and Preferred Deals, this doesn&#x27;t apply. # URLs to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;technologyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about various types of technology. # Output only. Technology targeting information, e.g., operating system, device category.
+        &quot;deviceCapabilityTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device capabilities to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;deviceCategoryTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device categories to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;operatingSystemTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information for operating systems. # Operating system related targeting information.
+          &quot;operatingSystemCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating systems to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;operatingSystemVersionCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating system versions to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;userListTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Buyer user list targeting information. User lists can be uploaded via https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/rtb/bulk-uploader.
+        &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;videoTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information about video. # Output only. Video targeting information.
+        &quot;excludedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be excluded. When this field is populated, the targeted_position_types field must be empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be included. When this field is populated, the excluded_position_types field must be empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the deal was last updated.
+  },
+  &quot;dealPausingInfo&quot;: { # Information related to deal pausing. # Information related to deal pausing for the deal.
+    &quot;pauseReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason for the pausing of the deal; empty for active deals.
+    &quot;pauseRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The party that first paused the deal; unspecified for active deals.
+    &quot;pausingConsented&quot;: True or False, # Whether pausing is consented between buyer and seller for the deal.
+  },
+  &quot;dealServingStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serving status of the deal.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the finalized deal. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/finalizeddeals/{finalizedDealId}`
+  &quot;readyToServe&quot;: True or False, # Whether the Programmatic Guaranteed deal is ready for serving.
+  &quot;rtbMetrics&quot;: { # Real-time bidding metrics. For what each metric means refer to [Report metrics](https://support.google.com/adxbuyer/answer/6115195#report-metrics) # Real-time bidding metrics for this deal.
+    &quot;adImpressions7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Ad impressions in last 7 days.
+    &quot;bidRate7Days&quot;: 3.14, # Bid rate in last 7 days, calculated by (bids / bid requests).
+    &quot;bidRequests7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Bid requests in last 7 days.
+    &quot;bids7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Bids in last 7 days.
+    &quot;filteredBidRate7Days&quot;: 3.14, # Filtered bid rate in last 7 days, calculated by (filtered bids / bids).
+    &quot;mustBidRateCurrentMonth&quot;: 3.14, # Must bid rate for current month.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets a finalized deal given its name.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/finalizedDeals/{dealId}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A finalized deal is a snapshot of the deal when both buyer and seller accept the deal. The buyer or seller can update the deal after it&#x27;s been finalized and renegotiate on the deal targeting, terms and other fields, while at the same time the finalized snapshot of the deal can still be retrieved via this API. The finalized deal contains a copy of the deal as it existed when most recently finalized, as well as fields related to deal serving such as pause/resume status, RTB metrics, etc.
+  &quot;deal&quot;: { # A deal represents a segment of inventory for displaying ads that contains the terms and targeting information that is used for serving as well as the deal stats and status. Note: A proposal may contain multiple deals. # A copy of the Deal made upon finalization. During renegotiation, this will reflect the last finalized deal before renegotiation was initiated.
+    &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+    &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+    &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time of the deal creation.
+    &quot;creativeRequirements&quot;: { # Message captures data about the creatives in the deal. # Output only. Metadata about the creatives of this deal.
+      &quot;creativePreApprovalPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative pre-approval policy.
+      &quot;creativeSafeFrameCompatibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies whether the creative is safeFrame compatible.
+      &quot;programmaticCreativeSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative source for programmatic deals. PUBLISHER means creative is provided by seller and ADVERTISER means creative is provided by the buyer.
+    },
+    &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal.
+    &quot;deliveryControl&quot;: { # Message contains details about how the deal will be paced. # Output only. Specifies the pacing set by the publisher.
+      &quot;companionDeliveryType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies roadblocking in a master companion lineitem.
+      &quot;creativeRotationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies strategy to use for selecting a creative when multiple creatives of the same size are available.
+      &quot;deliveryRateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies how the impression delivery will be paced.
+      &quot;frequencyCap&quot;: [ # Output only. Specifies any frequency caps. Cannot be filtered within ListDealsRequest.
+        { # Message contains details about publisher-set frequency caps of the delivery.
+          &quot;maxImpressions&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of impressions that can be served to a user within the specified time period.
+          &quot;timeUnitType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time unit. Along with num_time_units defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+          &quot;timeUnitsCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of time, in the units specified by time_unit_type. Defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;roadblockingType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the roadblocking type in display creatives.
+    },
+    &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Free text description for the deal terms.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the deal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the deal.
+    &quot;estimatedGrossSpend&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Specified by buyers in request for proposal (RFP) to notify publisher the total estimated spend for the proposal. Publishers will receive this information and send back proposed deals accordingly.
+      &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+      &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+    },
+    &quot;flightEndTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight end time of the deal. This will generally be stored in a granularity of a second. A value is not necessary for Private Auction deals.
+    &quot;flightStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight start time of the deal. This will generally be stored in the granularity of one second since deal serving starts at seconds boundary. Any time specified with more granularity (e.g., in milliseconds) will be truncated towards the start of time in seconds.
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier of the deal. Auto-generated by the server when a deal is created. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}/deals/{dealId}
+    &quot;preferredDealTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Preferred Deals. # The terms for preferred deals.
+      &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+        &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;privateAuctionTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Private Auctions. # The terms for private auction deals.
+      &quot;floorPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # The minimum price buyer has to bid to compete in the private auction.
+        &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+      },
+      &quot;openAuctionAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if open auction buyers are allowed to compete with invited buyers in this private auction.
+    },
+    &quot;programmaticGuaranteedTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Programmatic Guaranteed Deals. # The terms for programmatic guaranteed deals.
+      &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+        &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+      },
+      &quot;guaranteedLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of guaranteed looks.
+      &quot;impressionCap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifetime impression cap for CPM Sponsorship deals. Deal will stop serving when cap is reached.
+      &quot;minimumDailyLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Daily minimum looks for CPD deal types.
+      &quot;percentShareOfVoice&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For sponsorship deals, this is the percentage of the seller&#x27;s eligible impressions that the deal will serve until the cap is reached. Valid value is within range 0~100.
+      &quot;reservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reservation type for a Programmatic Guaranteed deal. This indicates whether the number of impressions is fixed, or a percent of available impressions. If not specified, the default reservation type is STANDARD.
+    },
+    &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+    &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
+    &quot;sellerTimeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+    },
+    &quot;targeting&quot;: { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target inventory. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
+      &quot;daypartTargeting&quot;: { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
+        &quot;dayParts&quot;: [ # The targeted weekdays and times
+          { # Defines targeting for a period of time on a specific week day.
+            &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Day of week for the period.
+            &quot;endTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+              &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+              &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+              &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+            &quot;startTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+              &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+              &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+              &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;timeZoneType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone type of the day parts
+      },
+      &quot;geoTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Output only. Geo criteria IDs to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;inventorySizeTargeting&quot;: { # Represents the size of an ad unit that can be targeted on a bid request. # Output only. Inventory sizes to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be excluded.
+          { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+            &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+            &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be included.
+          { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+            &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+            &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;placementTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about where the ads can appear, e.g., certain sites or mobile applications. Different placement targeting types will be logically OR&#x27;ed. # Output only. Placement targeting information, e.g., URL, mobile applications.
+        &quot;mobileApplicationTargeting&quot;: { # Mobile application targeting settings. # Mobile application targeting information in a deal. This doesn&#x27;t apply to Auction Packages.
+          &quot;firstPartyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded mobile application IDs that publishers own. Android App ID, for example, com.google.android.apps.maps, can be found in Google Play Store URL. iOS App ID (which is a number) can be found at the end of iTunes store URL. First party mobile applications is either included or excluded. # Publisher owned apps to be targeted or excluded by the publisher to display the ads in.
+            &quot;excludedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;uriTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded URLs (e.g., google.com). For Private Auction Deals, URLs are either included or excluded. For Programmatic Guaranteed and Preferred Deals, this doesn&#x27;t apply. # URLs to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;technologyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about various types of technology. # Output only. Technology targeting information, e.g., operating system, device category.
+        &quot;deviceCapabilityTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device capabilities to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;deviceCategoryTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device categories to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;operatingSystemTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information for operating systems. # Operating system related targeting information.
+          &quot;operatingSystemCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating systems to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;operatingSystemVersionCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating system versions to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;userListTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Buyer user list targeting information. User lists can be uploaded via https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/rtb/bulk-uploader.
+        &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;videoTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information about video. # Output only. Video targeting information.
+        &quot;excludedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be excluded. When this field is populated, the targeted_position_types field must be empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be included. When this field is populated, the excluded_position_types field must be empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the deal was last updated.
+  },
+  &quot;dealPausingInfo&quot;: { # Information related to deal pausing. # Information related to deal pausing for the deal.
+    &quot;pauseReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason for the pausing of the deal; empty for active deals.
+    &quot;pauseRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The party that first paused the deal; unspecified for active deals.
+    &quot;pausingConsented&quot;: True or False, # Whether pausing is consented between buyer and seller for the deal.
+  },
+  &quot;dealServingStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serving status of the deal.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the finalized deal. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/finalizeddeals/{finalizedDealId}`
+  &quot;readyToServe&quot;: True or False, # Whether the Programmatic Guaranteed deal is ready for serving.
+  &quot;rtbMetrics&quot;: { # Real-time bidding metrics. For what each metric means refer to [Report metrics](https://support.google.com/adxbuyer/answer/6115195#report-metrics) # Real-time bidding metrics for this deal.
+    &quot;adImpressions7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Ad impressions in last 7 days.
+    &quot;bidRate7Days&quot;: 3.14, # Bid rate in last 7 days, calculated by (bids / bid requests).
+    &quot;bidRequests7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Bid requests in last 7 days.
+    &quot;bids7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Bids in last 7 days.
+    &quot;filteredBidRate7Days&quot;: 3.14, # Filtered bid rate in last 7 days, calculated by (filtered bids / bids).
+    &quot;mustBidRateCurrentMonth&quot;: 3.14, # Must bid rate for current month.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists finalized deals. Use the URL path &quot;/v1/buyers/{accountId}/finalizedDeals&quot; to list finalized deals for the current buyer and its clients. Bidders can use the URL path &quot;/v1/bidders/{accountId}/finalizedDeals&quot; to list finalized deals for the bidder, its buyers and all their clients.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The buyer to list the finalized deals for, in the format: `buyers/{accountId}`. When used to list finalized deals for a bidder, its buyers and clients, in the format `bidders/{accountId}`. (required)
+  filter: string, Optional query string using the [Cloud API list filtering syntax](https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/guides/v2/list-filters) Supported columns for filtering are: * deal.displayName * deal.dealType * deal.createTime * deal.updateTime * deal.flightStartTime * deal.flightEndTime * dealServingStatus
+  orderBy: string, An optional query string to sort finalized deals using the [Cloud API sorting syntax](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order). If no sort order is specified, results will be returned in an arbitrary order. Supported columns for sorting are: * deal.displayName * deal.createTime * deal.updateTime * deal.flightStartTime * deal.flightEndTime * rtbMetrics.bidRequests7Days * rtbMetrics.bids7Days * rtbMetrics.adImpressions7Days * rtbMetrics.bidRate7Days * rtbMetrics.filteredBidRate7Days * rtbMetrics.mustBidRateCurrentMonth Example: &#x27;deal.displayName, deal.updateTime desc&#x27;
+  pageSize: integer, Requested page size. The server may return fewer results than requested. If requested more than 500, the server will return 500 results per page. If unspecified, the server will pick a default page size of 100.
+  pageToken: string, The page token as returned from ListFinalizedDealsResponse.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for listing finalized deals.
+  &quot;finalizedDeals&quot;: [ # The list of finalized deals.
+    { # A finalized deal is a snapshot of the deal when both buyer and seller accept the deal. The buyer or seller can update the deal after it&#x27;s been finalized and renegotiate on the deal targeting, terms and other fields, while at the same time the finalized snapshot of the deal can still be retrieved via this API. The finalized deal contains a copy of the deal as it existed when most recently finalized, as well as fields related to deal serving such as pause/resume status, RTB metrics, etc.
+      &quot;deal&quot;: { # A deal represents a segment of inventory for displaying ads that contains the terms and targeting information that is used for serving as well as the deal stats and status. Note: A proposal may contain multiple deals. # A copy of the Deal made upon finalization. During renegotiation, this will reflect the last finalized deal before renegotiation was initiated.
+        &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+        &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+        &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+        &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time of the deal creation.
+        &quot;creativeRequirements&quot;: { # Message captures data about the creatives in the deal. # Output only. Metadata about the creatives of this deal.
+          &quot;creativePreApprovalPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative pre-approval policy.
+          &quot;creativeSafeFrameCompatibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies whether the creative is safeFrame compatible.
+          &quot;programmaticCreativeSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative source for programmatic deals. PUBLISHER means creative is provided by seller and ADVERTISER means creative is provided by the buyer.
+        },
+        &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal.
+        &quot;deliveryControl&quot;: { # Message contains details about how the deal will be paced. # Output only. Specifies the pacing set by the publisher.
+          &quot;companionDeliveryType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies roadblocking in a master companion lineitem.
+          &quot;creativeRotationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies strategy to use for selecting a creative when multiple creatives of the same size are available.
+          &quot;deliveryRateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies how the impression delivery will be paced.
+          &quot;frequencyCap&quot;: [ # Output only. Specifies any frequency caps. Cannot be filtered within ListDealsRequest.
+            { # Message contains details about publisher-set frequency caps of the delivery.
+              &quot;maxImpressions&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of impressions that can be served to a user within the specified time period.
+              &quot;timeUnitType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time unit. Along with num_time_units defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+              &quot;timeUnitsCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of time, in the units specified by time_unit_type. Defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;roadblockingType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the roadblocking type in display creatives.
+        },
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Free text description for the deal terms.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the deal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the deal.
+        &quot;estimatedGrossSpend&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Specified by buyers in request for proposal (RFP) to notify publisher the total estimated spend for the proposal. Publishers will receive this information and send back proposed deals accordingly.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;flightEndTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight end time of the deal. This will generally be stored in a granularity of a second. A value is not necessary for Private Auction deals.
+        &quot;flightStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight start time of the deal. This will generally be stored in the granularity of one second since deal serving starts at seconds boundary. Any time specified with more granularity (e.g., in milliseconds) will be truncated towards the start of time in seconds.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier of the deal. Auto-generated by the server when a deal is created. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}/deals/{dealId}
+        &quot;preferredDealTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Preferred Deals. # The terms for preferred deals.
+          &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+            &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+              &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;privateAuctionTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Private Auctions. # The terms for private auction deals.
+          &quot;floorPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # The minimum price buyer has to bid to compete in the private auction.
+            &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+              &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+          },
+          &quot;openAuctionAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if open auction buyers are allowed to compete with invited buyers in this private auction.
+        },
+        &quot;programmaticGuaranteedTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Programmatic Guaranteed Deals. # The terms for programmatic guaranteed deals.
+          &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+            &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+              &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+          },
+          &quot;guaranteedLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of guaranteed looks.
+          &quot;impressionCap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifetime impression cap for CPM Sponsorship deals. Deal will stop serving when cap is reached.
+          &quot;minimumDailyLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Daily minimum looks for CPD deal types.
+          &quot;percentShareOfVoice&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For sponsorship deals, this is the percentage of the seller&#x27;s eligible impressions that the deal will serve until the cap is reached. Valid value is within range 0~100.
+          &quot;reservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reservation type for a Programmatic Guaranteed deal. This indicates whether the number of impressions is fixed, or a percent of available impressions. If not specified, the default reservation type is STANDARD.
+        },
+        &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+        &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
+        &quot;sellerTimeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
+          &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+        },
+        &quot;targeting&quot;: { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target inventory. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
+          &quot;daypartTargeting&quot;: { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
+            &quot;dayParts&quot;: [ # The targeted weekdays and times
+              { # Defines targeting for a period of time on a specific week day.
+                &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Day of week for the period.
+                &quot;endTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+                  &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+                  &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+                  &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+                  &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+                },
+                &quot;startTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+                  &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+                  &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+                  &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+                  &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            &quot;timeZoneType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone type of the day parts
+          },
+          &quot;geoTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Output only. Geo criteria IDs to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;inventorySizeTargeting&quot;: { # Represents the size of an ad unit that can be targeted on a bid request. # Output only. Inventory sizes to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be excluded.
+              { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+                &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+                &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+                &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+              },
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be included.
+              { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+                &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+                &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+                &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;placementTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about where the ads can appear, e.g., certain sites or mobile applications. Different placement targeting types will be logically OR&#x27;ed. # Output only. Placement targeting information, e.g., URL, mobile applications.
+            &quot;mobileApplicationTargeting&quot;: { # Mobile application targeting settings. # Mobile application targeting information in a deal. This doesn&#x27;t apply to Auction Packages.
+              &quot;firstPartyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded mobile application IDs that publishers own. Android App ID, for example, com.google.android.apps.maps, can be found in Google Play Store URL. iOS App ID (which is a number) can be found at the end of iTunes store URL. First party mobile applications is either included or excluded. # Publisher owned apps to be targeted or excluded by the publisher to display the ads in.
+                &quot;excludedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be excluded.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+                &quot;targetedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be included.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            &quot;uriTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded URLs (e.g., google.com). For Private Auction Deals, URLs are either included or excluded. For Programmatic Guaranteed and Preferred Deals, this doesn&#x27;t apply. # URLs to be included/excluded.
+              &quot;excludedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be excluded.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;targetedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be included.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;technologyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about various types of technology. # Output only. Technology targeting information, e.g., operating system, device category.
+            &quot;deviceCapabilityTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device capabilities to be included/excluded.
+              &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;deviceCategoryTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device categories to be included/excluded.
+              &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;operatingSystemTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information for operating systems. # Operating system related targeting information.
+              &quot;operatingSystemCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating systems to be included/excluded.
+                &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+                &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+              },
+              &quot;operatingSystemVersionCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating system versions to be included/excluded.
+                &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+                &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;userListTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Buyer user list targeting information. User lists can be uploaded via https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/rtb/bulk-uploader.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;videoTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information about video. # Output only. Video targeting information.
+            &quot;excludedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be excluded. When this field is populated, the targeted_position_types field must be empty.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be included. When this field is populated, the excluded_position_types field must be empty.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the deal was last updated.
+      },
+      &quot;dealPausingInfo&quot;: { # Information related to deal pausing. # Information related to deal pausing for the deal.
+        &quot;pauseReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason for the pausing of the deal; empty for active deals.
+        &quot;pauseRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The party that first paused the deal; unspecified for active deals.
+        &quot;pausingConsented&quot;: True or False, # Whether pausing is consented between buyer and seller for the deal.
+      },
+      &quot;dealServingStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serving status of the deal.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the finalized deal. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/finalizeddeals/{finalizedDealId}`
+      &quot;readyToServe&quot;: True or False, # Whether the Programmatic Guaranteed deal is ready for serving.
+      &quot;rtbMetrics&quot;: { # Real-time bidding metrics. For what each metric means refer to [Report metrics](https://support.google.com/adxbuyer/answer/6115195#report-metrics) # Real-time bidding metrics for this deal.
+        &quot;adImpressions7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Ad impressions in last 7 days.
+        &quot;bidRate7Days&quot;: 3.14, # Bid rate in last 7 days, calculated by (bids / bid requests).
+        &quot;bidRequests7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Bid requests in last 7 days.
+        &quot;bids7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Bids in last 7 days.
+        &quot;filteredBidRate7Days&quot;: 3.14, # Filtered bid rate in last 7 days, calculated by (filtered bids / bids).
+        &quot;mustBidRateCurrentMonth&quot;: 3.14, # Must bid rate for current month.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token to fetch the next page of results.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="pause">pause(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Pauses serving of the given finalized deal. This call only pauses the serving status, and does not affect other fields of the finalized deal. Calling this method for an already paused deal has no effect. This method only applies to programmatic guaranteed deals.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/finalizedDeals/{dealId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for pausing a finalized deal.
+  &quot;reason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason to pause the finalized deal, will be displayed to the seller. Maximum length is 1000 characters.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A finalized deal is a snapshot of the deal when both buyer and seller accept the deal. The buyer or seller can update the deal after it&#x27;s been finalized and renegotiate on the deal targeting, terms and other fields, while at the same time the finalized snapshot of the deal can still be retrieved via this API. The finalized deal contains a copy of the deal as it existed when most recently finalized, as well as fields related to deal serving such as pause/resume status, RTB metrics, etc.
+  &quot;deal&quot;: { # A deal represents a segment of inventory for displaying ads that contains the terms and targeting information that is used for serving as well as the deal stats and status. Note: A proposal may contain multiple deals. # A copy of the Deal made upon finalization. During renegotiation, this will reflect the last finalized deal before renegotiation was initiated.
+    &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+    &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+    &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time of the deal creation.
+    &quot;creativeRequirements&quot;: { # Message captures data about the creatives in the deal. # Output only. Metadata about the creatives of this deal.
+      &quot;creativePreApprovalPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative pre-approval policy.
+      &quot;creativeSafeFrameCompatibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies whether the creative is safeFrame compatible.
+      &quot;programmaticCreativeSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative source for programmatic deals. PUBLISHER means creative is provided by seller and ADVERTISER means creative is provided by the buyer.
+    },
+    &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal.
+    &quot;deliveryControl&quot;: { # Message contains details about how the deal will be paced. # Output only. Specifies the pacing set by the publisher.
+      &quot;companionDeliveryType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies roadblocking in a master companion lineitem.
+      &quot;creativeRotationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies strategy to use for selecting a creative when multiple creatives of the same size are available.
+      &quot;deliveryRateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies how the impression delivery will be paced.
+      &quot;frequencyCap&quot;: [ # Output only. Specifies any frequency caps. Cannot be filtered within ListDealsRequest.
+        { # Message contains details about publisher-set frequency caps of the delivery.
+          &quot;maxImpressions&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of impressions that can be served to a user within the specified time period.
+          &quot;timeUnitType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time unit. Along with num_time_units defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+          &quot;timeUnitsCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of time, in the units specified by time_unit_type. Defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;roadblockingType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the roadblocking type in display creatives.
+    },
+    &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Free text description for the deal terms.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the deal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the deal.
+    &quot;estimatedGrossSpend&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Specified by buyers in request for proposal (RFP) to notify publisher the total estimated spend for the proposal. Publishers will receive this information and send back proposed deals accordingly.
+      &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+      &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+    },
+    &quot;flightEndTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight end time of the deal. This will generally be stored in a granularity of a second. A value is not necessary for Private Auction deals.
+    &quot;flightStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight start time of the deal. This will generally be stored in the granularity of one second since deal serving starts at seconds boundary. Any time specified with more granularity (e.g., in milliseconds) will be truncated towards the start of time in seconds.
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier of the deal. Auto-generated by the server when a deal is created. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}/deals/{dealId}
+    &quot;preferredDealTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Preferred Deals. # The terms for preferred deals.
+      &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+        &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;privateAuctionTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Private Auctions. # The terms for private auction deals.
+      &quot;floorPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # The minimum price buyer has to bid to compete in the private auction.
+        &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+      },
+      &quot;openAuctionAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if open auction buyers are allowed to compete with invited buyers in this private auction.
+    },
+    &quot;programmaticGuaranteedTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Programmatic Guaranteed Deals. # The terms for programmatic guaranteed deals.
+      &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+        &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+      },
+      &quot;guaranteedLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of guaranteed looks.
+      &quot;impressionCap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifetime impression cap for CPM Sponsorship deals. Deal will stop serving when cap is reached.
+      &quot;minimumDailyLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Daily minimum looks for CPD deal types.
+      &quot;percentShareOfVoice&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For sponsorship deals, this is the percentage of the seller&#x27;s eligible impressions that the deal will serve until the cap is reached. Valid value is within range 0~100.
+      &quot;reservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reservation type for a Programmatic Guaranteed deal. This indicates whether the number of impressions is fixed, or a percent of available impressions. If not specified, the default reservation type is STANDARD.
+    },
+    &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+    &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
+    &quot;sellerTimeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+    },
+    &quot;targeting&quot;: { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target inventory. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
+      &quot;daypartTargeting&quot;: { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
+        &quot;dayParts&quot;: [ # The targeted weekdays and times
+          { # Defines targeting for a period of time on a specific week day.
+            &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Day of week for the period.
+            &quot;endTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+              &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+              &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+              &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+            &quot;startTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+              &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+              &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+              &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;timeZoneType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone type of the day parts
+      },
+      &quot;geoTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Output only. Geo criteria IDs to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;inventorySizeTargeting&quot;: { # Represents the size of an ad unit that can be targeted on a bid request. # Output only. Inventory sizes to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be excluded.
+          { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+            &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+            &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be included.
+          { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+            &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+            &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;placementTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about where the ads can appear, e.g., certain sites or mobile applications. Different placement targeting types will be logically OR&#x27;ed. # Output only. Placement targeting information, e.g., URL, mobile applications.
+        &quot;mobileApplicationTargeting&quot;: { # Mobile application targeting settings. # Mobile application targeting information in a deal. This doesn&#x27;t apply to Auction Packages.
+          &quot;firstPartyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded mobile application IDs that publishers own. Android App ID, for example, com.google.android.apps.maps, can be found in Google Play Store URL. iOS App ID (which is a number) can be found at the end of iTunes store URL. First party mobile applications is either included or excluded. # Publisher owned apps to be targeted or excluded by the publisher to display the ads in.
+            &quot;excludedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;uriTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded URLs (e.g., google.com). For Private Auction Deals, URLs are either included or excluded. For Programmatic Guaranteed and Preferred Deals, this doesn&#x27;t apply. # URLs to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;technologyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about various types of technology. # Output only. Technology targeting information, e.g., operating system, device category.
+        &quot;deviceCapabilityTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device capabilities to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;deviceCategoryTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device categories to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;operatingSystemTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information for operating systems. # Operating system related targeting information.
+          &quot;operatingSystemCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating systems to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;operatingSystemVersionCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating system versions to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;userListTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Buyer user list targeting information. User lists can be uploaded via https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/rtb/bulk-uploader.
+        &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;videoTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information about video. # Output only. Video targeting information.
+        &quot;excludedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be excluded. When this field is populated, the targeted_position_types field must be empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be included. When this field is populated, the excluded_position_types field must be empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the deal was last updated.
+  },
+  &quot;dealPausingInfo&quot;: { # Information related to deal pausing. # Information related to deal pausing for the deal.
+    &quot;pauseReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason for the pausing of the deal; empty for active deals.
+    &quot;pauseRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The party that first paused the deal; unspecified for active deals.
+    &quot;pausingConsented&quot;: True or False, # Whether pausing is consented between buyer and seller for the deal.
+  },
+  &quot;dealServingStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serving status of the deal.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the finalized deal. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/finalizeddeals/{finalizedDealId}`
+  &quot;readyToServe&quot;: True or False, # Whether the Programmatic Guaranteed deal is ready for serving.
+  &quot;rtbMetrics&quot;: { # Real-time bidding metrics. For what each metric means refer to [Report metrics](https://support.google.com/adxbuyer/answer/6115195#report-metrics) # Real-time bidding metrics for this deal.
+    &quot;adImpressions7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Ad impressions in last 7 days.
+    &quot;bidRate7Days&quot;: 3.14, # Bid rate in last 7 days, calculated by (bids / bid requests).
+    &quot;bidRequests7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Bid requests in last 7 days.
+    &quot;bids7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Bids in last 7 days.
+    &quot;filteredBidRate7Days&quot;: 3.14, # Filtered bid rate in last 7 days, calculated by (filtered bids / bids).
+    &quot;mustBidRateCurrentMonth&quot;: 3.14, # Must bid rate for current month.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="resume">resume(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Resumes serving of the given finalized deal. Calling this method for an running deal has no effect. If a deal is initially paused by the seller, calling this method will not resume serving of the deal until the seller also resumes the deal. This method only applies to programmatic guaranteed deals.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/finalizedDeals/{dealId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for resuming a finalized deal.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A finalized deal is a snapshot of the deal when both buyer and seller accept the deal. The buyer or seller can update the deal after it&#x27;s been finalized and renegotiate on the deal targeting, terms and other fields, while at the same time the finalized snapshot of the deal can still be retrieved via this API. The finalized deal contains a copy of the deal as it existed when most recently finalized, as well as fields related to deal serving such as pause/resume status, RTB metrics, etc.
+  &quot;deal&quot;: { # A deal represents a segment of inventory for displaying ads that contains the terms and targeting information that is used for serving as well as the deal stats and status. Note: A proposal may contain multiple deals. # A copy of the Deal made upon finalization. During renegotiation, this will reflect the last finalized deal before renegotiation was initiated.
+    &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+    &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+    &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time of the deal creation.
+    &quot;creativeRequirements&quot;: { # Message captures data about the creatives in the deal. # Output only. Metadata about the creatives of this deal.
+      &quot;creativePreApprovalPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative pre-approval policy.
+      &quot;creativeSafeFrameCompatibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies whether the creative is safeFrame compatible.
+      &quot;programmaticCreativeSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative source for programmatic deals. PUBLISHER means creative is provided by seller and ADVERTISER means creative is provided by the buyer.
+    },
+    &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal.
+    &quot;deliveryControl&quot;: { # Message contains details about how the deal will be paced. # Output only. Specifies the pacing set by the publisher.
+      &quot;companionDeliveryType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies roadblocking in a master companion lineitem.
+      &quot;creativeRotationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies strategy to use for selecting a creative when multiple creatives of the same size are available.
+      &quot;deliveryRateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies how the impression delivery will be paced.
+      &quot;frequencyCap&quot;: [ # Output only. Specifies any frequency caps. Cannot be filtered within ListDealsRequest.
+        { # Message contains details about publisher-set frequency caps of the delivery.
+          &quot;maxImpressions&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of impressions that can be served to a user within the specified time period.
+          &quot;timeUnitType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time unit. Along with num_time_units defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+          &quot;timeUnitsCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of time, in the units specified by time_unit_type. Defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;roadblockingType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the roadblocking type in display creatives.
+    },
+    &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Free text description for the deal terms.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the deal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the deal.
+    &quot;estimatedGrossSpend&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Specified by buyers in request for proposal (RFP) to notify publisher the total estimated spend for the proposal. Publishers will receive this information and send back proposed deals accordingly.
+      &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+      &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+    },
+    &quot;flightEndTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight end time of the deal. This will generally be stored in a granularity of a second. A value is not necessary for Private Auction deals.
+    &quot;flightStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight start time of the deal. This will generally be stored in the granularity of one second since deal serving starts at seconds boundary. Any time specified with more granularity (e.g., in milliseconds) will be truncated towards the start of time in seconds.
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier of the deal. Auto-generated by the server when a deal is created. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}/deals/{dealId}
+    &quot;preferredDealTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Preferred Deals. # The terms for preferred deals.
+      &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+        &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;privateAuctionTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Private Auctions. # The terms for private auction deals.
+      &quot;floorPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # The minimum price buyer has to bid to compete in the private auction.
+        &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+      },
+      &quot;openAuctionAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if open auction buyers are allowed to compete with invited buyers in this private auction.
+    },
+    &quot;programmaticGuaranteedTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Programmatic Guaranteed Deals. # The terms for programmatic guaranteed deals.
+      &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+        &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+      },
+      &quot;guaranteedLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of guaranteed looks.
+      &quot;impressionCap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifetime impression cap for CPM Sponsorship deals. Deal will stop serving when cap is reached.
+      &quot;minimumDailyLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Daily minimum looks for CPD deal types.
+      &quot;percentShareOfVoice&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For sponsorship deals, this is the percentage of the seller&#x27;s eligible impressions that the deal will serve until the cap is reached. Valid value is within range 0~100.
+      &quot;reservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reservation type for a Programmatic Guaranteed deal. This indicates whether the number of impressions is fixed, or a percent of available impressions. If not specified, the default reservation type is STANDARD.
+    },
+    &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+    &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
+    &quot;sellerTimeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+    },
+    &quot;targeting&quot;: { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target inventory. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
+      &quot;daypartTargeting&quot;: { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
+        &quot;dayParts&quot;: [ # The targeted weekdays and times
+          { # Defines targeting for a period of time on a specific week day.
+            &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Day of week for the period.
+            &quot;endTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+              &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+              &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+              &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+            &quot;startTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+              &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+              &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+              &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;timeZoneType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone type of the day parts
+      },
+      &quot;geoTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Output only. Geo criteria IDs to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;inventorySizeTargeting&quot;: { # Represents the size of an ad unit that can be targeted on a bid request. # Output only. Inventory sizes to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be excluded.
+          { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+            &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+            &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be included.
+          { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+            &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+            &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;placementTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about where the ads can appear, e.g., certain sites or mobile applications. Different placement targeting types will be logically OR&#x27;ed. # Output only. Placement targeting information, e.g., URL, mobile applications.
+        &quot;mobileApplicationTargeting&quot;: { # Mobile application targeting settings. # Mobile application targeting information in a deal. This doesn&#x27;t apply to Auction Packages.
+          &quot;firstPartyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded mobile application IDs that publishers own. Android App ID, for example, com.google.android.apps.maps, can be found in Google Play Store URL. iOS App ID (which is a number) can be found at the end of iTunes store URL. First party mobile applications is either included or excluded. # Publisher owned apps to be targeted or excluded by the publisher to display the ads in.
+            &quot;excludedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;uriTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded URLs (e.g., google.com). For Private Auction Deals, URLs are either included or excluded. For Programmatic Guaranteed and Preferred Deals, this doesn&#x27;t apply. # URLs to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;technologyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about various types of technology. # Output only. Technology targeting information, e.g., operating system, device category.
+        &quot;deviceCapabilityTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device capabilities to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;deviceCategoryTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device categories to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;operatingSystemTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information for operating systems. # Operating system related targeting information.
+          &quot;operatingSystemCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating systems to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;operatingSystemVersionCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating system versions to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;userListTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Buyer user list targeting information. User lists can be uploaded via https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/rtb/bulk-uploader.
+        &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;videoTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information about video. # Output only. Video targeting information.
+        &quot;excludedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be excluded. When this field is populated, the targeted_position_types field must be empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be included. When this field is populated, the excluded_position_types field must be empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the deal was last updated.
+  },
+  &quot;dealPausingInfo&quot;: { # Information related to deal pausing. # Information related to deal pausing for the deal.
+    &quot;pauseReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason for the pausing of the deal; empty for active deals.
+    &quot;pauseRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The party that first paused the deal; unspecified for active deals.
+    &quot;pausingConsented&quot;: True or False, # Whether pausing is consented between buyer and seller for the deal.
+  },
+  &quot;dealServingStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serving status of the deal.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the finalized deal. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/finalizeddeals/{finalizedDealId}`
+  &quot;readyToServe&quot;: True or False, # Whether the Programmatic Guaranteed deal is ready for serving.
+  &quot;rtbMetrics&quot;: { # Real-time bidding metrics. For what each metric means refer to [Report metrics](https://support.google.com/adxbuyer/answer/6115195#report-metrics) # Real-time bidding metrics for this deal.
+    &quot;adImpressions7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Ad impressions in last 7 days.
+    &quot;bidRate7Days&quot;: 3.14, # Bid rate in last 7 days, calculated by (bids / bid requests).
+    &quot;bidRequests7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Bid requests in last 7 days.
+    &quot;bids7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Bids in last 7 days.
+    &quot;filteredBidRate7Days&quot;: 3.14, # Filtered bid rate in last 7 days, calculated by (filtered bids / bids).
+    &quot;mustBidRateCurrentMonth&quot;: 3.14, # Must bid rate for current month.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="setReadyToServe">setReadyToServe(deal, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Sets the given finalized deal as ready to serve. By default, deals are ready to serve as soon as they&#x27;re finalized. A bidder can opt out of this feature by asking to be included in an allowlist. Once opted out, finalized deals belonging to the bidder and its child seats will not start serving until this method is called. This method is useful to the bidders who prefer to not receive bid requests before the creative is ready. This method only applies to programmatic guaranteed deals.
+
+Args:
+  deal: string, Required. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/finalizedDeals/{dealId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for setting ready to serve for a finalized deal.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A finalized deal is a snapshot of the deal when both buyer and seller accept the deal. The buyer or seller can update the deal after it&#x27;s been finalized and renegotiate on the deal targeting, terms and other fields, while at the same time the finalized snapshot of the deal can still be retrieved via this API. The finalized deal contains a copy of the deal as it existed when most recently finalized, as well as fields related to deal serving such as pause/resume status, RTB metrics, etc.
+  &quot;deal&quot;: { # A deal represents a segment of inventory for displaying ads that contains the terms and targeting information that is used for serving as well as the deal stats and status. Note: A proposal may contain multiple deals. # A copy of the Deal made upon finalization. During renegotiation, this will reflect the last finalized deal before renegotiation was initiated.
+    &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+    &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+    &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time of the deal creation.
+    &quot;creativeRequirements&quot;: { # Message captures data about the creatives in the deal. # Output only. Metadata about the creatives of this deal.
+      &quot;creativePreApprovalPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative pre-approval policy.
+      &quot;creativeSafeFrameCompatibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies whether the creative is safeFrame compatible.
+      &quot;programmaticCreativeSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative source for programmatic deals. PUBLISHER means creative is provided by seller and ADVERTISER means creative is provided by the buyer.
+    },
+    &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal.
+    &quot;deliveryControl&quot;: { # Message contains details about how the deal will be paced. # Output only. Specifies the pacing set by the publisher.
+      &quot;companionDeliveryType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies roadblocking in a master companion lineitem.
+      &quot;creativeRotationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies strategy to use for selecting a creative when multiple creatives of the same size are available.
+      &quot;deliveryRateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies how the impression delivery will be paced.
+      &quot;frequencyCap&quot;: [ # Output only. Specifies any frequency caps. Cannot be filtered within ListDealsRequest.
+        { # Message contains details about publisher-set frequency caps of the delivery.
+          &quot;maxImpressions&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of impressions that can be served to a user within the specified time period.
+          &quot;timeUnitType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time unit. Along with num_time_units defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+          &quot;timeUnitsCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of time, in the units specified by time_unit_type. Defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;roadblockingType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the roadblocking type in display creatives.
+    },
+    &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Free text description for the deal terms.
+    &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the deal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the deal.
+    &quot;estimatedGrossSpend&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Specified by buyers in request for proposal (RFP) to notify publisher the total estimated spend for the proposal. Publishers will receive this information and send back proposed deals accordingly.
+      &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+      &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+    },
+    &quot;flightEndTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight end time of the deal. This will generally be stored in a granularity of a second. A value is not necessary for Private Auction deals.
+    &quot;flightStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight start time of the deal. This will generally be stored in the granularity of one second since deal serving starts at seconds boundary. Any time specified with more granularity (e.g., in milliseconds) will be truncated towards the start of time in seconds.
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier of the deal. Auto-generated by the server when a deal is created. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}/deals/{dealId}
+    &quot;preferredDealTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Preferred Deals. # The terms for preferred deals.
+      &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+        &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;privateAuctionTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Private Auctions. # The terms for private auction deals.
+      &quot;floorPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # The minimum price buyer has to bid to compete in the private auction.
+        &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+      },
+      &quot;openAuctionAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if open auction buyers are allowed to compete with invited buyers in this private auction.
+    },
+    &quot;programmaticGuaranteedTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Programmatic Guaranteed Deals. # The terms for programmatic guaranteed deals.
+      &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+        &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+      },
+      &quot;guaranteedLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of guaranteed looks.
+      &quot;impressionCap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifetime impression cap for CPM Sponsorship deals. Deal will stop serving when cap is reached.
+      &quot;minimumDailyLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Daily minimum looks for CPD deal types.
+      &quot;percentShareOfVoice&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For sponsorship deals, this is the percentage of the seller&#x27;s eligible impressions that the deal will serve until the cap is reached. Valid value is within range 0~100.
+      &quot;reservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reservation type for a Programmatic Guaranteed deal. This indicates whether the number of impressions is fixed, or a percent of available impressions. If not specified, the default reservation type is STANDARD.
+    },
+    &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+    &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
+    &quot;sellerTimeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+    },
+    &quot;targeting&quot;: { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target inventory. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
+      &quot;daypartTargeting&quot;: { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
+        &quot;dayParts&quot;: [ # The targeted weekdays and times
+          { # Defines targeting for a period of time on a specific week day.
+            &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Day of week for the period.
+            &quot;endTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+              &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+              &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+              &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+            &quot;startTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+              &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+              &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+              &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;timeZoneType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone type of the day parts
+      },
+      &quot;geoTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Output only. Geo criteria IDs to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;inventorySizeTargeting&quot;: { # Represents the size of an ad unit that can be targeted on a bid request. # Output only. Inventory sizes to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be excluded.
+          { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+            &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+            &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be included.
+          { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+            &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+            &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+          },
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;placementTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about where the ads can appear, e.g., certain sites or mobile applications. Different placement targeting types will be logically OR&#x27;ed. # Output only. Placement targeting information, e.g., URL, mobile applications.
+        &quot;mobileApplicationTargeting&quot;: { # Mobile application targeting settings. # Mobile application targeting information in a deal. This doesn&#x27;t apply to Auction Packages.
+          &quot;firstPartyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded mobile application IDs that publishers own. Android App ID, for example, com.google.android.apps.maps, can be found in Google Play Store URL. iOS App ID (which is a number) can be found at the end of iTunes store URL. First party mobile applications is either included or excluded. # Publisher owned apps to be targeted or excluded by the publisher to display the ads in.
+            &quot;excludedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;uriTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded URLs (e.g., google.com). For Private Auction Deals, URLs are either included or excluded. For Programmatic Guaranteed and Preferred Deals, this doesn&#x27;t apply. # URLs to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;technologyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about various types of technology. # Output only. Technology targeting information, e.g., operating system, device category.
+        &quot;deviceCapabilityTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device capabilities to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;deviceCategoryTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device categories to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;operatingSystemTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information for operating systems. # Operating system related targeting information.
+          &quot;operatingSystemCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating systems to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;operatingSystemVersionCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating system versions to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;userListTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Buyer user list targeting information. User lists can be uploaded via https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/rtb/bulk-uploader.
+        &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;videoTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information about video. # Output only. Video targeting information.
+        &quot;excludedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be excluded. When this field is populated, the targeted_position_types field must be empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be included. When this field is populated, the excluded_position_types field must be empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the deal was last updated.
+  },
+  &quot;dealPausingInfo&quot;: { # Information related to deal pausing. # Information related to deal pausing for the deal.
+    &quot;pauseReason&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reason for the pausing of the deal; empty for active deals.
+    &quot;pauseRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The party that first paused the deal; unspecified for active deals.
+    &quot;pausingConsented&quot;: True or False, # Whether pausing is consented between buyer and seller for the deal.
+  },
+  &quot;dealServingStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Serving status of the deal.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the finalized deal. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/finalizeddeals/{finalizedDealId}`
+  &quot;readyToServe&quot;: True or False, # Whether the Programmatic Guaranteed deal is ready for serving.
+  &quot;rtbMetrics&quot;: { # Real-time bidding metrics. For what each metric means refer to [Report metrics](https://support.google.com/adxbuyer/answer/6115195#report-metrics) # Real-time bidding metrics for this deal.
+    &quot;adImpressions7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Ad impressions in last 7 days.
+    &quot;bidRate7Days&quot;: 3.14, # Bid rate in last 7 days, calculated by (bids / bid requests).
+    &quot;bidRequests7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Bid requests in last 7 days.
+    &quot;bids7Days&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Bids in last 7 days.
+    &quot;filteredBidRate7Days&quot;: 3.14, # Filtered bid rate in last 7 days, calculated by (filtered bids / bids).
+    &quot;mustBidRateCurrentMonth&quot;: 3.14, # Must bid rate for current month.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bdcb9da
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.html
@@ -0,0 +1,111 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.html">Authorized Buyers Marketplace API</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.html">buyers</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.auctionPackages.html">auctionPackages()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the auctionPackages Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.clients.html">clients()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the clients Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.finalizedDeals.html">finalizedDeals()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the finalizedDeals Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.proposals.html">proposals()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the proposals Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.publisherProfiles.html">publisherProfiles()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the publisherProfiles Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.proposals.deals.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.proposals.deals.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d1ca1ee
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.proposals.deals.html
@@ -0,0 +1,1382 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.html">Authorized Buyers Marketplace API</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.html">buyers</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.proposals.html">proposals</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.proposals.deals.html">deals</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Batch updates multiple deals in the same proposal.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a deal given its name. The deal is returned at its head revision.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists all deals in a proposal. To retrieve only the finalized revision deals regardless if a deal is being renegotiated, see the FinalizedDeals resource.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the given deal at the buyer known revision number. If the server revision has advanced since the passed-in proposal.proposal_revision an ABORTED error message will be returned. The revision number is incremented by the server whenever the proposal or its constituent deals are updated. Note: The revision number is kept at a proposal level. The buyer of the API is expected to keep track of the revision number after the last update operation and send it in as part of the next update request. This way, if there are further changes on the server (e.g., seller making new updates), then the server can detect conflicts and reject the proposed changes.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="batchUpdate">batchUpdate(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Batch updates multiple deals in the same proposal.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the proposal containing the deals to batch update. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for batch updating deals.
+  &quot;requests&quot;: [ # Required. List of request messages to update deals.
+    { # Request message for updating the deal at the given revision number.
+      &quot;deal&quot;: { # A deal represents a segment of inventory for displaying ads that contains the terms and targeting information that is used for serving as well as the deal stats and status. Note: A proposal may contain multiple deals. # Required. The deal to update. The deal&#x27;s `name` field is used to identify the deal to be updated. Note: proposal_revision will have to be provided within the resource or else an error will be thrown. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}/deals/{dealId}
+        &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+        &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+        &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+        &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time of the deal creation.
+        &quot;creativeRequirements&quot;: { # Message captures data about the creatives in the deal. # Output only. Metadata about the creatives of this deal.
+          &quot;creativePreApprovalPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative pre-approval policy.
+          &quot;creativeSafeFrameCompatibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies whether the creative is safeFrame compatible.
+          &quot;programmaticCreativeSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative source for programmatic deals. PUBLISHER means creative is provided by seller and ADVERTISER means creative is provided by the buyer.
+        },
+        &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal.
+        &quot;deliveryControl&quot;: { # Message contains details about how the deal will be paced. # Output only. Specifies the pacing set by the publisher.
+          &quot;companionDeliveryType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies roadblocking in a master companion lineitem.
+          &quot;creativeRotationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies strategy to use for selecting a creative when multiple creatives of the same size are available.
+          &quot;deliveryRateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies how the impression delivery will be paced.
+          &quot;frequencyCap&quot;: [ # Output only. Specifies any frequency caps. Cannot be filtered within ListDealsRequest.
+            { # Message contains details about publisher-set frequency caps of the delivery.
+              &quot;maxImpressions&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of impressions that can be served to a user within the specified time period.
+              &quot;timeUnitType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time unit. Along with num_time_units defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+              &quot;timeUnitsCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of time, in the units specified by time_unit_type. Defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;roadblockingType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the roadblocking type in display creatives.
+        },
+        &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Free text description for the deal terms.
+        &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the deal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the deal.
+        &quot;estimatedGrossSpend&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Specified by buyers in request for proposal (RFP) to notify publisher the total estimated spend for the proposal. Publishers will receive this information and send back proposed deals accordingly.
+          &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+          &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+          &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+        },
+        &quot;flightEndTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight end time of the deal. This will generally be stored in a granularity of a second. A value is not necessary for Private Auction deals.
+        &quot;flightStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight start time of the deal. This will generally be stored in the granularity of one second since deal serving starts at seconds boundary. Any time specified with more granularity (e.g., in milliseconds) will be truncated towards the start of time in seconds.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier of the deal. Auto-generated by the server when a deal is created. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}/deals/{dealId}
+        &quot;preferredDealTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Preferred Deals. # The terms for preferred deals.
+          &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+            &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+              &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;privateAuctionTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Private Auctions. # The terms for private auction deals.
+          &quot;floorPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # The minimum price buyer has to bid to compete in the private auction.
+            &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+              &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+          },
+          &quot;openAuctionAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if open auction buyers are allowed to compete with invited buyers in this private auction.
+        },
+        &quot;programmaticGuaranteedTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Programmatic Guaranteed Deals. # The terms for programmatic guaranteed deals.
+          &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+            &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+              &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+              &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+              &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+            },
+            &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+          },
+          &quot;guaranteedLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of guaranteed looks.
+          &quot;impressionCap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifetime impression cap for CPM Sponsorship deals. Deal will stop serving when cap is reached.
+          &quot;minimumDailyLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Daily minimum looks for CPD deal types.
+          &quot;percentShareOfVoice&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For sponsorship deals, this is the percentage of the seller&#x27;s eligible impressions that the deal will serve until the cap is reached. Valid value is within range 0~100.
+          &quot;reservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reservation type for a Programmatic Guaranteed deal. This indicates whether the number of impressions is fixed, or a percent of available impressions. If not specified, the default reservation type is STANDARD.
+        },
+        &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+        &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
+        &quot;sellerTimeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
+          &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+          &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+        },
+        &quot;targeting&quot;: { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target inventory. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
+          &quot;daypartTargeting&quot;: { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
+            &quot;dayParts&quot;: [ # The targeted weekdays and times
+              { # Defines targeting for a period of time on a specific week day.
+                &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Day of week for the period.
+                &quot;endTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+                  &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+                  &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+                  &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+                  &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+                },
+                &quot;startTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+                  &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+                  &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+                  &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+                  &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+                },
+              },
+            ],
+            &quot;timeZoneType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone type of the day parts
+          },
+          &quot;geoTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Output only. Geo criteria IDs to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;inventorySizeTargeting&quot;: { # Represents the size of an ad unit that can be targeted on a bid request. # Output only. Inventory sizes to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be excluded.
+              { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+                &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+                &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+                &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+              },
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be included.
+              { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+                &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+                &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+                &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+              },
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;placementTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about where the ads can appear, e.g., certain sites or mobile applications. Different placement targeting types will be logically OR&#x27;ed. # Output only. Placement targeting information, e.g., URL, mobile applications.
+            &quot;mobileApplicationTargeting&quot;: { # Mobile application targeting settings. # Mobile application targeting information in a deal. This doesn&#x27;t apply to Auction Packages.
+              &quot;firstPartyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded mobile application IDs that publishers own. Android App ID, for example, com.google.android.apps.maps, can be found in Google Play Store URL. iOS App ID (which is a number) can be found at the end of iTunes store URL. First party mobile applications is either included or excluded. # Publisher owned apps to be targeted or excluded by the publisher to display the ads in.
+                &quot;excludedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be excluded.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+                &quot;targetedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be included.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+            &quot;uriTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded URLs (e.g., google.com). For Private Auction Deals, URLs are either included or excluded. For Programmatic Guaranteed and Preferred Deals, this doesn&#x27;t apply. # URLs to be included/excluded.
+              &quot;excludedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be excluded.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;targetedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be included.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;technologyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about various types of technology. # Output only. Technology targeting information, e.g., operating system, device category.
+            &quot;deviceCapabilityTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device capabilities to be included/excluded.
+              &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;deviceCategoryTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device categories to be included/excluded.
+              &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;operatingSystemTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information for operating systems. # Operating system related targeting information.
+              &quot;operatingSystemCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating systems to be included/excluded.
+                &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+                &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+              },
+              &quot;operatingSystemVersionCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating system versions to be included/excluded.
+                &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+                &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+                  &quot;A String&quot;,
+                ],
+              },
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;userListTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Buyer user list targeting information. User lists can be uploaded via https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/rtb/bulk-uploader.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;videoTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information about video. # Output only. Video targeting information.
+            &quot;excludedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be excluded. When this field is populated, the targeted_position_types field must be empty.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be included. When this field is populated, the excluded_position_types field must be empty.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the deal was last updated.
+      },
+      &quot;updateMask&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # List of fields to be updated. If empty or unspecified, the service will update all fields populated in the update request excluding the output only fields and primitive fields with default value. Note that explicit field mask is required in order to reset a primitive field back to its default value, e.g. false for boolean fields, 0 for integer fields. A special field mask consisting of a single path &quot;*&quot; can be used to indicate full replacement(the equivalent of PUT method), updatable fields unset or unspecified in the input will be cleared or set to default value. Output only fields will be ignored regardless of the value of updateMask.
+    },
+  ],
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for batch updating deals.
+  &quot;deals&quot;: [ # Deals updated.
+    { # A deal represents a segment of inventory for displaying ads that contains the terms and targeting information that is used for serving as well as the deal stats and status. Note: A proposal may contain multiple deals.
+      &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+      &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+      &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time of the deal creation.
+      &quot;creativeRequirements&quot;: { # Message captures data about the creatives in the deal. # Output only. Metadata about the creatives of this deal.
+        &quot;creativePreApprovalPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative pre-approval policy.
+        &quot;creativeSafeFrameCompatibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies whether the creative is safeFrame compatible.
+        &quot;programmaticCreativeSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative source for programmatic deals. PUBLISHER means creative is provided by seller and ADVERTISER means creative is provided by the buyer.
+      },
+      &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal.
+      &quot;deliveryControl&quot;: { # Message contains details about how the deal will be paced. # Output only. Specifies the pacing set by the publisher.
+        &quot;companionDeliveryType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies roadblocking in a master companion lineitem.
+        &quot;creativeRotationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies strategy to use for selecting a creative when multiple creatives of the same size are available.
+        &quot;deliveryRateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies how the impression delivery will be paced.
+        &quot;frequencyCap&quot;: [ # Output only. Specifies any frequency caps. Cannot be filtered within ListDealsRequest.
+          { # Message contains details about publisher-set frequency caps of the delivery.
+            &quot;maxImpressions&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of impressions that can be served to a user within the specified time period.
+            &quot;timeUnitType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time unit. Along with num_time_units defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+            &quot;timeUnitsCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of time, in the units specified by time_unit_type. Defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;roadblockingType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the roadblocking type in display creatives.
+      },
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Free text description for the deal terms.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the deal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the deal.
+      &quot;estimatedGrossSpend&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Specified by buyers in request for proposal (RFP) to notify publisher the total estimated spend for the proposal. Publishers will receive this information and send back proposed deals accordingly.
+        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      &quot;flightEndTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight end time of the deal. This will generally be stored in a granularity of a second. A value is not necessary for Private Auction deals.
+      &quot;flightStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight start time of the deal. This will generally be stored in the granularity of one second since deal serving starts at seconds boundary. Any time specified with more granularity (e.g., in milliseconds) will be truncated towards the start of time in seconds.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier of the deal. Auto-generated by the server when a deal is created. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}/deals/{dealId}
+      &quot;preferredDealTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Preferred Deals. # The terms for preferred deals.
+        &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+          &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+            &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+            &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+            &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;privateAuctionTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Private Auctions. # The terms for private auction deals.
+        &quot;floorPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # The minimum price buyer has to bid to compete in the private auction.
+          &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+            &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+            &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+            &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+        },
+        &quot;openAuctionAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if open auction buyers are allowed to compete with invited buyers in this private auction.
+      },
+      &quot;programmaticGuaranteedTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Programmatic Guaranteed Deals. # The terms for programmatic guaranteed deals.
+        &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+          &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+            &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+            &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+            &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+        },
+        &quot;guaranteedLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of guaranteed looks.
+        &quot;impressionCap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifetime impression cap for CPM Sponsorship deals. Deal will stop serving when cap is reached.
+        &quot;minimumDailyLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Daily minimum looks for CPD deal types.
+        &quot;percentShareOfVoice&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For sponsorship deals, this is the percentage of the seller&#x27;s eligible impressions that the deal will serve until the cap is reached. Valid value is within range 0~100.
+        &quot;reservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reservation type for a Programmatic Guaranteed deal. This indicates whether the number of impressions is fixed, or a percent of available impressions. If not specified, the default reservation type is STANDARD.
+      },
+      &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+      &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
+      &quot;sellerTimeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+        &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+      },
+      &quot;targeting&quot;: { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target inventory. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
+        &quot;daypartTargeting&quot;: { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
+          &quot;dayParts&quot;: [ # The targeted weekdays and times
+            { # Defines targeting for a period of time on a specific week day.
+              &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Day of week for the period.
+              &quot;endTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+                &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+                &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+                &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+                &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+              },
+              &quot;startTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+                &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+                &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+                &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+                &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;timeZoneType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone type of the day parts
+        },
+        &quot;geoTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Output only. Geo criteria IDs to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;inventorySizeTargeting&quot;: { # Represents the size of an ad unit that can be targeted on a bid request. # Output only. Inventory sizes to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be excluded.
+            { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+              &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+              &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be included.
+            { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+              &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+              &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;placementTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about where the ads can appear, e.g., certain sites or mobile applications. Different placement targeting types will be logically OR&#x27;ed. # Output only. Placement targeting information, e.g., URL, mobile applications.
+          &quot;mobileApplicationTargeting&quot;: { # Mobile application targeting settings. # Mobile application targeting information in a deal. This doesn&#x27;t apply to Auction Packages.
+            &quot;firstPartyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded mobile application IDs that publishers own. Android App ID, for example, com.google.android.apps.maps, can be found in Google Play Store URL. iOS App ID (which is a number) can be found at the end of iTunes store URL. First party mobile applications is either included or excluded. # Publisher owned apps to be targeted or excluded by the publisher to display the ads in.
+              &quot;excludedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be excluded.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;targetedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be included.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;uriTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded URLs (e.g., google.com). For Private Auction Deals, URLs are either included or excluded. For Programmatic Guaranteed and Preferred Deals, this doesn&#x27;t apply. # URLs to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;technologyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about various types of technology. # Output only. Technology targeting information, e.g., operating system, device category.
+          &quot;deviceCapabilityTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device capabilities to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;deviceCategoryTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device categories to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;operatingSystemTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information for operating systems. # Operating system related targeting information.
+            &quot;operatingSystemCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating systems to be included/excluded.
+              &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;operatingSystemVersionCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating system versions to be included/excluded.
+              &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;userListTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Buyer user list targeting information. User lists can be uploaded via https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/rtb/bulk-uploader.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;videoTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information about video. # Output only. Video targeting information.
+          &quot;excludedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be excluded. When this field is populated, the targeted_position_types field must be empty.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be included. When this field is populated, the excluded_position_types field must be empty.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the deal was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets a deal given its name. The deal is returned at its head revision.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}/deals/{dealId} (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A deal represents a segment of inventory for displaying ads that contains the terms and targeting information that is used for serving as well as the deal stats and status. Note: A proposal may contain multiple deals.
+  &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time of the deal creation.
+  &quot;creativeRequirements&quot;: { # Message captures data about the creatives in the deal. # Output only. Metadata about the creatives of this deal.
+    &quot;creativePreApprovalPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative pre-approval policy.
+    &quot;creativeSafeFrameCompatibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies whether the creative is safeFrame compatible.
+    &quot;programmaticCreativeSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative source for programmatic deals. PUBLISHER means creative is provided by seller and ADVERTISER means creative is provided by the buyer.
+  },
+  &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal.
+  &quot;deliveryControl&quot;: { # Message contains details about how the deal will be paced. # Output only. Specifies the pacing set by the publisher.
+    &quot;companionDeliveryType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies roadblocking in a master companion lineitem.
+    &quot;creativeRotationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies strategy to use for selecting a creative when multiple creatives of the same size are available.
+    &quot;deliveryRateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies how the impression delivery will be paced.
+    &quot;frequencyCap&quot;: [ # Output only. Specifies any frequency caps. Cannot be filtered within ListDealsRequest.
+      { # Message contains details about publisher-set frequency caps of the delivery.
+        &quot;maxImpressions&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of impressions that can be served to a user within the specified time period.
+        &quot;timeUnitType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time unit. Along with num_time_units defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+        &quot;timeUnitsCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of time, in the units specified by time_unit_type. Defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;roadblockingType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the roadblocking type in display creatives.
+  },
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Free text description for the deal terms.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the deal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the deal.
+  &quot;estimatedGrossSpend&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Specified by buyers in request for proposal (RFP) to notify publisher the total estimated spend for the proposal. Publishers will receive this information and send back proposed deals accordingly.
+    &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+    &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+  },
+  &quot;flightEndTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight end time of the deal. This will generally be stored in a granularity of a second. A value is not necessary for Private Auction deals.
+  &quot;flightStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight start time of the deal. This will generally be stored in the granularity of one second since deal serving starts at seconds boundary. Any time specified with more granularity (e.g., in milliseconds) will be truncated towards the start of time in seconds.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier of the deal. Auto-generated by the server when a deal is created. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}/deals/{dealId}
+  &quot;preferredDealTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Preferred Deals. # The terms for preferred deals.
+    &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+      &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;privateAuctionTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Private Auctions. # The terms for private auction deals.
+    &quot;floorPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # The minimum price buyer has to bid to compete in the private auction.
+      &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+    },
+    &quot;openAuctionAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if open auction buyers are allowed to compete with invited buyers in this private auction.
+  },
+  &quot;programmaticGuaranteedTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Programmatic Guaranteed Deals. # The terms for programmatic guaranteed deals.
+    &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+      &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+    },
+    &quot;guaranteedLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of guaranteed looks.
+    &quot;impressionCap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifetime impression cap for CPM Sponsorship deals. Deal will stop serving when cap is reached.
+    &quot;minimumDailyLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Daily minimum looks for CPD deal types.
+    &quot;percentShareOfVoice&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For sponsorship deals, this is the percentage of the seller&#x27;s eligible impressions that the deal will serve until the cap is reached. Valid value is within range 0~100.
+    &quot;reservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reservation type for a Programmatic Guaranteed deal. This indicates whether the number of impressions is fixed, or a percent of available impressions. If not specified, the default reservation type is STANDARD.
+  },
+  &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+  &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
+  &quot;sellerTimeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+    &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+  },
+  &quot;targeting&quot;: { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target inventory. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
+    &quot;daypartTargeting&quot;: { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
+      &quot;dayParts&quot;: [ # The targeted weekdays and times
+        { # Defines targeting for a period of time on a specific week day.
+          &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Day of week for the period.
+          &quot;endTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+            &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+            &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+            &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+            &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+          },
+          &quot;startTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+            &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+            &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+            &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+            &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;timeZoneType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone type of the day parts
+    },
+    &quot;geoTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Output only. Geo criteria IDs to be included/excluded.
+      &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;inventorySizeTargeting&quot;: { # Represents the size of an ad unit that can be targeted on a bid request. # Output only. Inventory sizes to be included/excluded.
+      &quot;excludedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be excluded.
+        { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+          &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+          &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;targetedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be included.
+        { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+          &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+          &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;placementTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about where the ads can appear, e.g., certain sites or mobile applications. Different placement targeting types will be logically OR&#x27;ed. # Output only. Placement targeting information, e.g., URL, mobile applications.
+      &quot;mobileApplicationTargeting&quot;: { # Mobile application targeting settings. # Mobile application targeting information in a deal. This doesn&#x27;t apply to Auction Packages.
+        &quot;firstPartyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded mobile application IDs that publishers own. Android App ID, for example, com.google.android.apps.maps, can be found in Google Play Store URL. iOS App ID (which is a number) can be found at the end of iTunes store URL. First party mobile applications is either included or excluded. # Publisher owned apps to be targeted or excluded by the publisher to display the ads in.
+          &quot;excludedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;uriTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded URLs (e.g., google.com). For Private Auction Deals, URLs are either included or excluded. For Programmatic Guaranteed and Preferred Deals, this doesn&#x27;t apply. # URLs to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;technologyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about various types of technology. # Output only. Technology targeting information, e.g., operating system, device category.
+      &quot;deviceCapabilityTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device capabilities to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;deviceCategoryTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device categories to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;operatingSystemTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information for operating systems. # Operating system related targeting information.
+        &quot;operatingSystemCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating systems to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;operatingSystemVersionCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating system versions to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;userListTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Buyer user list targeting information. User lists can be uploaded via https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/rtb/bulk-uploader.
+      &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;videoTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information about video. # Output only. Video targeting information.
+      &quot;excludedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be excluded. When this field is populated, the targeted_position_types field must be empty.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;targetedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be included. When this field is populated, the excluded_position_types field must be empty.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the deal was last updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists all deals in a proposal. To retrieve only the finalized revision deals regardless if a deal is being renegotiated, see the FinalizedDeals resource.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The name of the proposal containing the deals to retrieve. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId} (required)
+  pageSize: integer, Requested page size. The server may return fewer results than requested. If requested more than 500, the server will return 500 results per page. If unspecified, the server will pick a default page size of 100.
+  pageToken: string, The page token as returned from ListDealsResponse.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for listing deals in a proposal.
+  &quot;deals&quot;: [ # The list of deals.
+    { # A deal represents a segment of inventory for displaying ads that contains the terms and targeting information that is used for serving as well as the deal stats and status. Note: A proposal may contain multiple deals.
+      &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+      &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+      &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time of the deal creation.
+      &quot;creativeRequirements&quot;: { # Message captures data about the creatives in the deal. # Output only. Metadata about the creatives of this deal.
+        &quot;creativePreApprovalPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative pre-approval policy.
+        &quot;creativeSafeFrameCompatibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies whether the creative is safeFrame compatible.
+        &quot;programmaticCreativeSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative source for programmatic deals. PUBLISHER means creative is provided by seller and ADVERTISER means creative is provided by the buyer.
+      },
+      &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal.
+      &quot;deliveryControl&quot;: { # Message contains details about how the deal will be paced. # Output only. Specifies the pacing set by the publisher.
+        &quot;companionDeliveryType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies roadblocking in a master companion lineitem.
+        &quot;creativeRotationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies strategy to use for selecting a creative when multiple creatives of the same size are available.
+        &quot;deliveryRateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies how the impression delivery will be paced.
+        &quot;frequencyCap&quot;: [ # Output only. Specifies any frequency caps. Cannot be filtered within ListDealsRequest.
+          { # Message contains details about publisher-set frequency caps of the delivery.
+            &quot;maxImpressions&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of impressions that can be served to a user within the specified time period.
+            &quot;timeUnitType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time unit. Along with num_time_units defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+            &quot;timeUnitsCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of time, in the units specified by time_unit_type. Defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;roadblockingType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the roadblocking type in display creatives.
+      },
+      &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Free text description for the deal terms.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the deal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the deal.
+      &quot;estimatedGrossSpend&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Specified by buyers in request for proposal (RFP) to notify publisher the total estimated spend for the proposal. Publishers will receive this information and send back proposed deals accordingly.
+        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      &quot;flightEndTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight end time of the deal. This will generally be stored in a granularity of a second. A value is not necessary for Private Auction deals.
+      &quot;flightStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight start time of the deal. This will generally be stored in the granularity of one second since deal serving starts at seconds boundary. Any time specified with more granularity (e.g., in milliseconds) will be truncated towards the start of time in seconds.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier of the deal. Auto-generated by the server when a deal is created. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}/deals/{dealId}
+      &quot;preferredDealTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Preferred Deals. # The terms for preferred deals.
+        &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+          &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+            &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+            &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+            &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;privateAuctionTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Private Auctions. # The terms for private auction deals.
+        &quot;floorPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # The minimum price buyer has to bid to compete in the private auction.
+          &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+            &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+            &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+            &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+        },
+        &quot;openAuctionAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if open auction buyers are allowed to compete with invited buyers in this private auction.
+      },
+      &quot;programmaticGuaranteedTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Programmatic Guaranteed Deals. # The terms for programmatic guaranteed deals.
+        &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+          &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+            &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+            &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+            &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+          },
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+        },
+        &quot;guaranteedLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of guaranteed looks.
+        &quot;impressionCap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifetime impression cap for CPM Sponsorship deals. Deal will stop serving when cap is reached.
+        &quot;minimumDailyLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Daily minimum looks for CPD deal types.
+        &quot;percentShareOfVoice&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For sponsorship deals, this is the percentage of the seller&#x27;s eligible impressions that the deal will serve until the cap is reached. Valid value is within range 0~100.
+        &quot;reservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reservation type for a Programmatic Guaranteed deal. This indicates whether the number of impressions is fixed, or a percent of available impressions. If not specified, the default reservation type is STANDARD.
+      },
+      &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+      &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
+      &quot;sellerTimeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
+        &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+        &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+      },
+      &quot;targeting&quot;: { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target inventory. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
+        &quot;daypartTargeting&quot;: { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
+          &quot;dayParts&quot;: [ # The targeted weekdays and times
+            { # Defines targeting for a period of time on a specific week day.
+              &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Day of week for the period.
+              &quot;endTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+                &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+                &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+                &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+                &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+              },
+              &quot;startTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+                &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+                &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+                &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+                &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+              },
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;timeZoneType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone type of the day parts
+        },
+        &quot;geoTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Output only. Geo criteria IDs to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;inventorySizeTargeting&quot;: { # Represents the size of an ad unit that can be targeted on a bid request. # Output only. Inventory sizes to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be excluded.
+            { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+              &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+              &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+            },
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be included.
+            { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+              &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+              &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+              &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+            },
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;placementTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about where the ads can appear, e.g., certain sites or mobile applications. Different placement targeting types will be logically OR&#x27;ed. # Output only. Placement targeting information, e.g., URL, mobile applications.
+          &quot;mobileApplicationTargeting&quot;: { # Mobile application targeting settings. # Mobile application targeting information in a deal. This doesn&#x27;t apply to Auction Packages.
+            &quot;firstPartyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded mobile application IDs that publishers own. Android App ID, for example, com.google.android.apps.maps, can be found in Google Play Store URL. iOS App ID (which is a number) can be found at the end of iTunes store URL. First party mobile applications is either included or excluded. # Publisher owned apps to be targeted or excluded by the publisher to display the ads in.
+              &quot;excludedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be excluded.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;targetedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be included.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+          &quot;uriTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded URLs (e.g., google.com). For Private Auction Deals, URLs are either included or excluded. For Programmatic Guaranteed and Preferred Deals, this doesn&#x27;t apply. # URLs to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;technologyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about various types of technology. # Output only. Technology targeting information, e.g., operating system, device category.
+          &quot;deviceCapabilityTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device capabilities to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;deviceCategoryTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device categories to be included/excluded.
+            &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+            &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;operatingSystemTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information for operating systems. # Operating system related targeting information.
+            &quot;operatingSystemCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating systems to be included/excluded.
+              &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;operatingSystemVersionCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating system versions to be included/excluded.
+              &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+              &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+          },
+        },
+        &quot;userListTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Buyer user list targeting information. User lists can be uploaded via https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/rtb/bulk-uploader.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;videoTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information about video. # Output only. Video targeting information.
+          &quot;excludedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be excluded. When this field is populated, the targeted_position_types field must be empty.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be included. When this field is populated, the excluded_position_types field must be empty.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the deal was last updated.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token to fetch the next page of results.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates the given deal at the buyer known revision number. If the server revision has advanced since the passed-in proposal.proposal_revision an ABORTED error message will be returned. The revision number is incremented by the server whenever the proposal or its constituent deals are updated. Note: The revision number is kept at a proposal level. The buyer of the API is expected to keep track of the revision number after the last update operation and send it in as part of the next update request. This way, if there are further changes on the server (e.g., seller making new updates), then the server can detect conflicts and reject the proposed changes.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. The unique identifier of the deal. Auto-generated by the server when a deal is created. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}/deals/{dealId} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # A deal represents a segment of inventory for displaying ads that contains the terms and targeting information that is used for serving as well as the deal stats and status. Note: A proposal may contain multiple deals.
+  &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time of the deal creation.
+  &quot;creativeRequirements&quot;: { # Message captures data about the creatives in the deal. # Output only. Metadata about the creatives of this deal.
+    &quot;creativePreApprovalPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative pre-approval policy.
+    &quot;creativeSafeFrameCompatibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies whether the creative is safeFrame compatible.
+    &quot;programmaticCreativeSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative source for programmatic deals. PUBLISHER means creative is provided by seller and ADVERTISER means creative is provided by the buyer.
+  },
+  &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal.
+  &quot;deliveryControl&quot;: { # Message contains details about how the deal will be paced. # Output only. Specifies the pacing set by the publisher.
+    &quot;companionDeliveryType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies roadblocking in a master companion lineitem.
+    &quot;creativeRotationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies strategy to use for selecting a creative when multiple creatives of the same size are available.
+    &quot;deliveryRateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies how the impression delivery will be paced.
+    &quot;frequencyCap&quot;: [ # Output only. Specifies any frequency caps. Cannot be filtered within ListDealsRequest.
+      { # Message contains details about publisher-set frequency caps of the delivery.
+        &quot;maxImpressions&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of impressions that can be served to a user within the specified time period.
+        &quot;timeUnitType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time unit. Along with num_time_units defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+        &quot;timeUnitsCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of time, in the units specified by time_unit_type. Defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;roadblockingType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the roadblocking type in display creatives.
+  },
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Free text description for the deal terms.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the deal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the deal.
+  &quot;estimatedGrossSpend&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Specified by buyers in request for proposal (RFP) to notify publisher the total estimated spend for the proposal. Publishers will receive this information and send back proposed deals accordingly.
+    &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+    &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+  },
+  &quot;flightEndTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight end time of the deal. This will generally be stored in a granularity of a second. A value is not necessary for Private Auction deals.
+  &quot;flightStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight start time of the deal. This will generally be stored in the granularity of one second since deal serving starts at seconds boundary. Any time specified with more granularity (e.g., in milliseconds) will be truncated towards the start of time in seconds.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier of the deal. Auto-generated by the server when a deal is created. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}/deals/{dealId}
+  &quot;preferredDealTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Preferred Deals. # The terms for preferred deals.
+    &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+      &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;privateAuctionTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Private Auctions. # The terms for private auction deals.
+    &quot;floorPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # The minimum price buyer has to bid to compete in the private auction.
+      &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+    },
+    &quot;openAuctionAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if open auction buyers are allowed to compete with invited buyers in this private auction.
+  },
+  &quot;programmaticGuaranteedTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Programmatic Guaranteed Deals. # The terms for programmatic guaranteed deals.
+    &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+      &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+    },
+    &quot;guaranteedLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of guaranteed looks.
+    &quot;impressionCap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifetime impression cap for CPM Sponsorship deals. Deal will stop serving when cap is reached.
+    &quot;minimumDailyLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Daily minimum looks for CPD deal types.
+    &quot;percentShareOfVoice&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For sponsorship deals, this is the percentage of the seller&#x27;s eligible impressions that the deal will serve until the cap is reached. Valid value is within range 0~100.
+    &quot;reservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reservation type for a Programmatic Guaranteed deal. This indicates whether the number of impressions is fixed, or a percent of available impressions. If not specified, the default reservation type is STANDARD.
+  },
+  &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+  &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
+  &quot;sellerTimeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+    &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+  },
+  &quot;targeting&quot;: { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target inventory. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
+    &quot;daypartTargeting&quot;: { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
+      &quot;dayParts&quot;: [ # The targeted weekdays and times
+        { # Defines targeting for a period of time on a specific week day.
+          &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Day of week for the period.
+          &quot;endTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+            &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+            &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+            &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+            &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+          },
+          &quot;startTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+            &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+            &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+            &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+            &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;timeZoneType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone type of the day parts
+    },
+    &quot;geoTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Output only. Geo criteria IDs to be included/excluded.
+      &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;inventorySizeTargeting&quot;: { # Represents the size of an ad unit that can be targeted on a bid request. # Output only. Inventory sizes to be included/excluded.
+      &quot;excludedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be excluded.
+        { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+          &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+          &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;targetedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be included.
+        { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+          &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+          &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;placementTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about where the ads can appear, e.g., certain sites or mobile applications. Different placement targeting types will be logically OR&#x27;ed. # Output only. Placement targeting information, e.g., URL, mobile applications.
+      &quot;mobileApplicationTargeting&quot;: { # Mobile application targeting settings. # Mobile application targeting information in a deal. This doesn&#x27;t apply to Auction Packages.
+        &quot;firstPartyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded mobile application IDs that publishers own. Android App ID, for example, com.google.android.apps.maps, can be found in Google Play Store URL. iOS App ID (which is a number) can be found at the end of iTunes store URL. First party mobile applications is either included or excluded. # Publisher owned apps to be targeted or excluded by the publisher to display the ads in.
+          &quot;excludedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;uriTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded URLs (e.g., google.com). For Private Auction Deals, URLs are either included or excluded. For Programmatic Guaranteed and Preferred Deals, this doesn&#x27;t apply. # URLs to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;technologyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about various types of technology. # Output only. Technology targeting information, e.g., operating system, device category.
+      &quot;deviceCapabilityTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device capabilities to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;deviceCategoryTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device categories to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;operatingSystemTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information for operating systems. # Operating system related targeting information.
+        &quot;operatingSystemCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating systems to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;operatingSystemVersionCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating system versions to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;userListTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Buyer user list targeting information. User lists can be uploaded via https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/rtb/bulk-uploader.
+      &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;videoTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information about video. # Output only. Video targeting information.
+      &quot;excludedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be excluded. When this field is populated, the targeted_position_types field must be empty.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;targetedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be included. When this field is populated, the excluded_position_types field must be empty.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the deal was last updated.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, List of fields to be updated. If empty or unspecified, the service will update all fields populated in the update request excluding the output only fields and primitive fields with default value. Note that explicit field mask is required in order to reset a primitive field back to its default value, e.g. false for boolean fields, 0 for integer fields. A special field mask consisting of a single path &quot;*&quot; can be used to indicate full replacement(the equivalent of PUT method), updatable fields unset or unspecified in the input will be cleared or set to default value. Output only fields will be ignored regardless of the value of updateMask.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # A deal represents a segment of inventory for displaying ads that contains the terms and targeting information that is used for serving as well as the deal stats and status. Note: A proposal may contain multiple deals.
+  &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time of the deal creation.
+  &quot;creativeRequirements&quot;: { # Message captures data about the creatives in the deal. # Output only. Metadata about the creatives of this deal.
+    &quot;creativePreApprovalPolicy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative pre-approval policy.
+    &quot;creativeSafeFrameCompatibility&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies whether the creative is safeFrame compatible.
+    &quot;programmaticCreativeSource&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the creative source for programmatic deals. PUBLISHER means creative is provided by seller and ADVERTISER means creative is provided by the buyer.
+  },
+  &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal.
+  &quot;deliveryControl&quot;: { # Message contains details about how the deal will be paced. # Output only. Specifies the pacing set by the publisher.
+    &quot;companionDeliveryType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies roadblocking in a master companion lineitem.
+    &quot;creativeRotationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies strategy to use for selecting a creative when multiple creatives of the same size are available.
+    &quot;deliveryRateType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies how the impression delivery will be paced.
+    &quot;frequencyCap&quot;: [ # Output only. Specifies any frequency caps. Cannot be filtered within ListDealsRequest.
+      { # Message contains details about publisher-set frequency caps of the delivery.
+        &quot;maxImpressions&quot;: 42, # The maximum number of impressions that can be served to a user within the specified time period.
+        &quot;timeUnitType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time unit. Along with num_time_units defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+        &quot;timeUnitsCount&quot;: 42, # The amount of time, in the units specified by time_unit_type. Defines the amount of time over which impressions per user are counted and capped.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;roadblockingType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Specifies the roadblocking type in display creatives.
+  },
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Free text description for the deal terms.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The name of the deal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the deal.
+  &quot;estimatedGrossSpend&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Specified by buyers in request for proposal (RFP) to notify publisher the total estimated spend for the proposal. Publishers will receive this information and send back proposed deals accordingly.
+    &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+    &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+  },
+  &quot;flightEndTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight end time of the deal. This will generally be stored in a granularity of a second. A value is not necessary for Private Auction deals.
+  &quot;flightStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Proposed flight start time of the deal. This will generally be stored in the granularity of one second since deal serving starts at seconds boundary. Any time specified with more granularity (e.g., in milliseconds) will be truncated towards the start of time in seconds.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The unique identifier of the deal. Auto-generated by the server when a deal is created. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}/deals/{dealId}
+  &quot;preferredDealTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Preferred Deals. # The terms for preferred deals.
+    &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+      &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;privateAuctionTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Private Auctions. # The terms for private auction deals.
+    &quot;floorPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # The minimum price buyer has to bid to compete in the private auction.
+      &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+    },
+    &quot;openAuctionAllowed&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if open auction buyers are allowed to compete with invited buyers in this private auction.
+  },
+  &quot;programmaticGuaranteedTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Programmatic Guaranteed Deals. # The terms for programmatic guaranteed deals.
+    &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+      &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+    },
+    &quot;guaranteedLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of guaranteed looks.
+    &quot;impressionCap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifetime impression cap for CPM Sponsorship deals. Deal will stop serving when cap is reached.
+    &quot;minimumDailyLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Daily minimum looks for CPD deal types.
+    &quot;percentShareOfVoice&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For sponsorship deals, this is the percentage of the seller&#x27;s eligible impressions that the deal will serve until the cap is reached. Valid value is within range 0~100.
+    &quot;reservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reservation type for a Programmatic Guaranteed deal. This indicates whether the number of impressions is fixed, or a percent of available impressions. If not specified, the default reservation type is STANDARD.
+  },
+  &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal and is the same value as proposal.proposal_revision. Each update to deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+  &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the deal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`
+  &quot;sellerTimeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Output only. Time zone of the seller used to mark the boundaries of a day for daypart targeting and CPD billing.
+    &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+    &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+  },
+  &quot;targeting&quot;: { # Targeting represents different criteria that can be used to target inventory. For example, they can choose to target inventory only if the user is in the US. Multiple types of targeting are always applied as a logical AND, unless noted otherwise. # Specifies the subset of inventory targeted by the deal. Can be updated by the buyer before the deal is finalized.
+    &quot;daypartTargeting&quot;: { # Represents Daypart targeting. # Daypart targeting information.
+      &quot;dayParts&quot;: [ # The targeted weekdays and times
+        { # Defines targeting for a period of time on a specific week day.
+          &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Day of week for the period.
+          &quot;endTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+            &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+            &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+            &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+            &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+          },
+          &quot;startTime&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Hours in 24 hour time between 0 and 24, inclusive. Note: 24 is logically equivalent to 0, but is supported since in some cases there may need to be differentiation made between midnight on one day and midnight on the next day. Accepted values for minutes are [0, 15, 30, 45]. 0 is the only acceptable minute value for hour 24. Seconds and nanos are ignored.
+            &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+            &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+            &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+            &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;timeZoneType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time zone type of the day parts
+    },
+    &quot;geoTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Output only. Geo criteria IDs to be included/excluded.
+      &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;inventorySizeTargeting&quot;: { # Represents the size of an ad unit that can be targeted on a bid request. # Output only. Inventory sizes to be included/excluded.
+      &quot;excludedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be excluded.
+        { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+          &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+          &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;targetedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be included.
+        { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+          &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+          &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+        },
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;placementTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about where the ads can appear, e.g., certain sites or mobile applications. Different placement targeting types will be logically OR&#x27;ed. # Output only. Placement targeting information, e.g., URL, mobile applications.
+      &quot;mobileApplicationTargeting&quot;: { # Mobile application targeting settings. # Mobile application targeting information in a deal. This doesn&#x27;t apply to Auction Packages.
+        &quot;firstPartyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded mobile application IDs that publishers own. Android App ID, for example, com.google.android.apps.maps, can be found in Google Play Store URL. iOS App ID (which is a number) can be found at the end of iTunes store URL. First party mobile applications is either included or excluded. # Publisher owned apps to be targeted or excluded by the publisher to display the ads in.
+          &quot;excludedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedAppIds&quot;: [ # A list of application IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;uriTargeting&quot;: { # Represents a list of targeted and excluded URLs (e.g., google.com). For Private Auction Deals, URLs are either included or excluded. For Programmatic Guaranteed and Preferred Deals, this doesn&#x27;t apply. # URLs to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedUris&quot;: [ # A list of URLs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;technologyTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting about various types of technology. # Output only. Technology targeting information, e.g., operating system, device category.
+      &quot;deviceCapabilityTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device capabilities to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;deviceCategoryTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of device categories to be included/excluded.
+        &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+        &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;operatingSystemTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information for operating systems. # Operating system related targeting information.
+        &quot;operatingSystemCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating systems to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+        &quot;operatingSystemVersionCriteria&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # IDs of operating system versions to be included/excluded.
+          &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;userListTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Buyer user list targeting information. User lists can be uploaded via https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/rtb/bulk-uploader.
+      &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;videoTargeting&quot;: { # Represents targeting information about video. # Output only. Video targeting information.
+      &quot;excludedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be excluded. When this field is populated, the targeted_position_types field must be empty.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;targetedPositionTypes&quot;: [ # A list of video positions to be included. When this field is populated, the excluded_position_types field must be empty.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the deal was last updated.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.proposals.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.proposals.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f649472
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.proposals.html
@@ -0,0 +1,662 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.html">Authorized Buyers Marketplace API</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.html">buyers</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.proposals.html">proposals</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.proposals.deals.html">deals()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the deals Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#accept">accept(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Accepts the proposal at the given revision number. If the revision number in the request is behind the latest from the server, an error message will be returned. This call updates the Proposal.state from `BUYER_ACCEPTANCE_REQUESTED` to `FINALIZED`; it has no side effect if the Proposal.state is already `FINALIZED` and throws exception if the Proposal.state is not either `BUYER_ACCEPTANCE_REQUESTED` or `FINALIZED`. Accepting a proposal means the buyer understands and accepts the Proposal.terms_and_conditions proposed by the seller.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#addNote">addNote(proposal, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a note for this proposal and sends to the seller.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#cancelNegotiation">cancelNegotiation(proposal, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Cancels an ongoing negotiation on a proposal. This does not cancel or end serving for the deals if the proposal has been finalized. If the proposal has not been finalized before, calling this method will set the Proposal.state to `TERMINATED` and increment the Proposal.proposal_revision. If the proposal has been finalized before and is under renegotiation now, calling this method will reset the Proposal.state to `FINALIZED` and increment the Proposal.proposal_revision. This method does not support private auction proposals whose Proposal.deal_type is 'PRIVATE_AUCTION'.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets a proposal using its name. The proposal is returned at most recent revision. revision.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists proposals. A filter expression (list filter syntax) may be specified to filter the results. This will not list finalized versions of proposals that are being renegotiated; to retrieve these use the finalizedProposals resource.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the proposal at the given revision number. If the revision number in the request is behind the latest from the server, an error message will be returned. See FieldMask for how to use FieldMask. Only fields specified in the UpdateProposalRequest.update_mask will be updated; Fields noted as 'Immutable' or 'Output only' yet specified in the UpdateProposalRequest.update_mask will be ignored and left unchanged. Updating a private auction proposal is not allowed and will result in an error.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#sendRfp">sendRfp(buyer, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Sends a request for proposal (RFP) to a publisher to initiate the negotiation regarding certain inventory. In the RFP, buyers can specify the deal type, deal terms, start and end dates, targeting, and a message to the publisher. Once the RFP is sent, a proposal in `SELLER_REVIEW_REQUESTED` state will be created and returned in the response. The publisher may review your request and respond with detailed deals in the proposal.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="accept">accept(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Accepts the proposal at the given revision number. If the revision number in the request is behind the latest from the server, an error message will be returned. This call updates the Proposal.state from `BUYER_ACCEPTANCE_REQUESTED` to `FINALIZED`; it has no side effect if the Proposal.state is already `FINALIZED` and throws exception if the Proposal.state is not either `BUYER_ACCEPTANCE_REQUESTED` or `FINALIZED`. Accepting a proposal means the buyer understands and accepts the Proposal.terms_and_conditions proposed by the seller.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Name of the proposal. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to accept a proposal. Accepting a proposal implies acceptance of the publisher terms_and_conditions, if any.
+  &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The last known client revision number of the proposal.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a proposal in the Marketplace. A proposal is the unit of negotiation between a seller and a buyer.
+  &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyerContacts&quot;: [ # Contact information for the buyer.
+    { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;buyerPrivateData&quot;: { # Buyers are allowed to store certain types of private data in a proposal or deal. # Buyer private data (hidden from seller).
+    &quot;referenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A buyer specified reference ID. This can be queried in the list operations (max-length: 1024 unicode code units).
+  },
+  &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+  &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal the proposal contains.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The descriptive name for the proposal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the proposal.
+  &quot;isRenegotiating&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the proposal was previously finalized and is now being renegotiated.
+  &quot;lastUpdaterOrCommentorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role of the last user that either updated the proposal or left a comment.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The name of the proposal serving as a unique identifier. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}
+  &quot;notes&quot;: [ # A list of notes from the buyer and the seller attached to this proposal.
+    { # A text note attached to the proposal to facilitate the communication between buyers and sellers.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When this note was created.
+      &quot;creatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role who created the note.
+      &quot;note&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the note. Maximum length is 1024 characters.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;originatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates whether the buyer/seller created the proposal.
+  &quot;pausingConsented&quot;: True or False, # Whether pausing is allowed for the proposal. This is a negotiable term between buyers and publishers.
+  &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal. Each update to the proposal or deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+  &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the proposal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}` Note: This field may be set only when creating the resource. Modifying this field while updating the resource will result in an error.
+  &quot;sellerContacts&quot;: [ # Output only. Contact information for the seller.
+    { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates the state of the proposal.
+  &quot;termsAndConditions&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The terms and conditions associated with this proposal. Accepting a proposal implies acceptance of this field. This is created by the seller, the buyer can only view it.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the proposal was last revised.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="addNote">addNote(proposal, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a note for this proposal and sends to the seller.
+
+Args:
+  proposal: string, Name of the proposal. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to add a note.
+  &quot;note&quot;: { # A text note attached to the proposal to facilitate the communication between buyers and sellers. # The note to add.
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When this note was created.
+    &quot;creatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role who created the note.
+    &quot;note&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the note. Maximum length is 1024 characters.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a proposal in the Marketplace. A proposal is the unit of negotiation between a seller and a buyer.
+  &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyerContacts&quot;: [ # Contact information for the buyer.
+    { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;buyerPrivateData&quot;: { # Buyers are allowed to store certain types of private data in a proposal or deal. # Buyer private data (hidden from seller).
+    &quot;referenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A buyer specified reference ID. This can be queried in the list operations (max-length: 1024 unicode code units).
+  },
+  &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+  &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal the proposal contains.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The descriptive name for the proposal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the proposal.
+  &quot;isRenegotiating&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the proposal was previously finalized and is now being renegotiated.
+  &quot;lastUpdaterOrCommentorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role of the last user that either updated the proposal or left a comment.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The name of the proposal serving as a unique identifier. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}
+  &quot;notes&quot;: [ # A list of notes from the buyer and the seller attached to this proposal.
+    { # A text note attached to the proposal to facilitate the communication between buyers and sellers.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When this note was created.
+      &quot;creatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role who created the note.
+      &quot;note&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the note. Maximum length is 1024 characters.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;originatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates whether the buyer/seller created the proposal.
+  &quot;pausingConsented&quot;: True or False, # Whether pausing is allowed for the proposal. This is a negotiable term between buyers and publishers.
+  &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal. Each update to the proposal or deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+  &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the proposal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}` Note: This field may be set only when creating the resource. Modifying this field while updating the resource will result in an error.
+  &quot;sellerContacts&quot;: [ # Output only. Contact information for the seller.
+    { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates the state of the proposal.
+  &quot;termsAndConditions&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The terms and conditions associated with this proposal. Accepting a proposal implies acceptance of this field. This is created by the seller, the buyer can only view it.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the proposal was last revised.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="cancelNegotiation">cancelNegotiation(proposal, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Cancels an ongoing negotiation on a proposal. This does not cancel or end serving for the deals if the proposal has been finalized. If the proposal has not been finalized before, calling this method will set the Proposal.state to `TERMINATED` and increment the Proposal.proposal_revision. If the proposal has been finalized before and is under renegotiation now, calling this method will reset the Proposal.state to `FINALIZED` and increment the Proposal.proposal_revision. This method does not support private auction proposals whose Proposal.deal_type is &#x27;PRIVATE_AUCTION&#x27;.
+
+Args:
+  proposal: string, Name of the proposal. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to cancel an ongoing negotiation.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a proposal in the Marketplace. A proposal is the unit of negotiation between a seller and a buyer.
+  &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyerContacts&quot;: [ # Contact information for the buyer.
+    { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;buyerPrivateData&quot;: { # Buyers are allowed to store certain types of private data in a proposal or deal. # Buyer private data (hidden from seller).
+    &quot;referenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A buyer specified reference ID. This can be queried in the list operations (max-length: 1024 unicode code units).
+  },
+  &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+  &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal the proposal contains.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The descriptive name for the proposal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the proposal.
+  &quot;isRenegotiating&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the proposal was previously finalized and is now being renegotiated.
+  &quot;lastUpdaterOrCommentorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role of the last user that either updated the proposal or left a comment.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The name of the proposal serving as a unique identifier. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}
+  &quot;notes&quot;: [ # A list of notes from the buyer and the seller attached to this proposal.
+    { # A text note attached to the proposal to facilitate the communication between buyers and sellers.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When this note was created.
+      &quot;creatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role who created the note.
+      &quot;note&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the note. Maximum length is 1024 characters.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;originatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates whether the buyer/seller created the proposal.
+  &quot;pausingConsented&quot;: True or False, # Whether pausing is allowed for the proposal. This is a negotiable term between buyers and publishers.
+  &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal. Each update to the proposal or deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+  &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the proposal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}` Note: This field may be set only when creating the resource. Modifying this field while updating the resource will result in an error.
+  &quot;sellerContacts&quot;: [ # Output only. Contact information for the seller.
+    { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates the state of the proposal.
+  &quot;termsAndConditions&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The terms and conditions associated with this proposal. Accepting a proposal implies acceptance of this field. This is created by the seller, the buyer can only view it.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the proposal was last revised.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets a proposal using its name. The proposal is returned at most recent revision. revision.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the proposal. Format: `buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a proposal in the Marketplace. A proposal is the unit of negotiation between a seller and a buyer.
+  &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyerContacts&quot;: [ # Contact information for the buyer.
+    { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;buyerPrivateData&quot;: { # Buyers are allowed to store certain types of private data in a proposal or deal. # Buyer private data (hidden from seller).
+    &quot;referenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A buyer specified reference ID. This can be queried in the list operations (max-length: 1024 unicode code units).
+  },
+  &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+  &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal the proposal contains.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The descriptive name for the proposal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the proposal.
+  &quot;isRenegotiating&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the proposal was previously finalized and is now being renegotiated.
+  &quot;lastUpdaterOrCommentorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role of the last user that either updated the proposal or left a comment.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The name of the proposal serving as a unique identifier. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}
+  &quot;notes&quot;: [ # A list of notes from the buyer and the seller attached to this proposal.
+    { # A text note attached to the proposal to facilitate the communication between buyers and sellers.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When this note was created.
+      &quot;creatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role who created the note.
+      &quot;note&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the note. Maximum length is 1024 characters.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;originatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates whether the buyer/seller created the proposal.
+  &quot;pausingConsented&quot;: True or False, # Whether pausing is allowed for the proposal. This is a negotiable term between buyers and publishers.
+  &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal. Each update to the proposal or deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+  &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the proposal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}` Note: This field may be set only when creating the resource. Modifying this field while updating the resource will result in an error.
+  &quot;sellerContacts&quot;: [ # Output only. Contact information for the seller.
+    { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates the state of the proposal.
+  &quot;termsAndConditions&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The terms and conditions associated with this proposal. Accepting a proposal implies acceptance of this field. This is created by the seller, the buyer can only view it.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the proposal was last revised.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists proposals. A filter expression (list filter syntax) may be specified to filter the results. This will not list finalized versions of proposals that are being renegotiated; to retrieve these use the finalizedProposals resource.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent that owns the collection of proposals Format: `buyers/{accountId}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional query string using the [Cloud API list filtering syntax](https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/guides/v2/list-filters) Supported columns for filtering are: * displayName * dealType * updateTime * state
+  pageSize: integer, Requested page size. The server may return fewer results than requested. If unspecified, the server will put a size of 500.
+  pageToken: string, The page token as returned from ListProposalsResponse.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for listing proposals.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Continuation token for fetching the next page of results.
+  &quot;proposals&quot;: [ # The list of proposals.
+    { # Represents a proposal in the Marketplace. A proposal is the unit of negotiation between a seller and a buyer.
+      &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+      &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+      &quot;buyerContacts&quot;: [ # Contact information for the buyer.
+        { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+          &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+          &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;buyerPrivateData&quot;: { # Buyers are allowed to store certain types of private data in a proposal or deal. # Buyer private data (hidden from seller).
+        &quot;referenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A buyer specified reference ID. This can be queried in the list operations (max-length: 1024 unicode code units).
+      },
+      &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+      &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal the proposal contains.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The descriptive name for the proposal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the proposal.
+      &quot;isRenegotiating&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the proposal was previously finalized and is now being renegotiated.
+      &quot;lastUpdaterOrCommentorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role of the last user that either updated the proposal or left a comment.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The name of the proposal serving as a unique identifier. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}
+      &quot;notes&quot;: [ # A list of notes from the buyer and the seller attached to this proposal.
+        { # A text note attached to the proposal to facilitate the communication between buyers and sellers.
+          &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When this note was created.
+          &quot;creatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role who created the note.
+          &quot;note&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the note. Maximum length is 1024 characters.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;originatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates whether the buyer/seller created the proposal.
+      &quot;pausingConsented&quot;: True or False, # Whether pausing is allowed for the proposal. This is a negotiable term between buyers and publishers.
+      &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal. Each update to the proposal or deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+      &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the proposal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}` Note: This field may be set only when creating the resource. Modifying this field while updating the resource will result in an error.
+      &quot;sellerContacts&quot;: [ # Output only. Contact information for the seller.
+        { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+          &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+          &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates the state of the proposal.
+      &quot;termsAndConditions&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The terms and conditions associated with this proposal. Accepting a proposal implies acceptance of this field. This is created by the seller, the buyer can only view it.
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the proposal was last revised.
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates the proposal at the given revision number. If the revision number in the request is behind the latest from the server, an error message will be returned. See FieldMask for how to use FieldMask. Only fields specified in the UpdateProposalRequest.update_mask will be updated; Fields noted as &#x27;Immutable&#x27; or &#x27;Output only&#x27; yet specified in the UpdateProposalRequest.update_mask will be ignored and left unchanged. Updating a private auction proposal is not allowed and will result in an error.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Immutable. The name of the proposal serving as a unique identifier. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a proposal in the Marketplace. A proposal is the unit of negotiation between a seller and a buyer.
+  &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyerContacts&quot;: [ # Contact information for the buyer.
+    { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;buyerPrivateData&quot;: { # Buyers are allowed to store certain types of private data in a proposal or deal. # Buyer private data (hidden from seller).
+    &quot;referenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A buyer specified reference ID. This can be queried in the list operations (max-length: 1024 unicode code units).
+  },
+  &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+  &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal the proposal contains.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The descriptive name for the proposal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the proposal.
+  &quot;isRenegotiating&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the proposal was previously finalized and is now being renegotiated.
+  &quot;lastUpdaterOrCommentorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role of the last user that either updated the proposal or left a comment.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The name of the proposal serving as a unique identifier. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}
+  &quot;notes&quot;: [ # A list of notes from the buyer and the seller attached to this proposal.
+    { # A text note attached to the proposal to facilitate the communication between buyers and sellers.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When this note was created.
+      &quot;creatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role who created the note.
+      &quot;note&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the note. Maximum length is 1024 characters.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;originatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates whether the buyer/seller created the proposal.
+  &quot;pausingConsented&quot;: True or False, # Whether pausing is allowed for the proposal. This is a negotiable term between buyers and publishers.
+  &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal. Each update to the proposal or deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+  &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the proposal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}` Note: This field may be set only when creating the resource. Modifying this field while updating the resource will result in an error.
+  &quot;sellerContacts&quot;: [ # Output only. Contact information for the seller.
+    { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates the state of the proposal.
+  &quot;termsAndConditions&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The terms and conditions associated with this proposal. Accepting a proposal implies acceptance of this field. This is created by the seller, the buyer can only view it.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the proposal was last revised.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, List of fields to be updated. If empty or unspecified, the service will update all fields populated in the update request excluding the output only fields and primitive fields with default value. Note that explicit field mask is required in order to reset a primitive field back to its default value, e.g. false for boolean fields, 0 for integer fields. A special field mask consisting of a single path &quot;*&quot; can be used to indicate full replacement(the equivalent of PUT method), updatable fields unset or unspecified in the input will be cleared or set to default value. Output only fields will be ignored regardless of the value of updateMask.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a proposal in the Marketplace. A proposal is the unit of negotiation between a seller and a buyer.
+  &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyerContacts&quot;: [ # Contact information for the buyer.
+    { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;buyerPrivateData&quot;: { # Buyers are allowed to store certain types of private data in a proposal or deal. # Buyer private data (hidden from seller).
+    &quot;referenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A buyer specified reference ID. This can be queried in the list operations (max-length: 1024 unicode code units).
+  },
+  &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+  &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal the proposal contains.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The descriptive name for the proposal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the proposal.
+  &quot;isRenegotiating&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the proposal was previously finalized and is now being renegotiated.
+  &quot;lastUpdaterOrCommentorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role of the last user that either updated the proposal or left a comment.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The name of the proposal serving as a unique identifier. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}
+  &quot;notes&quot;: [ # A list of notes from the buyer and the seller attached to this proposal.
+    { # A text note attached to the proposal to facilitate the communication between buyers and sellers.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When this note was created.
+      &quot;creatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role who created the note.
+      &quot;note&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the note. Maximum length is 1024 characters.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;originatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates whether the buyer/seller created the proposal.
+  &quot;pausingConsented&quot;: True or False, # Whether pausing is allowed for the proposal. This is a negotiable term between buyers and publishers.
+  &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal. Each update to the proposal or deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+  &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the proposal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}` Note: This field may be set only when creating the resource. Modifying this field while updating the resource will result in an error.
+  &quot;sellerContacts&quot;: [ # Output only. Contact information for the seller.
+    { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates the state of the proposal.
+  &quot;termsAndConditions&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The terms and conditions associated with this proposal. Accepting a proposal implies acceptance of this field. This is created by the seller, the buyer can only view it.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the proposal was last revised.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="sendRfp">sendRfp(buyer, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Sends a request for proposal (RFP) to a publisher to initiate the negotiation regarding certain inventory. In the RFP, buyers can specify the deal type, deal terms, start and end dates, targeting, and a message to the publisher. Once the RFP is sent, a proposal in `SELLER_REVIEW_REQUESTED` state will be created and returned in the response. The publisher may review your request and respond with detailed deals in the proposal.
+
+Args:
+  buyer: string, Required. The current buyer who is sending the RFP in the format: `buyers/{accountId}`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request to send an RFP. All fields in this request are proposed to publisher and subject to changes by publisher during later negotiation.
+  &quot;buyerContacts&quot;: [ # Contact information for the buyer.
+    { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If the current buyer is sending the RFP on behalf of its client, use this field to specify the name of the client in the format: `buyers/{accountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The display name of the proposal being created by this RFP.
+  &quot;estimatedGrossSpend&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Specified by buyers in request for proposal (RFP) to notify publisher the total estimated spend for the proposal. Publishers will receive this information and send back proposed deals accordingly.
+    &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+    &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+  },
+  &quot;flightEndTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Proposed flight end time of the RFP. A timestamp in RFC3339 UTC &quot;Zulu&quot; format. Note that the specified value will be truncated to a granularity of one second.
+  &quot;flightStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Proposed flight start time of the RFP. A timestamp in RFC3339 UTC &quot;Zulu&quot; format. Note that the specified value will be truncated to a granularity of one second.
+  &quot;geoTargeting&quot;: { # Generic targeting used for targeting dimensions that contains a list of included and excluded numeric IDs. This cannot be filtered using list filter syntax. # Geo criteria IDs to be targeted. Refer to Geo tables.
+    &quot;excludedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be excluded.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;targetedCriteriaIds&quot;: [ # A list of numeric IDs to be included.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;inventorySizeTargeting&quot;: { # Represents the size of an ad unit that can be targeted on a bid request. # Inventory sizes to be targeted.
+    &quot;excludedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be excluded.
+      { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+        &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+        &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;targetedInventorySizes&quot;: [ # A list of inventory sizes to be included.
+      { # Represents size of a single ad slot, or a creative.
+        &quot;height&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The height of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the ad slot size.
+        &quot;width&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The width of the ad slot in pixels. This field will be present only when size type is `PIXEL`.
+      },
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;note&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A message that is sent to the publisher. Maximum length is 1024 characters.
+  &quot;preferredDealTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Preferred Deals. # The terms for preferred deals.
+    &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+      &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;programmaticGuaranteedTerms&quot;: { # Pricing terms for Programmatic Guaranteed Deals. # The terms for programmatic guaranteed deals.
+    &quot;fixedPrice&quot;: { # Represents a price and a pricing type for a deal. # Fixed price for the deal.
+      &quot;amount&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # The actual price with currency specified.
+        &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+        &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+        &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+      },
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The pricing type for the deal.
+    },
+    &quot;guaranteedLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Count of guaranteed looks.
+    &quot;impressionCap&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The lifetime impression cap for CPM Sponsorship deals. Deal will stop serving when cap is reached.
+    &quot;minimumDailyLooks&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Daily minimum looks for CPD deal types.
+    &quot;percentShareOfVoice&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For sponsorship deals, this is the percentage of the seller&#x27;s eligible impressions that the deal will serve until the cap is reached. Valid value is within range 0~100.
+    &quot;reservationType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The reservation type for a Programmatic Guaranteed deal. This indicates whether the number of impressions is fixed, or a percent of available impressions. If not specified, the default reservation type is STANDARD.
+  },
+  &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The profile of the publisher who will receive this RFP in the format: `buyers/{accountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}`.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a proposal in the Marketplace. A proposal is the unit of negotiation between a seller and a buyer.
+  &quot;billedBuyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When the client field is populated, this field refers to the buyer who creates and manages the client buyer and gets billed on behalf of the client buyer; when the buyer field is populated, this field is the same value as buyer. Format : `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyer&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a buyer in The Realtime-bidding API. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}`
+  &quot;buyerContacts&quot;: [ # Contact information for the buyer.
+    { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;buyerPrivateData&quot;: { # Buyers are allowed to store certain types of private data in a proposal or deal. # Buyer private data (hidden from seller).
+    &quot;referenceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A buyer specified reference ID. This can be queried in the list operations (max-length: 1024 unicode code units).
+  },
+  &quot;client&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Refers to a Client. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/clients/{clientAccountid}`
+  &quot;dealType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Type of deal the proposal contains.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The descriptive name for the proposal. Maximum length of 255 unicode characters is allowed. Control characters are not allowed. Buyers cannot update this field. Note: Not to be confused with name, which is a unique identifier of the proposal.
+  &quot;isRenegotiating&quot;: True or False, # Output only. True if the proposal was previously finalized and is now being renegotiated.
+  &quot;lastUpdaterOrCommentorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role of the last user that either updated the proposal or left a comment.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The name of the proposal serving as a unique identifier. Format: buyers/{accountId}/proposals/{proposalId}
+  &quot;notes&quot;: [ # A list of notes from the buyer and the seller attached to this proposal.
+    { # A text note attached to the proposal to facilitate the communication between buyers and sellers.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. When this note was created.
+      &quot;creatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The role who created the note.
+      &quot;note&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of the note. Maximum length is 1024 characters.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;originatorRole&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates whether the buyer/seller created the proposal.
+  &quot;pausingConsented&quot;: True or False, # Whether pausing is allowed for the proposal. This is a negotiable term between buyers and publishers.
+  &quot;proposalRevision&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The revision number for the proposal. Each update to the proposal or deal causes the proposal revision number to auto-increment. The buyer keeps track of the last revision number they know of and pass it in when making an update. If the head revision number on the server has since incremented, then an ABORTED error is returned during the update operation to let the buyer know that a subsequent update was made.
+  &quot;publisherProfile&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. Reference to the seller on the proposal. Format: `buyers/{buyerAccountId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}` Note: This field may be set only when creating the resource. Modifying this field while updating the resource will result in an error.
+  &quot;sellerContacts&quot;: [ # Output only. Contact information for the seller.
+    { # Contains information on how a buyer or seller can be reached.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The display_name of the contact.
+      &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Email address for the contact.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates the state of the proposal.
+  &quot;termsAndConditions&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The terms and conditions associated with this proposal. Accepting a proposal implies acceptance of this field. This is created by the seller, the buyer can only view it.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the proposal was last revised.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.publisherProfiles.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.publisherProfiles.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..911c735
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.publisherProfiles.html
@@ -0,0 +1,203 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.html">Authorized Buyers Marketplace API</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.html">buyers</a> . <a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.publisherProfiles.html">publisherProfiles</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets the requested publisher profile by name.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists publisher profiles</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets the requested publisher profile by name.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. Name of the publisher profile. Format: `buyers/{buyerId}/publisherProfiles/{publisherProfileId}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # The values in the publisher profile are supplied by the publisher. All fields are not filterable unless stated otherwise.
+  &quot;audienceDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description on the publisher&#x27;s audience.
+  &quot;directDealsContact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Contact information for direct reservation deals. This is free text entered by the publisher and may include information like names, phone numbers and email addresses.
+  &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the publisher profile. Can be used to filter the response of the publisherProfiles.list method.
+  &quot;domains&quot;: [ # The list of domains represented in this publisher profile. Empty if this is a parent profile. These are top private domains, meaning that these will not contain a string like &quot;photos.google.co.uk/123&quot;, but will instead contain &quot;google.co.uk&quot;. Can be used to filter the response of the publisherProfiles.list method.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;isParent&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this profile is the parent profile of the seller. A parent profile represents all the inventory from the seller, as opposed to child profile that is created to brand a portion of inventory. One seller has only one parent publisher profile, and can have multiple child profiles. See https://support.google.com/admanager/answer/6035806 for details. Can be used to filter the response of the publisherProfiles.list method by setting the filter to &quot;is_parent: true&quot;.
+  &quot;logoUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Google public URL to the logo for this publisher profile. The logo is stored as a PNG, JPG, or GIF image.
+  &quot;mediaKitUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL to additional marketing and sales materials.
+  &quot;mobileApps&quot;: [ # The list of apps represented in this publisher profile. Empty if this is a parent profile.
+    { # A mobile application that contains a external app ID, name, and app store.
+      &quot;appStore&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The app store the app belongs to. Can be used to filter the response of the publisherProfiles.list method.
+      &quot;externalAppId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The external ID for the app from its app store. Can be used to filter the response of the publisherProfiles.list method.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the app.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the publisher profile. Format: `buyers/{buyer}/publisherProfiles/{publisher_profile}`
+  &quot;overview&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Overview of the publisher.
+  &quot;pitchStatement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Statement explaining what&#x27;s unique about publisher&#x27;s business, and why buyers should partner with the publisher.
+  &quot;programmaticDealsContact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Contact information for programmatic deals. This is free text entered by the publisher and may include information like names, phone numbers and email addresses.
+  &quot;publisherCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifying code for the seller. This value is the same for all of the seller&#x27;s parent and child publisher profiles. Can be used to filter the response of the publisherProfiles.list method.
+  &quot;samplePageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL to a sample content page.
+  &quot;topHeadlines&quot;: [ # Up to three key metrics and rankings. For example &quot;#1 Mobile News Site for 20 Straight Months&quot;.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists publisher profiles
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. Parent that owns the collection of publisher profiles Format: `buyers/{buyerId}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional query string using the [Cloud API list filtering] (https://developers.google.com/authorized-buyers/apis/guides/v2/list-filters) syntax.
+  pageSize: integer, Requested page size. The server may return fewer results than requested. If requested more than 500, the server will return 500 results per page. If unspecified, the server will pick a default page size of 100.
+  pageToken: string, The page token as returned from a previous ListPublisherProfilesResponse.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response message for profiles visible to the buyer.
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token to fetch the next page of results.
+  &quot;publisherProfiles&quot;: [ # The list of matching publisher profiles.
+    { # The values in the publisher profile are supplied by the publisher. All fields are not filterable unless stated otherwise.
+      &quot;audienceDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Description on the publisher&#x27;s audience.
+      &quot;directDealsContact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Contact information for direct reservation deals. This is free text entered by the publisher and may include information like names, phone numbers and email addresses.
+      &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Display name of the publisher profile. Can be used to filter the response of the publisherProfiles.list method.
+      &quot;domains&quot;: [ # The list of domains represented in this publisher profile. Empty if this is a parent profile. These are top private domains, meaning that these will not contain a string like &quot;photos.google.co.uk/123&quot;, but will instead contain &quot;google.co.uk&quot;. Can be used to filter the response of the publisherProfiles.list method.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;isParent&quot;: True or False, # Indicates if this profile is the parent profile of the seller. A parent profile represents all the inventory from the seller, as opposed to child profile that is created to brand a portion of inventory. One seller has only one parent publisher profile, and can have multiple child profiles. See https://support.google.com/admanager/answer/6035806 for details. Can be used to filter the response of the publisherProfiles.list method by setting the filter to &quot;is_parent: true&quot;.
+      &quot;logoUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A Google public URL to the logo for this publisher profile. The logo is stored as a PNG, JPG, or GIF image.
+      &quot;mediaKitUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL to additional marketing and sales materials.
+      &quot;mobileApps&quot;: [ # The list of apps represented in this publisher profile. Empty if this is a parent profile.
+        { # A mobile application that contains a external app ID, name, and app store.
+          &quot;appStore&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The app store the app belongs to. Can be used to filter the response of the publisherProfiles.list method.
+          &quot;externalAppId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The external ID for the app from its app store. Can be used to filter the response of the publisherProfiles.list method.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the app.
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the publisher profile. Format: `buyers/{buyer}/publisherProfiles/{publisher_profile}`
+      &quot;overview&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Overview of the publisher.
+      &quot;pitchStatement&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Statement explaining what&#x27;s unique about publisher&#x27;s business, and why buyers should partner with the publisher.
+      &quot;programmaticDealsContact&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Contact information for programmatic deals. This is free text entered by the publisher and may include information like names, phone numbers and email addresses.
+      &quot;publisherCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A unique identifying code for the seller. This value is the same for all of the seller&#x27;s parent and child publisher profiles. Can be used to filter the response of the publisherProfiles.list method.
+      &quot;samplePageUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # URL to a sample content page.
+      &quot;topHeadlines&quot;: [ # Up to three key metrics and rankings. For example &quot;#1 Mobile News Site for 20 Straight Months&quot;.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.html b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6cbdd2a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.html">Authorized Buyers Marketplace API</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.bidders.html">bidders()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the bidders Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.buyers.html">buyers()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the buyers Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="new_batch_http_request">new_batch_http_request()</code>
+  <pre>Create a BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+
+        Args:
+          callback: callable, A callback to be called for each response, of the
+            form callback(id, response, exception). The first parameter is the
+            request id, and the second is the deserialized response object. The
+            third is an apiclient.errors.HttpError exception object if an HTTP
+            error occurred while processing the request, or None if no error
+            occurred.
+
+        Returns:
+          A BatchHttpRequest object based on the discovery document.
+        </pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/chromepolicy_v1.customers.policySchemas.html b/docs/dyn/chromepolicy_v1.customers.policySchemas.html
index fb5dd25..de9a531 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/chromepolicy_v1.customers.policySchemas.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/chromepolicy_v1.customers.policySchemas.html
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Resource representing a policy schema. Next ID: 10
+    { # Resource representing a policy schema. Next ID: 11
   &quot;accessRestrictions&quot;: [ # Output only. Specific access restrictions related to this policy.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -203,6 +203,9 @@
   &quot;policyDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Description about the policy schema for user consumption.
   &quot;schemaName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The full qualified name of the policy schema. This value is used to fill the field `policy_schema` in PolicyValue when calling BatchInheritOrgUnitPolicies or BatchModifyOrgUnitPolicies.
   &quot;supportUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. URI to related support article for this schema.
+  &quot;validTargetResources&quot;: [ # Output only. Information about applicable target resources for the policy.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -226,7 +229,7 @@
     { # Response message for listing policy schemas that match a filter.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The page token used to get the next page of policy schemas.
   &quot;policySchemas&quot;: [ # The list of policy schemas that match the query.
-    { # Resource representing a policy schema. Next ID: 10
+    { # Resource representing a policy schema. Next ID: 11
       &quot;accessRestrictions&quot;: [ # Output only. Specific access restrictions related to this policy.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -323,6 +326,9 @@
       &quot;policyDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Description about the policy schema for user consumption.
       &quot;schemaName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The full qualified name of the policy schema. This value is used to fill the field `policy_schema` in PolicyValue when calling BatchInheritOrgUnitPolicies or BatchModifyOrgUnitPolicies.
       &quot;supportUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. URI to related support article for this schema.
+      &quot;validTargetResources&quot;: [ # Output only. Information about applicable target resources for the policy.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.html
index 73c4fdb..d385a72 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbilling_v1.billingAccounts.html
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -194,18 +194,18 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-      &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
         &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
         &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
         &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
       },
-      &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+      &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
     },
   ],
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
-  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
+  &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
     &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
       { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
         &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -313,18 +313,18 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-      { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-        &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+      { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+        &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
           &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
           &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
           &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
         },
-        &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+        &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
-        &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+        &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
       },
     ],
     &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
@@ -341,7 +341,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
+    { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
   &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
     { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
       &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -355,18 +355,18 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-    { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-      &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+    { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+      &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
         &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
         &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
         &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
       },
-      &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+      &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+      &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
     },
   ],
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
index 4236bd0..c701129 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, gheConfigId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Create an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, configId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, gheConfigId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Create an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.
 
 Args:
@@ -128,6 +128,7 @@
   &quot;webhookKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The key that should be attached to webhook calls to the ReceiveWebhook endpoint.
 }
 
+  gheConfigId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the GithubEnterpriseConfig, which will become the final component of the GithubEnterpriseConfig’s resource name. ghe_config_id must meet the following requirements: + They must contain only alphanumeric characters and dashes. + They can be 1-64 characters long. + They must begin and end with an alphanumeric character
   projectId: string, ID of the project.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
index 97a423b..b962b73 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudbuild_v1.projects.locations.githubEnterpriseConfigs.html
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
-  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, gheConfigId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Create an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, configId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
-    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, gheConfigId=None, projectId=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Create an association between a GCP project and a GitHub Enterprise server.
 
 Args:
@@ -128,6 +128,7 @@
   &quot;webhookKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The key that should be attached to webhook calls to the ReceiveWebhook endpoint.
 }
 
+  gheConfigId: string, Optional. The ID to use for the GithubEnterpriseConfig, which will become the final component of the GithubEnterpriseConfig’s resource name. ghe_config_id must meet the following requirements: + They must contain only alphanumeric characters and dashes. + They can be 1-64 characters long. + They must begin and end with an alphanumeric character
   projectId: string, ID of the project.
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
index 9abbb95..a5f442f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudfunctions_v1.projects.locations.functions.html
@@ -459,7 +459,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -724,7 +724,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -766,7 +766,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html
index 23a528a..226480c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.organizations.html
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -519,7 +519,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html
index ea6c85f..d3f8a51 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1.projects.html
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -640,7 +640,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -682,7 +682,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html
index 5f904fd..043dbcc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.organizations.html
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.projects.html
index 41a80cf..d828f1b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v1beta1.projects.html
@@ -281,7 +281,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -375,7 +375,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -417,7 +417,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html
index 8cf9018..46fa411 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2.folders.html
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html
index d58ed67..68f26c2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v2beta1.folders.html
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -466,7 +466,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -508,7 +508,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html
index 4b5eebe..9bf4fd4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.folders.html
@@ -268,7 +268,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -540,7 +540,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html
index f0f030a..d95b4cf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.organizations.html
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -296,7 +296,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html
index 76c34b4..6dae34f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.projects.html
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#move">move(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Move a project to another place in your resource hierarchy, under a new resource parent. Returns an operation which can be used to track the process of the project move workflow. Upon success, the `Operation.response` field will be populated with the moved project. The caller must have `resourcemanager.projects.update` permission on the project and have `resourcemanager.projects.move` permission on the project's current and proposed new parent. If project has no current parent, or it currently does not have an associated organization resource, you will also need the `resourcemanager.projects.setIamPolicy` permission in the project. </p>
+<p class="firstline">Move a project to another place in your resource hierarchy, under a new resource parent. Returns an operation which can be used to track the process of the project move workflow. Upon success, the `Operation.response` field will be populated with the moved project. The caller must have `resourcemanager.projects.move` permission on the project, on the project's current and proposed new parent. If project has no current parent, or it currently does not have an associated organization resource, you will also need the `resourcemanager.projects.setIamPolicy` permission in the project. </p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Updates the `display_name` and labels of the project identified by the specified `name` (for example, `projects/415104041262`). Deleting all labels requires an update mask for labels field. The caller must have `resourcemanager.projects.update` permission for this project.</p>
@@ -276,7 +276,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -349,7 +349,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="move">move(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Move a project to another place in your resource hierarchy, under a new resource parent. Returns an operation which can be used to track the process of the project move workflow. Upon success, the `Operation.response` field will be populated with the moved project. The caller must have `resourcemanager.projects.update` permission on the project and have `resourcemanager.projects.move` permission on the project&#x27;s current and proposed new parent. If project has no current parent, or it currently does not have an associated organization resource, you will also need the `resourcemanager.projects.setIamPolicy` permission in the project. 
+  <pre>Move a project to another place in your resource hierarchy, under a new resource parent. Returns an operation which can be used to track the process of the project move workflow. Upon success, the `Operation.response` field will be populated with the moved project. The caller must have `resourcemanager.projects.move` permission on the project, on the project&#x27;s current and proposed new parent. If project has no current parent, or it currently does not have an associated organization resource, you will also need the `resourcemanager.projects.setIamPolicy` permission in the project. 
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the project to move. (required)
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagKeys.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagKeys.html
index b3e2b9d..3ccf851 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagKeys.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagKeys.html
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagValues.html b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagValues.html
index 275821c..7df44c9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagValues.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudresourcemanager_v3.tagValues.html
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -442,7 +442,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.html
index b9d6784..b63e1ff 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.html
@@ -110,6 +110,11 @@
 <p class="firstline">Returns the stats Resource.</p>
 
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="cloudsearch_v1.v1.html">v1()</a></code>
+</p>
+<p class="firstline">Returns the v1 Resource.</p>
+
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.stats.query.searchapplications.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.stats.query.searchapplications.html
index 51f56b9..63650dc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.stats.query.searchapplications.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.stats.query.searchapplications.html
@@ -106,9 +106,9 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    {
-  &quot;stats&quot;: [
-    {
+    { # Response format for getting query stats at a search application level between given dates.
+  &quot;stats&quot;: [ # Search application level query stats per date
+    { # Search application level query stats per date
       &quot;date&quot;: { # Represents a whole calendar date, for example a date of birth. The time of day and time zone are either specified elsewhere or are not significant. The date is relative to the [Proleptic Gregorian Calendar](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Proleptic_Gregorian_calendar). The date must be a valid calendar date between the year 1 and 9999. # Date for which query stats were calculated. Stats calculated on the next day close to midnight are returned.
         &quot;day&quot;: 42, # Day of month. Must be from 1 to 31 and valid for the year and month.
         &quot;month&quot;: 42, # Month of date. Must be from 1 to 12.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.v1.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..783ab9b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/dyn/cloudsearch_v1.v1.html
@@ -0,0 +1,129 @@
+<html><body>
+<style>
+
+body, h1, h2, h3, div, span, p, pre, a {
+  margin: 0;
+  padding: 0;
+  border: 0;
+  font-weight: inherit;
+  font-style: inherit;
+  font-size: 100%;
+  font-family: inherit;
+  vertical-align: baseline;
+}
+
+body {
+  font-size: 13px;
+  padding: 1em;
+}
+
+h1 {
+  font-size: 26px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h2 {
+  font-size: 24px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+}
+
+h3 {
+  font-size: 20px;
+  margin-bottom: 1em;
+  margin-top: 1em;
+}
+
+pre, code {
+  line-height: 1.5;
+  font-family: Monaco, 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Bitstream Vera Sans Mono', 'Lucida Console', monospace;
+}
+
+pre {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3, p {
+  font-family: Arial, sans serif;
+}
+
+h1, h2, h3 {
+  border-bottom: solid #CCC 1px;
+}
+
+.toc_element {
+  margin-top: 0.5em;
+}
+
+.firstline {
+  margin-left: 2 em;
+}
+
+.method  {
+  margin-top: 1em;
+  border: solid 1px #CCC;
+  padding: 1em;
+  background: #EEE;
+}
+
+.details {
+  font-weight: bold;
+  font-size: 14px;
+}
+
+</style>
+
+<h1><a href="cloudsearch_v1.html">Cloud Search API</a> . <a href="cloudsearch_v1.v1.html">v1</a></h1>
+<h2>Instance Methods</h2>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#initializeCustomer">initializeCustomer(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Initializes the customer. **Note:** This API requires an admin account to execute.</p>
+<h3>Method Details</h3>
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
+  <pre>Close httplib2 connections.</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="initializeCustomer">initializeCustomer(body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Initializes the customer. **Note:** This API requires an admin account to execute.
+
+Args:
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request message for `InitializeCustomer` method.
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+</body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
index 7591b82..f18d581 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/contactcenterinsights_v1.projects.locations.conversations.html
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
     &quot;requestTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
   },
-  &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium.
+  &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
   &quot;runtimeAnnotations&quot;: [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
     { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
     &quot;requestTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
   },
-  &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium.
+  &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
   &quot;runtimeAnnotations&quot;: [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
     { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
     &quot;requestTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
   },
-  &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium.
+  &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
   &quot;runtimeAnnotations&quot;: [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
     { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
@@ -1015,7 +1015,7 @@
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
         &quot;requestTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
       },
-      &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium.
+      &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
       &quot;runtimeAnnotations&quot;: [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
         { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
@@ -1263,7 +1263,7 @@
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
     &quot;requestTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
   },
-  &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium.
+  &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
   &quot;runtimeAnnotations&quot;: [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
     { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
@@ -1493,7 +1493,7 @@
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the analysis. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}/analyses/{analysis}
     &quot;requestTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time at which the analysis was requested.
   },
-  &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium.
+  &quot;medium&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The conversation medium, if unspecified will default to PHONE_CALL.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. The resource name of the conversation. Format: projects/{project}/locations/{location}/conversations/{conversation}
   &quot;runtimeAnnotations&quot;: [ # Output only. The annotations that were generated during the customer and agent interaction.
     { # An annotation that was generated during the customer and agent interaction.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index 91dab90..d8dab3b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -421,6 +421,8 @@
       ],
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
     },
+    &quot;meshCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+    },
     &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
       &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
         &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
@@ -1022,6 +1024,8 @@
     ],
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
   },
+  &quot;meshCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+  },
   &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
     &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
       &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
@@ -1526,6 +1530,8 @@
         ],
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
       },
+      &quot;meshCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+      },
       &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
         &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
           &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
@@ -2773,6 +2779,8 @@
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
     },
     &quot;desiredMasterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Kubernetes version to change the master to. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
+    &quot;desiredMeshCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+    },
     &quot;desiredMonitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # The desired monitoring configuration.
       &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
         &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index 00bbe85..67d17bc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -525,6 +525,8 @@
       ],
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
     },
+    &quot;meshCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+    },
     &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
       &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
         &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
@@ -1126,6 +1128,8 @@
     ],
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
   },
+  &quot;meshCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+  },
   &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
     &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
       &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
@@ -1674,6 +1678,8 @@
         ],
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
       },
+      &quot;meshCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+      },
       &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
         &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
           &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
@@ -2834,6 +2840,8 @@
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
     },
     &quot;desiredMasterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Kubernetes version to change the master to. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
+    &quot;desiredMeshCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+    },
     &quot;desiredMonitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # The desired monitoring configuration.
       &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
         &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
index af83aef..8994e01 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.html
@@ -438,6 +438,9 @@
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
     },
     &quot;masterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP prefix in CIDR notation to use for the hosted master network. This prefix will be used for assigning private IP addresses to the master or set of masters, as well as the ILB VIP. This field is deprecated, use private_cluster_config.master_ipv4_cidr_block instead.
+    &quot;meshCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+      &quot;enableCertificates&quot;: True or False, # enable_certificates controls issuance of workload mTLS certificates. If set, the GKE Workload Identity Certificates controller and node agent will be deployed in the cluster, which can then be configured by creating a WorkloadCertificateConfig Custom Resource. Requires Workload Identity (workload_pool must be non-empty).
+    },
     &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
       &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
         &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
@@ -529,6 +532,7 @@
         &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
         &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
       },
+      &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
       &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -622,6 +626,7 @@
             &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
             &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
           },
+          &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
           &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
@@ -1092,6 +1097,9 @@
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
   },
   &quot;masterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP prefix in CIDR notation to use for the hosted master network. This prefix will be used for assigning private IP addresses to the master or set of masters, as well as the ILB VIP. This field is deprecated, use private_cluster_config.master_ipv4_cidr_block instead.
+  &quot;meshCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+    &quot;enableCertificates&quot;: True or False, # enable_certificates controls issuance of workload mTLS certificates. If set, the GKE Workload Identity Certificates controller and node agent will be deployed in the cluster, which can then be configured by creating a WorkloadCertificateConfig Custom Resource. Requires Workload Identity (workload_pool must be non-empty).
+  },
   &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
     &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
       &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
@@ -1183,6 +1191,7 @@
       &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
       &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
     },
+    &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
     &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -1276,6 +1285,7 @@
           &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
           &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
         },
+        &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
         &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1649,6 +1659,9 @@
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
       },
       &quot;masterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP prefix in CIDR notation to use for the hosted master network. This prefix will be used for assigning private IP addresses to the master or set of masters, as well as the ILB VIP. This field is deprecated, use private_cluster_config.master_ipv4_cidr_block instead.
+      &quot;meshCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+        &quot;enableCertificates&quot;: True or False, # enable_certificates controls issuance of workload mTLS certificates. If set, the GKE Workload Identity Certificates controller and node agent will be deployed in the cluster, which can then be configured by creating a WorkloadCertificateConfig Custom Resource. Requires Workload Identity (workload_pool must be non-empty).
+      },
       &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
         &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
           &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
@@ -1740,6 +1753,7 @@
           &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
           &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
         },
+        &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
         &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1833,6 +1847,7 @@
               &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
               &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
             },
+            &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
             &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -2959,6 +2974,9 @@
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
     },
     &quot;desiredMasterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Kubernetes version to change the master to. The only valid value is the latest supported version. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
+    &quot;desiredMeshCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+      &quot;enableCertificates&quot;: True or False, # enable_certificates controls issuance of workload mTLS certificates. If set, the GKE Workload Identity Certificates controller and node agent will be deployed in the cluster, which can then be configured by creating a WorkloadCertificateConfig Custom Resource. Requires Workload Identity (workload_pool must be non-empty).
+    },
     &quot;desiredMonitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # The desired monitoring configuration.
       &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
         &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
index cebc155..9dac0ea 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.locations.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -193,6 +193,7 @@
         &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
         &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
       },
+      &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
       &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -469,6 +470,7 @@
       &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
       &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
     },
+    &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
     &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -611,6 +613,7 @@
           &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
           &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
         },
+        &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
         &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
index ca561f0..eebf337 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.html
@@ -549,6 +549,9 @@
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
     },
     &quot;masterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP prefix in CIDR notation to use for the hosted master network. This prefix will be used for assigning private IP addresses to the master or set of masters, as well as the ILB VIP. This field is deprecated, use private_cluster_config.master_ipv4_cidr_block instead.
+    &quot;meshCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+      &quot;enableCertificates&quot;: True or False, # enable_certificates controls issuance of workload mTLS certificates. If set, the GKE Workload Identity Certificates controller and node agent will be deployed in the cluster, which can then be configured by creating a WorkloadCertificateConfig Custom Resource. Requires Workload Identity (workload_pool must be non-empty).
+    },
     &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
       &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
         &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
@@ -640,6 +643,7 @@
         &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
         &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
       },
+      &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
       &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -733,6 +737,7 @@
             &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
             &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
           },
+          &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
           &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
             &quot;A String&quot;,
           ],
@@ -1203,6 +1208,9 @@
     &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
   },
   &quot;masterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP prefix in CIDR notation to use for the hosted master network. This prefix will be used for assigning private IP addresses to the master or set of masters, as well as the ILB VIP. This field is deprecated, use private_cluster_config.master_ipv4_cidr_block instead.
+  &quot;meshCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+    &quot;enableCertificates&quot;: True or False, # enable_certificates controls issuance of workload mTLS certificates. If set, the GKE Workload Identity Certificates controller and node agent will be deployed in the cluster, which can then be configured by creating a WorkloadCertificateConfig Custom Resource. Requires Workload Identity (workload_pool must be non-empty).
+  },
   &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
     &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
       &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
@@ -1294,6 +1302,7 @@
       &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
       &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
     },
+    &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
     &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -1387,6 +1396,7 @@
           &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
           &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
         },
+        &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
         &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1804,6 +1814,9 @@
         &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
       },
       &quot;masterIpv4CidrBlock&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP prefix in CIDR notation to use for the hosted master network. This prefix will be used for assigning private IP addresses to the master or set of masters, as well as the ILB VIP. This field is deprecated, use private_cluster_config.master_ipv4_cidr_block instead.
+      &quot;meshCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+        &quot;enableCertificates&quot;: True or False, # enable_certificates controls issuance of workload mTLS certificates. If set, the GKE Workload Identity Certificates controller and node agent will be deployed in the cluster, which can then be configured by creating a WorkloadCertificateConfig Custom Resource. Requires Workload Identity (workload_pool must be non-empty).
+      },
       &quot;monitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # Monitoring configuration for the cluster.
         &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
           &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
@@ -1895,6 +1908,7 @@
           &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
           &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
         },
+        &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
         &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
@@ -1988,6 +2002,7 @@
               &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
               &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
             },
+            &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
             &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
@@ -3020,6 +3035,9 @@
       &quot;enabled&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not master authorized networks is enabled.
     },
     &quot;desiredMasterVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Kubernetes version to change the master to. The only valid value is the latest supported version. Users may specify either explicit versions offered by Kubernetes Engine or version aliases, which have the following behavior: - &quot;latest&quot;: picks the highest valid Kubernetes version - &quot;1.X&quot;: picks the highest valid patch+gke.N patch in the 1.X version - &quot;1.X.Y&quot;: picks the highest valid gke.N patch in the 1.X.Y version - &quot;1.X.Y-gke.N&quot;: picks an explicit Kubernetes version - &quot;-&quot;: picks the default Kubernetes version
+    &quot;desiredMeshCertificates&quot;: { # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods. # Configuration for issuance of mTLS keys and certificates to Kubernetes pods.
+      &quot;enableCertificates&quot;: True or False, # enable_certificates controls issuance of workload mTLS certificates. If set, the GKE Workload Identity Certificates controller and node agent will be deployed in the cluster, which can then be configured by creating a WorkloadCertificateConfig Custom Resource. Requires Workload Identity (workload_pool must be non-empty).
+    },
     &quot;desiredMonitoringConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringConfig is cluster monitoring configuration. # The desired monitoring configuration.
       &quot;componentConfig&quot;: { # MonitoringComponentConfig is cluster monitoring component configuration. # Monitoring components configuration
         &quot;enableComponents&quot;: [ # Select components to collect metrics. An empty set would disable all monitoring.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
index 7335d2a..0d8b4bc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/container_v1beta1.projects.zones.clusters.nodePools.html
@@ -282,6 +282,7 @@
         &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
         &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
       },
+      &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
       &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
@@ -558,6 +559,7 @@
       &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
       &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
     },
+    &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
     &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
@@ -700,6 +702,7 @@
           &quot;enableIntegrityMonitoring&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has integrity monitoring enabled. Enables monitoring and attestation of the boot integrity of the instance. The attestation is performed against the integrity policy baseline. This baseline is initially derived from the implicitly trusted boot image when the instance is created.
           &quot;enableSecureBoot&quot;: True or False, # Defines whether the instance has Secure Boot enabled. Secure Boot helps ensure that the system only runs authentic software by verifying the digital signature of all boot components, and halting the boot process if signature verification fails.
         },
+        &quot;spot&quot;: True or False, # Spot flag for enabling Spot VM, which is a rebrand of the existing preemptible flag.
         &quot;tags&quot;: [ # The list of instance tags applied to all nodes. Tags are used to identify valid sources or targets for network firewalls and are specified by the client during cluster or node pool creation. Each tag within the list must comply with RFC1035.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2.shippingsettings.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2.shippingsettings.html
index 55616ac..3fb1524 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2.shippingsettings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2.shippingsettings.html
@@ -192,11 +192,12 @@
                 {
                   &quot;carrier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier, such as `&quot;UPS&quot;` or `&quot;Fedex&quot;`. The list of supported carriers can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method.
                   &quot;carrierService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier service, such as `&quot;ground&quot;` or `&quot;2 days&quot;`. The list of supported services for a carrier can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method. The name of the service must be in the eddSupportedServices list.
-                  &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
-                  &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
-                  &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
-                  &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin.
+                  &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
+                  &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
+                  &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
+                  &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin.
                   &quot;originStreetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s street address
+                  &quot;warehouseName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the warehouse. Warehouse name need to be matched with name. If warehouseName is set, the below fields will be ignored. The warehouse info will be read from warehouse.
                 },
               ],
             },
@@ -405,6 +406,28 @@
             &quot;shipmentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of locations this service ships orders to. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`delivery`&quot; - &quot;`pickup`&quot;
           },
         ],
+        &quot;warehouses&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of warehouses which can be referred to in `services`.
+          { # A fulfillment warehouse, which stores and handles inventory.
+            &quot;businessDayConfig&quot;: { # Business days of the warehouse. If not set, will be Monday to Friday by default.
+              &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;cutoffTime&quot;: { # Required. The latest time of day that an order can be accepted and begin processing. Later orders will be processed in the next day. The time is based on the warehouse postal code.
+              &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # Required. Hour (24-hour clock) of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Hour is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+              &quot;minute&quot;: 42, # Required. Minute of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Minute is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+            },
+            &quot;handlingDays&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The number of days it takes for this warehouse to pack up and ship an item. This is on the warehouse level, but can be overridden on the offer level based on the attributes of an item.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the warehouse. Must be unique within account.
+            &quot;shippingAddress&quot;: { # Required. Shipping address of the warehouse.
+              &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
+              &quot;city&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
+              &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. [CLDR country code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml)(e.g. &quot;US&quot;).
+              &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;). Required.
+              &quot;streetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Street-level part of the address.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
       },
     },
   ],
@@ -505,11 +528,12 @@
                 {
                   &quot;carrier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier, such as `&quot;UPS&quot;` or `&quot;Fedex&quot;`. The list of supported carriers can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method.
                   &quot;carrierService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier service, such as `&quot;ground&quot;` or `&quot;2 days&quot;`. The list of supported services for a carrier can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method. The name of the service must be in the eddSupportedServices list.
-                  &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
-                  &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
-                  &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
-                  &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin.
+                  &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
+                  &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
+                  &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
+                  &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin.
                   &quot;originStreetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s street address
+                  &quot;warehouseName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the warehouse. Warehouse name need to be matched with name. If warehouseName is set, the below fields will be ignored. The warehouse info will be read from warehouse.
                 },
               ],
             },
@@ -718,6 +742,28 @@
             &quot;shipmentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of locations this service ships orders to. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`delivery`&quot; - &quot;`pickup`&quot;
           },
         ],
+        &quot;warehouses&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of warehouses which can be referred to in `services`.
+          { # A fulfillment warehouse, which stores and handles inventory.
+            &quot;businessDayConfig&quot;: { # Business days of the warehouse. If not set, will be Monday to Friday by default.
+              &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;cutoffTime&quot;: { # Required. The latest time of day that an order can be accepted and begin processing. Later orders will be processed in the next day. The time is based on the warehouse postal code.
+              &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # Required. Hour (24-hour clock) of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Hour is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+              &quot;minute&quot;: 42, # Required. Minute of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Minute is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+            },
+            &quot;handlingDays&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The number of days it takes for this warehouse to pack up and ship an item. This is on the warehouse level, but can be overridden on the offer level based on the attributes of an item.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the warehouse. Must be unique within account.
+            &quot;shippingAddress&quot;: { # Required. Shipping address of the warehouse.
+              &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
+              &quot;city&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
+              &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. [CLDR country code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml)(e.g. &quot;US&quot;).
+              &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;). Required.
+              &quot;streetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Street-level part of the address.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
       },
     },
   ],
@@ -810,11 +856,12 @@
           {
             &quot;carrier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier, such as `&quot;UPS&quot;` or `&quot;Fedex&quot;`. The list of supported carriers can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method.
             &quot;carrierService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier service, such as `&quot;ground&quot;` or `&quot;2 days&quot;`. The list of supported services for a carrier can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method. The name of the service must be in the eddSupportedServices list.
-            &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
-            &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
-            &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
-            &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin.
+            &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
+            &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
+            &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
+            &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin.
             &quot;originStreetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s street address
+            &quot;warehouseName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the warehouse. Warehouse name need to be matched with name. If warehouseName is set, the below fields will be ignored. The warehouse info will be read from warehouse.
           },
         ],
       },
@@ -1023,6 +1070,28 @@
       &quot;shipmentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of locations this service ships orders to. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`delivery`&quot; - &quot;`pickup`&quot;
     },
   ],
+  &quot;warehouses&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of warehouses which can be referred to in `services`.
+    { # A fulfillment warehouse, which stores and handles inventory.
+      &quot;businessDayConfig&quot;: { # Business days of the warehouse. If not set, will be Monday to Friday by default.
+        &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;cutoffTime&quot;: { # Required. The latest time of day that an order can be accepted and begin processing. Later orders will be processed in the next day. The time is based on the warehouse postal code.
+        &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # Required. Hour (24-hour clock) of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Hour is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+        &quot;minute&quot;: 42, # Required. Minute of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Minute is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+      },
+      &quot;handlingDays&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The number of days it takes for this warehouse to pack up and ship an item. This is on the warehouse level, but can be overridden on the offer level based on the attributes of an item.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the warehouse. Must be unique within account.
+      &quot;shippingAddress&quot;: { # Required. Shipping address of the warehouse.
+        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
+        &quot;city&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
+        &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. [CLDR country code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml)(e.g. &quot;US&quot;).
+        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;). Required.
+        &quot;streetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Street-level part of the address.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1202,11 +1271,12 @@
               {
                 &quot;carrier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier, such as `&quot;UPS&quot;` or `&quot;Fedex&quot;`. The list of supported carriers can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method.
                 &quot;carrierService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier service, such as `&quot;ground&quot;` or `&quot;2 days&quot;`. The list of supported services for a carrier can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method. The name of the service must be in the eddSupportedServices list.
-                &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
-                &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
-                &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
-                &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin.
+                &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
+                &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
+                &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
+                &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin.
                 &quot;originStreetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s street address
+                &quot;warehouseName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the warehouse. Warehouse name need to be matched with name. If warehouseName is set, the below fields will be ignored. The warehouse info will be read from warehouse.
               },
             ],
           },
@@ -1415,6 +1485,28 @@
           &quot;shipmentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of locations this service ships orders to. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`delivery`&quot; - &quot;`pickup`&quot;
         },
       ],
+      &quot;warehouses&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of warehouses which can be referred to in `services`.
+        { # A fulfillment warehouse, which stores and handles inventory.
+          &quot;businessDayConfig&quot;: { # Business days of the warehouse. If not set, will be Monday to Friday by default.
+            &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;cutoffTime&quot;: { # Required. The latest time of day that an order can be accepted and begin processing. Later orders will be processed in the next day. The time is based on the warehouse postal code.
+            &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # Required. Hour (24-hour clock) of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Hour is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+            &quot;minute&quot;: 42, # Required. Minute of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Minute is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+          },
+          &quot;handlingDays&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The number of days it takes for this warehouse to pack up and ship an item. This is on the warehouse level, but can be overridden on the offer level based on the attributes of an item.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the warehouse. Must be unique within account.
+          &quot;shippingAddress&quot;: { # Required. Shipping address of the warehouse.
+            &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
+            &quot;city&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
+            &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. [CLDR country code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml)(e.g. &quot;US&quot;).
+            &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;). Required.
+            &quot;streetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Street-level part of the address.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -1514,11 +1606,12 @@
           {
             &quot;carrier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier, such as `&quot;UPS&quot;` or `&quot;Fedex&quot;`. The list of supported carriers can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method.
             &quot;carrierService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier service, such as `&quot;ground&quot;` or `&quot;2 days&quot;`. The list of supported services for a carrier can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method. The name of the service must be in the eddSupportedServices list.
-            &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
-            &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
-            &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
-            &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin.
+            &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
+            &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
+            &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
+            &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin.
             &quot;originStreetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s street address
+            &quot;warehouseName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the warehouse. Warehouse name need to be matched with name. If warehouseName is set, the below fields will be ignored. The warehouse info will be read from warehouse.
           },
         ],
       },
@@ -1727,6 +1820,28 @@
       &quot;shipmentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of locations this service ships orders to. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`delivery`&quot; - &quot;`pickup`&quot;
     },
   ],
+  &quot;warehouses&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of warehouses which can be referred to in `services`.
+    { # A fulfillment warehouse, which stores and handles inventory.
+      &quot;businessDayConfig&quot;: { # Business days of the warehouse. If not set, will be Monday to Friday by default.
+        &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;cutoffTime&quot;: { # Required. The latest time of day that an order can be accepted and begin processing. Later orders will be processed in the next day. The time is based on the warehouse postal code.
+        &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # Required. Hour (24-hour clock) of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Hour is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+        &quot;minute&quot;: 42, # Required. Minute of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Minute is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+      },
+      &quot;handlingDays&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The number of days it takes for this warehouse to pack up and ship an item. This is on the warehouse level, but can be overridden on the offer level based on the attributes of an item.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the warehouse. Must be unique within account.
+      &quot;shippingAddress&quot;: { # Required. Shipping address of the warehouse.
+        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
+        &quot;city&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
+        &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. [CLDR country code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml)(e.g. &quot;US&quot;).
+        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;). Required.
+        &quot;streetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Street-level part of the address.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
 }
 
   dryRun: boolean, Flag to simulate a request like in a live environment. If set to true, dry-run mode checks the validity of the request and returns errors (if any).
@@ -1808,11 +1923,12 @@
           {
             &quot;carrier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier, such as `&quot;UPS&quot;` or `&quot;Fedex&quot;`. The list of supported carriers can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method.
             &quot;carrierService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier service, such as `&quot;ground&quot;` or `&quot;2 days&quot;`. The list of supported services for a carrier can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method. The name of the service must be in the eddSupportedServices list.
-            &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
-            &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
-            &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
-            &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin.
+            &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
+            &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
+            &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
+            &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin.
             &quot;originStreetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s street address
+            &quot;warehouseName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the warehouse. Warehouse name need to be matched with name. If warehouseName is set, the below fields will be ignored. The warehouse info will be read from warehouse.
           },
         ],
       },
@@ -2021,6 +2137,28 @@
       &quot;shipmentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of locations this service ships orders to. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`delivery`&quot; - &quot;`pickup`&quot;
     },
   ],
+  &quot;warehouses&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of warehouses which can be referred to in `services`.
+    { # A fulfillment warehouse, which stores and handles inventory.
+      &quot;businessDayConfig&quot;: { # Business days of the warehouse. If not set, will be Monday to Friday by default.
+        &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;cutoffTime&quot;: { # Required. The latest time of day that an order can be accepted and begin processing. Later orders will be processed in the next day. The time is based on the warehouse postal code.
+        &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # Required. Hour (24-hour clock) of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Hour is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+        &quot;minute&quot;: 42, # Required. Minute of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Minute is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+      },
+      &quot;handlingDays&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The number of days it takes for this warehouse to pack up and ship an item. This is on the warehouse level, but can be overridden on the offer level based on the attributes of an item.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the warehouse. Must be unique within account.
+      &quot;shippingAddress&quot;: { # Required. Shipping address of the warehouse.
+        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
+        &quot;city&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
+        &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. [CLDR country code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml)(e.g. &quot;US&quot;).
+        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;). Required.
+        &quot;streetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Street-level part of the address.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html
index 2b02034..a25febb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.accounts.html
@@ -225,7 +225,8 @@
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
           },
           &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
-          &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ! The phone number of the business. This can only be updated if a verified ! phone number is not already set. To replace a verified phone number use ! the `Accounts.requestphoneverification` and ! `Accounts.verifyphonenumber`.
+          &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business. This can only be updated if a verified phone number is not already set. To replace a verified phone number use the `Accounts.requestphoneverification` and `Accounts.verifyphonenumber`.
+          &quot;phoneVerificationStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Verification status of the phone number of the business. This status is read only and can be updated only by successful phone verification. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`verified`&quot; - &quot;`unverified`&quot; &quot;`unspecified`&quot; -
         },
         &quot;cssId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of CSS the account belongs to.
         &quot;googleMyBusinessLink&quot;: { # The GMB account which is linked or in the process of being linked with the Merchant Center account.
@@ -316,7 +317,8 @@
             &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
           },
           &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
-          &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ! The phone number of the business. This can only be updated if a verified ! phone number is not already set. To replace a verified phone number use ! the `Accounts.requestphoneverification` and ! `Accounts.verifyphonenumber`.
+          &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business. This can only be updated if a verified phone number is not already set. To replace a verified phone number use the `Accounts.requestphoneverification` and `Accounts.verifyphonenumber`.
+          &quot;phoneVerificationStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Verification status of the phone number of the business. This status is read only and can be updated only by successful phone verification. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`verified`&quot; - &quot;`unverified`&quot; &quot;`unspecified`&quot; -
         },
         &quot;cssId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of CSS the account belongs to.
         &quot;googleMyBusinessLink&quot;: { # The GMB account which is linked or in the process of being linked with the Merchant Center account.
@@ -427,7 +429,8 @@
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
     },
     &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
-    &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ! The phone number of the business. This can only be updated if a verified ! phone number is not already set. To replace a verified phone number use ! the `Accounts.requestphoneverification` and ! `Accounts.verifyphonenumber`.
+    &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business. This can only be updated if a verified phone number is not already set. To replace a verified phone number use the `Accounts.requestphoneverification` and `Accounts.verifyphonenumber`.
+    &quot;phoneVerificationStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Verification status of the phone number of the business. This status is read only and can be updated only by successful phone verification. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`verified`&quot; - &quot;`unverified`&quot; &quot;`unspecified`&quot; -
   },
   &quot;cssId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of CSS the account belongs to.
   &quot;googleMyBusinessLink&quot;: { # The GMB account which is linked or in the process of being linked with the Merchant Center account.
@@ -496,7 +499,8 @@
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
     },
     &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
-    &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ! The phone number of the business. This can only be updated if a verified ! phone number is not already set. To replace a verified phone number use ! the `Accounts.requestphoneverification` and ! `Accounts.verifyphonenumber`.
+    &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business. This can only be updated if a verified phone number is not already set. To replace a verified phone number use the `Accounts.requestphoneverification` and `Accounts.verifyphonenumber`.
+    &quot;phoneVerificationStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Verification status of the phone number of the business. This status is read only and can be updated only by successful phone verification. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`verified`&quot; - &quot;`unverified`&quot; &quot;`unspecified`&quot; -
   },
   &quot;cssId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of CSS the account belongs to.
   &quot;googleMyBusinessLink&quot;: { # The GMB account which is linked or in the process of being linked with the Merchant Center account.
@@ -563,7 +567,8 @@
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
     },
     &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
-    &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ! The phone number of the business. This can only be updated if a verified ! phone number is not already set. To replace a verified phone number use ! the `Accounts.requestphoneverification` and ! `Accounts.verifyphonenumber`.
+    &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business. This can only be updated if a verified phone number is not already set. To replace a verified phone number use the `Accounts.requestphoneverification` and `Accounts.verifyphonenumber`.
+    &quot;phoneVerificationStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Verification status of the phone number of the business. This status is read only and can be updated only by successful phone verification. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`verified`&quot; - &quot;`unverified`&quot; &quot;`unspecified`&quot; -
   },
   &quot;cssId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of CSS the account belongs to.
   &quot;googleMyBusinessLink&quot;: { # The GMB account which is linked or in the process of being linked with the Merchant Center account.
@@ -688,7 +693,8 @@
           &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
         },
         &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
-        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ! The phone number of the business. This can only be updated if a verified ! phone number is not already set. To replace a verified phone number use ! the `Accounts.requestphoneverification` and ! `Accounts.verifyphonenumber`.
+        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business. This can only be updated if a verified phone number is not already set. To replace a verified phone number use the `Accounts.requestphoneverification` and `Accounts.verifyphonenumber`.
+        &quot;phoneVerificationStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Verification status of the phone number of the business. This status is read only and can be updated only by successful phone verification. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`verified`&quot; - &quot;`unverified`&quot; &quot;`unspecified`&quot; -
       },
       &quot;cssId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of CSS the account belongs to.
       &quot;googleMyBusinessLink&quot;: { # The GMB account which is linked or in the process of being linked with the Merchant Center account.
@@ -852,7 +858,8 @@
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
     },
     &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
-    &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ! The phone number of the business. This can only be updated if a verified ! phone number is not already set. To replace a verified phone number use ! the `Accounts.requestphoneverification` and ! `Accounts.verifyphonenumber`.
+    &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business. This can only be updated if a verified phone number is not already set. To replace a verified phone number use the `Accounts.requestphoneverification` and `Accounts.verifyphonenumber`.
+    &quot;phoneVerificationStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Verification status of the phone number of the business. This status is read only and can be updated only by successful phone verification. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`verified`&quot; - &quot;`unverified`&quot; &quot;`unspecified`&quot; -
   },
   &quot;cssId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of CSS the account belongs to.
   &quot;googleMyBusinessLink&quot;: { # The GMB account which is linked or in the process of being linked with the Merchant Center account.
@@ -919,7 +926,8 @@
       &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Customer service URL.
     },
     &quot;koreanBusinessRegistrationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The 10-digit [Korean business registration number](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9037766) separated with dashes in the format: XXX-XX-XXXXX. This field will only be updated if explicitly set.
-    &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ! The phone number of the business. This can only be updated if a verified ! phone number is not already set. To replace a verified phone number use ! the `Accounts.requestphoneverification` and ! `Accounts.verifyphonenumber`.
+    &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The phone number of the business. This can only be updated if a verified phone number is not already set. To replace a verified phone number use the `Accounts.requestphoneverification` and `Accounts.verifyphonenumber`.
+    &quot;phoneVerificationStatus&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Verification status of the phone number of the business. This status is read only and can be updated only by successful phone verification. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`verified`&quot; - &quot;`unverified`&quot; &quot;`unspecified`&quot; -
   },
   &quot;cssId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # ID of CSS the account belongs to.
   &quot;googleMyBusinessLink&quot;: { # The GMB account which is linked or in the process of being linked with the Merchant Center account.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.ordertrackingsignals.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.ordertrackingsignals.html
index 5224aa5..adeabe6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.ordertrackingsignals.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.ordertrackingsignals.html
@@ -107,8 +107,11 @@
       &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number.
       &quot;lineItemId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The ID for this line item.
       &quot;mpn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The manufacturer part number.
+      &quot;productDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain text description of this product.
       &quot;productId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The Content API REST ID of the product, in the form channel:contentLanguage:targetCountry:offerId.
       &quot;quantity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The quantity of the line item in the order.
+      &quot;sku&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Merchant SKU for this item.
+      &quot;upc&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Universal product code for this item.
     },
   ],
   &quot;merchantId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Google merchant ID of this order tracking signal. This value is optional. If left unset, the caller&#x27;s merchant ID is used. You must request access in order to provide data on behalf of another merchant. For more information, see [Submitting Order Tracking Signals](/shopping-content/guides/order-tracking-signals).
@@ -224,8 +227,11 @@
       &quot;gtin&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Global Trade Item Number.
       &quot;lineItemId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The ID for this line item.
       &quot;mpn&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The manufacturer part number.
+      &quot;productDescription&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Plain text description of this product.
       &quot;productId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The Content API REST ID of the product, in the form channel:contentLanguage:targetCountry:offerId.
       &quot;quantity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The quantity of the line item in the order.
+      &quot;sku&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Merchant SKU for this item.
+      &quot;upc&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Universal product code for this item.
     },
   ],
   &quot;merchantId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Google merchant ID of this order tracking signal. This value is optional. If left unset, the caller&#x27;s merchant ID is used. You must request access in order to provide data on behalf of another merchant. For more information, see [Submitting Order Tracking Signals](/shopping-content/guides/order-tracking-signals).
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.promotions.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.promotions.html
index a1088f7..4436fa6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.promotions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.promotions.html
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # Represents a promotion. (1) https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/2906014 (2) https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10146130 (3) https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9173673
+{ #  The Promotions feature is currently in alpha and is not yet publicly available via Content API for Shopping. This documentation is provided for reference only may be subject to change. Represents a promotion. See the following articles for more details. * [Promotions feed specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/2906014) * [Local promotions feed specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10146130) * [Promotions on Buy on Google product data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9173673)
   &quot;brand&quot;: [ # Product filter by brand for the promotion.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@
   },
   &quot;genericRedemptionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generic redemption code for the promotion. To be used with the above field.
   &quot;getThisQuantityDiscounted&quot;: 42, # The number of items discounted in the promotion.
-  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Output only. The REST promotion id to uniquely identify the promotion. Content API methods that operate on promotions take this as their promotionId parameter.
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Output only. The REST promotion id to uniquely identify the promotion. Content API methods that operate on promotions take this as their promotionId parameter. The REST ID for a promotion is of the form channel:contentLanguage:targetCountry:promotionId The channel field will have a value of &quot;online&quot;, &quot;local&quot;, or &quot;onlinelocal&quot;.
   &quot;itemGroupId&quot;: [ # Product filter by item group id for the promotion.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # Represents a promotion. (1) https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/2906014 (2) https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10146130 (3) https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9173673
+    { #  The Promotions feature is currently in alpha and is not yet publicly available via Content API for Shopping. This documentation is provided for reference only may be subject to change. Represents a promotion. See the following articles for more details. * [Promotions feed specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/2906014) * [Local promotions feed specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/10146130) * [Promotions on Buy on Google product data specification](https://support.google.com/merchants/answer/9173673)
   &quot;brand&quot;: [ # Product filter by brand for the promotion.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@
   },
   &quot;genericRedemptionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Generic redemption code for the promotion. To be used with the above field.
   &quot;getThisQuantityDiscounted&quot;: 42, # The number of items discounted in the promotion.
-  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Output only. The REST promotion id to uniquely identify the promotion. Content API methods that operate on promotions take this as their promotionId parameter.
+  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Output only. The REST promotion id to uniquely identify the promotion. Content API methods that operate on promotions take this as their promotionId parameter. The REST ID for a promotion is of the form channel:contentLanguage:targetCountry:promotionId The channel field will have a value of &quot;online&quot;, &quot;local&quot;, or &quot;onlinelocal&quot;.
   &quot;itemGroupId&quot;: [ # Product filter by item group id for the promotion.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.shippingsettings.html b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.shippingsettings.html
index 85631d2..afd794e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.shippingsettings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/content_v2_1.shippingsettings.html
@@ -192,11 +192,12 @@
                 {
                   &quot;carrier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier, such as `&quot;UPS&quot;` or `&quot;Fedex&quot;`. The list of supported carriers can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method.
                   &quot;carrierService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier service, such as `&quot;ground&quot;` or `&quot;2 days&quot;`. The list of supported services for a carrier can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method. The name of the service must be in the eddSupportedServices list.
-                  &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
-                  &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
-                  &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
-                  &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin.
+                  &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
+                  &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
+                  &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
+                  &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin.
                   &quot;originStreetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s street address.
+                  &quot;warehouseName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the warehouse. Warehouse name need to be matched with name. If warehouseName is set, the below fields will be ignored. The warehouse info will be read from warehouse.
                 },
               ],
             },
@@ -405,6 +406,28 @@
             &quot;shipmentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of locations this service ships orders to. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`delivery`&quot; - &quot;`pickup`&quot;
           },
         ],
+        &quot;warehouses&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of warehouses which can be referred to in `services`.
+          { # A fulfillment warehouse, which stores and handles inventory.
+            &quot;businessDayConfig&quot;: { # Business days of the warehouse. If not set, will be Monday to Friday by default.
+              &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;cutoffTime&quot;: { # Required. The latest time of day that an order can be accepted and begin processing. Later orders will be processed in the next day. The time is based on the warehouse postal code.
+              &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # Required. Hour (24-hour clock) of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Hour is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+              &quot;minute&quot;: 42, # Required. Minute of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Minute is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+            },
+            &quot;handlingDays&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The number of days it takes for this warehouse to pack up and ship an item. This is on the warehouse level, but can be overridden on the offer level based on the attributes of an item.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the warehouse. Must be unique within account.
+            &quot;shippingAddress&quot;: { # Required. Shipping address of the warehouse.
+              &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
+              &quot;city&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
+              &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. [CLDR country code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml) (e.g. &quot;US&quot;).
+              &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;).
+              &quot;streetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Street-level part of the address.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
       },
     },
   ],
@@ -504,11 +527,12 @@
                 {
                   &quot;carrier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier, such as `&quot;UPS&quot;` or `&quot;Fedex&quot;`. The list of supported carriers can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method.
                   &quot;carrierService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier service, such as `&quot;ground&quot;` or `&quot;2 days&quot;`. The list of supported services for a carrier can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method. The name of the service must be in the eddSupportedServices list.
-                  &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
-                  &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
-                  &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
-                  &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin.
+                  &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
+                  &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
+                  &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
+                  &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin.
                   &quot;originStreetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s street address.
+                  &quot;warehouseName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the warehouse. Warehouse name need to be matched with name. If warehouseName is set, the below fields will be ignored. The warehouse info will be read from warehouse.
                 },
               ],
             },
@@ -717,6 +741,28 @@
             &quot;shipmentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of locations this service ships orders to. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`delivery`&quot; - &quot;`pickup`&quot;
           },
         ],
+        &quot;warehouses&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of warehouses which can be referred to in `services`.
+          { # A fulfillment warehouse, which stores and handles inventory.
+            &quot;businessDayConfig&quot;: { # Business days of the warehouse. If not set, will be Monday to Friday by default.
+              &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
+                &quot;A String&quot;,
+              ],
+            },
+            &quot;cutoffTime&quot;: { # Required. The latest time of day that an order can be accepted and begin processing. Later orders will be processed in the next day. The time is based on the warehouse postal code.
+              &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # Required. Hour (24-hour clock) of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Hour is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+              &quot;minute&quot;: 42, # Required. Minute of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Minute is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+            },
+            &quot;handlingDays&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The number of days it takes for this warehouse to pack up and ship an item. This is on the warehouse level, but can be overridden on the offer level based on the attributes of an item.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the warehouse. Must be unique within account.
+            &quot;shippingAddress&quot;: { # Required. Shipping address of the warehouse.
+              &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
+              &quot;city&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
+              &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. [CLDR country code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml) (e.g. &quot;US&quot;).
+              &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;).
+              &quot;streetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Street-level part of the address.
+            },
+          },
+        ],
       },
     },
   ],
@@ -809,11 +855,12 @@
           {
             &quot;carrier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier, such as `&quot;UPS&quot;` or `&quot;Fedex&quot;`. The list of supported carriers can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method.
             &quot;carrierService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier service, such as `&quot;ground&quot;` or `&quot;2 days&quot;`. The list of supported services for a carrier can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method. The name of the service must be in the eddSupportedServices list.
-            &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
-            &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
-            &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
-            &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin.
+            &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
+            &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
+            &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
+            &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin.
             &quot;originStreetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s street address.
+            &quot;warehouseName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the warehouse. Warehouse name need to be matched with name. If warehouseName is set, the below fields will be ignored. The warehouse info will be read from warehouse.
           },
         ],
       },
@@ -1022,6 +1069,28 @@
       &quot;shipmentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of locations this service ships orders to. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`delivery`&quot; - &quot;`pickup`&quot;
     },
   ],
+  &quot;warehouses&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of warehouses which can be referred to in `services`.
+    { # A fulfillment warehouse, which stores and handles inventory.
+      &quot;businessDayConfig&quot;: { # Business days of the warehouse. If not set, will be Monday to Friday by default.
+        &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;cutoffTime&quot;: { # Required. The latest time of day that an order can be accepted and begin processing. Later orders will be processed in the next day. The time is based on the warehouse postal code.
+        &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # Required. Hour (24-hour clock) of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Hour is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+        &quot;minute&quot;: 42, # Required. Minute of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Minute is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+      },
+      &quot;handlingDays&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The number of days it takes for this warehouse to pack up and ship an item. This is on the warehouse level, but can be overridden on the offer level based on the attributes of an item.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the warehouse. Must be unique within account.
+      &quot;shippingAddress&quot;: { # Required. Shipping address of the warehouse.
+        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
+        &quot;city&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
+        &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. [CLDR country code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml) (e.g. &quot;US&quot;).
+        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;).
+        &quot;streetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Street-level part of the address.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1201,11 +1270,12 @@
               {
                 &quot;carrier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier, such as `&quot;UPS&quot;` or `&quot;Fedex&quot;`. The list of supported carriers can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method.
                 &quot;carrierService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier service, such as `&quot;ground&quot;` or `&quot;2 days&quot;`. The list of supported services for a carrier can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method. The name of the service must be in the eddSupportedServices list.
-                &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
-                &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
-                &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
-                &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin.
+                &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
+                &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
+                &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
+                &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin.
                 &quot;originStreetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s street address.
+                &quot;warehouseName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the warehouse. Warehouse name need to be matched with name. If warehouseName is set, the below fields will be ignored. The warehouse info will be read from warehouse.
               },
             ],
           },
@@ -1414,6 +1484,28 @@
           &quot;shipmentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of locations this service ships orders to. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`delivery`&quot; - &quot;`pickup`&quot;
         },
       ],
+      &quot;warehouses&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of warehouses which can be referred to in `services`.
+        { # A fulfillment warehouse, which stores and handles inventory.
+          &quot;businessDayConfig&quot;: { # Business days of the warehouse. If not set, will be Monday to Friday by default.
+            &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
+              &quot;A String&quot;,
+            ],
+          },
+          &quot;cutoffTime&quot;: { # Required. The latest time of day that an order can be accepted and begin processing. Later orders will be processed in the next day. The time is based on the warehouse postal code.
+            &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # Required. Hour (24-hour clock) of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Hour is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+            &quot;minute&quot;: 42, # Required. Minute of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Minute is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+          },
+          &quot;handlingDays&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The number of days it takes for this warehouse to pack up and ship an item. This is on the warehouse level, but can be overridden on the offer level based on the attributes of an item.
+          &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the warehouse. Must be unique within account.
+          &quot;shippingAddress&quot;: { # Required. Shipping address of the warehouse.
+            &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
+            &quot;city&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
+            &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. [CLDR country code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml) (e.g. &quot;US&quot;).
+            &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;).
+            &quot;streetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Street-level part of the address.
+          },
+        },
+      ],
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
@@ -1513,11 +1605,12 @@
           {
             &quot;carrier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier, such as `&quot;UPS&quot;` or `&quot;Fedex&quot;`. The list of supported carriers can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method.
             &quot;carrierService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier service, such as `&quot;ground&quot;` or `&quot;2 days&quot;`. The list of supported services for a carrier can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method. The name of the service must be in the eddSupportedServices list.
-            &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
-            &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
-            &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
-            &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin.
+            &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
+            &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
+            &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
+            &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin.
             &quot;originStreetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s street address.
+            &quot;warehouseName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the warehouse. Warehouse name need to be matched with name. If warehouseName is set, the below fields will be ignored. The warehouse info will be read from warehouse.
           },
         ],
       },
@@ -1726,6 +1819,28 @@
       &quot;shipmentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of locations this service ships orders to. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`delivery`&quot; - &quot;`pickup`&quot;
     },
   ],
+  &quot;warehouses&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of warehouses which can be referred to in `services`.
+    { # A fulfillment warehouse, which stores and handles inventory.
+      &quot;businessDayConfig&quot;: { # Business days of the warehouse. If not set, will be Monday to Friday by default.
+        &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;cutoffTime&quot;: { # Required. The latest time of day that an order can be accepted and begin processing. Later orders will be processed in the next day. The time is based on the warehouse postal code.
+        &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # Required. Hour (24-hour clock) of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Hour is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+        &quot;minute&quot;: 42, # Required. Minute of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Minute is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+      },
+      &quot;handlingDays&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The number of days it takes for this warehouse to pack up and ship an item. This is on the warehouse level, but can be overridden on the offer level based on the attributes of an item.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the warehouse. Must be unique within account.
+      &quot;shippingAddress&quot;: { # Required. Shipping address of the warehouse.
+        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
+        &quot;city&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
+        &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. [CLDR country code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml) (e.g. &quot;US&quot;).
+        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;).
+        &quot;streetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Street-level part of the address.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
@@ -1806,11 +1921,12 @@
           {
             &quot;carrier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier, such as `&quot;UPS&quot;` or `&quot;Fedex&quot;`. The list of supported carriers can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method.
             &quot;carrierService&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Carrier service, such as `&quot;ground&quot;` or `&quot;2 days&quot;`. The list of supported services for a carrier can be retrieved via the `listSupportedCarriers` method. The name of the service must be in the eddSupportedServices list.
-            &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
-            &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
-            &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
-            &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Shipping origin.
+            &quot;originAdministrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s state.
+            &quot;originCity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s city.
+            &quot;originCountry&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s country represented as a [CLDR territory code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml).
+            &quot;originPostalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin.
             &quot;originStreetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Shipping origin&#x27;s street address.
+            &quot;warehouseName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the warehouse. Warehouse name need to be matched with name. If warehouseName is set, the below fields will be ignored. The warehouse info will be read from warehouse.
           },
         ],
       },
@@ -2019,6 +2135,28 @@
       &quot;shipmentType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Type of locations this service ships orders to. Acceptable values are: - &quot;`delivery`&quot; - &quot;`pickup`&quot;
     },
   ],
+  &quot;warehouses&quot;: [ # Optional. A list of warehouses which can be referred to in `services`.
+    { # A fulfillment warehouse, which stores and handles inventory.
+      &quot;businessDayConfig&quot;: { # Business days of the warehouse. If not set, will be Monday to Friday by default.
+        &quot;businessDays&quot;: [ # Regular business days, such as &#x27;&quot;monday&quot;&#x27;. May not be empty.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;cutoffTime&quot;: { # Required. The latest time of day that an order can be accepted and begin processing. Later orders will be processed in the next day. The time is based on the warehouse postal code.
+        &quot;hour&quot;: 42, # Required. Hour (24-hour clock) of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Hour is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+        &quot;minute&quot;: 42, # Required. Minute of the cutoff time until which an order has to be placed to be processed in the same day by the warehouse. Minute is based on the timezone of warehouse.
+      },
+      &quot;handlingDays&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The number of days it takes for this warehouse to pack up and ship an item. This is on the warehouse level, but can be overridden on the offer level based on the attributes of an item.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of the warehouse. Must be unique within account.
+      &quot;shippingAddress&quot;: { # Required. Shipping address of the warehouse.
+        &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Top-level administrative subdivision of the country. For example, a state like California (&quot;CA&quot;) or a province like Quebec (&quot;QC&quot;).
+        &quot;city&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. City, town or commune. May also include dependent localities or sublocalities (e.g. neighborhoods or suburbs).
+        &quot;country&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. [CLDR country code](http://www.unicode.org/repos/cldr/tags/latest/common/main/en.xml) (e.g. &quot;US&quot;).
+        &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Postal code or ZIP (e.g. &quot;94043&quot;).
+        &quot;streetAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Street-level part of the address.
+      },
+    },
+  ],
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
index 05527e1..a8406fd 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.autoscalingPolicies.html
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html
index 6518b8a..a873263 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.locations.workflowTemplates.html
@@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -2607,7 +2607,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
index 299ee74..7b2eb0a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.autoscalingPolicies.html
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html
index 9357a55..edc2a5b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.clusters.html
@@ -769,7 +769,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -1446,7 +1446,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -1474,7 +1474,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.jobs.html
index 112a9c1..852d4f3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.jobs.html
@@ -650,7 +650,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -1448,7 +1448,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.operations.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.operations.html
index 1c2a0b1..8efb5c3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.operations.html
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -317,7 +317,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html
index 2cacd9f..ca5058b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dataproc_v1.projects.regions.workflowTemplates.html
@@ -1534,7 +1534,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -2579,7 +2579,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for SetIamPolicy method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the resource. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
       { # Associates members with a role.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -2607,7 +2607,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources.A Policy is a collection of bindings. A binding binds one or more members to a single role. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A role is a named list of permissions; each role can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role.For some types of Google Cloud resources, a binding can also specify a condition, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to true. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).JSON example: { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } YAML example: bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of members to a role. Optionally, may specify a condition that determines how and when the bindings are applied. Each of the bindings must contain at least one member.The bindings in a Policy can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the bindings grant 50 different roles to user:alice@example.com, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the bindings in the Policy.
     { # Associates members with a role.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec.Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding.If the condition evaluates to true, then this binding applies to the current request.If the condition evaluates to false, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding.To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the IAM documentation (https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.compositeTypes.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.compositeTypes.html
index 88fbfac..aac4f65 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.compositeTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.compositeTypes.html
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
 
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html
index 225fc66..64b70e0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.deployments.html
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@
 
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
@@ -978,7 +978,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.manifests.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.manifests.html
index 2d81ec7..9d1586c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.manifests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.manifests.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
   deployment: string, The name of the deployment for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.operations.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.operations.html
index d16edb6..5e8a72e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.operations.html
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.resources.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.resources.html
index 9d8963c..d941c22 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.resources.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.resources.html
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
   deployment: string, The name of the deployment for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.typeProviders.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.typeProviders.html
index 18391f1..dfb24f7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.typeProviders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.typeProviders.html
@@ -589,7 +589,7 @@
 
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
@@ -763,7 +763,7 @@
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
   typeProvider: string, The name of the type provider for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.types.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.types.html
index 626e50b..acdd4a5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.types.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_alpha.types.html
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@
 
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html
index 8fd3f6d..480312f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.deployments.html
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -560,7 +560,7 @@
 
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
@@ -872,7 +872,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -913,7 +913,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.manifests.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.manifests.html
index 84bc6b9..33ff93f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.manifests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.manifests.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
   deployment: string, The name of the deployment for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html
index a018b87..01f4473 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.operations.html
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.resources.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.resources.html
index f08f383..302015d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.resources.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.resources.html
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
   deployment: string, The name of the deployment for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html
index 0e06e5e..3c54ad5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2.types.html
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html
index 7b0f484..09e413d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.compositeTypes.html
@@ -396,7 +396,7 @@
 
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html
index 04915e5..0c0ffd0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.deployments.html
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -561,7 +561,7 @@
 
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -915,7 +915,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.manifests.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.manifests.html
index abedb81..bf212d0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.manifests.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.manifests.html
@@ -136,7 +136,7 @@
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
   deployment: string, The name of the deployment for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html
index 35c37cb..fcc9c1a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.operations.html
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
 
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.resources.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.resources.html
index b387776..7cd96e3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.resources.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.resources.html
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
   deployment: string, The name of the deployment for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html
index 07d1553..f89bfdf 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.typeProviders.html
@@ -575,7 +575,7 @@
 
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
   typeProvider: string, The name of the type provider for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html
index 8dcc741..1ba353d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/deploymentmanager_v2beta.types.html
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@
 
 Args:
   project: string, The project ID for this request. (required)
-  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, a comparison operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The comparison operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, or `&lt;`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
+  filter: string, A filter expression that filters resources listed in the response. The expression must specify the field name, an operator, and the value that you want to use for filtering. The value must be a string, a number, or a boolean. The operator must be either `=`, `!=`, `&gt;`, `&lt;`, `&lt;=`, `&gt;=` or `:`. For example, if you are filtering Compute Engine instances, you can exclude instances named `example-instance` by specifying `name != example-instance`. The `:` operator can be used with string fields to match substrings. For non-string fields it is equivalent to the `=` operator. The `:*` comparison can be used to test whether a key has been defined. For example, to find all objects with `owner` label use: ``` labels.owner:* ``` You can also filter nested fields. For example, you could specify `scheduling.automaticRestart = false` to include instances only if they are not scheduled for automatic restarts. You can use filtering on nested fields to filter based on resource labels. To filter on multiple expressions, provide each separate expression within parentheses. For example: ``` (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) ``` By default, each expression is an `AND` expression. However, you can include `AND` and `OR` expressions explicitly. For example: ``` (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Skylake&quot;) OR (cpuPlatform = &quot;Intel Broadwell&quot;) AND (scheduling.automaticRestart = true) ```
   maxResults: integer, The maximum number of results per page that should be returned. If the number of available results is larger than `maxResults`, Compute Engine returns a `nextPageToken` that can be used to get the next page of results in subsequent list requests. Acceptable values are `0` to `500`, inclusive. (Default: `500`)
   orderBy: string, Sorts list results by a certain order. By default, results are returned in alphanumerical order based on the resource name. You can also sort results in descending order based on the creation timestamp using `orderBy=&quot;creationTimestamp desc&quot;`. This sorts results based on the `creationTimestamp` field in reverse chronological order (newest result first). Use this to sort resources like operations so that the newest operation is returned first. Currently, only sorting by `name` or `creationTimestamp desc` is supported.
   pageToken: string, Specifies a page token to use. Set `pageToken` to the `nextPageToken` returned by a previous list request to get the next page of results.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
index b52ffdb..7d11664 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
@@ -813,6 +813,10 @@
     &quot;diagnosticInfo&quot;: { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The string keys of the Struct&#x27;s fields map can change without notice.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
     },
+    &quot;dtmf&quot;: { # Represents the input for dtmf event. # If a DTMF was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the DTMFInput.
+      &quot;digits&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dtmf digits.
+      &quot;finishDigit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The finish digit (if any).
+    },
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
@@ -1716,6 +1720,10 @@
     &quot;diagnosticInfo&quot;: { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The string keys of the Struct&#x27;s fields map can change without notice.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
     },
+    &quot;dtmf&quot;: { # Represents the input for dtmf event. # If a DTMF was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the DTMFInput.
+      &quot;digits&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dtmf digits.
+      &quot;finishDigit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The finish digit (if any).
+    },
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
index c091d52..5aea4e0 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
@@ -813,6 +813,10 @@
     &quot;diagnosticInfo&quot;: { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The string keys of the Struct&#x27;s fields map can change without notice.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
     },
+    &quot;dtmf&quot;: { # Represents the input for dtmf event. # If a DTMF was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the DTMFInput.
+      &quot;digits&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dtmf digits.
+      &quot;finishDigit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The finish digit (if any).
+    },
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
@@ -1716,6 +1720,10 @@
     &quot;diagnosticInfo&quot;: { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The string keys of the Struct&#x27;s fields map can change without notice.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
     },
+    &quot;dtmf&quot;: { # Represents the input for dtmf event. # If a DTMF was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the DTMFInput.
+      &quot;digits&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dtmf digits.
+      &quot;finishDigit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The finish digit (if any).
+    },
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
index d775997..b722fef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.environments.sessions.html
@@ -813,6 +813,10 @@
     &quot;diagnosticInfo&quot;: { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The string keys of the Struct&#x27;s fields map can change without notice.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
     },
+    &quot;dtmf&quot;: { # Represents the input for dtmf event. # If a DTMF was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the DTMFInput.
+      &quot;digits&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dtmf digits.
+      &quot;finishDigit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The finish digit (if any).
+    },
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
@@ -1716,6 +1720,10 @@
     &quot;diagnosticInfo&quot;: { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The string keys of the Struct&#x27;s fields map can change without notice.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
     },
+    &quot;dtmf&quot;: { # Represents the input for dtmf event. # If a DTMF was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the DTMFInput.
+      &quot;digits&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dtmf digits.
+      &quot;finishDigit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The finish digit (if any).
+    },
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
index e753f6e..f64904f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dialogflow_v3beta1.projects.locations.agents.sessions.html
@@ -813,6 +813,10 @@
     &quot;diagnosticInfo&quot;: { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The string keys of the Struct&#x27;s fields map can change without notice.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
     },
+    &quot;dtmf&quot;: { # Represents the input for dtmf event. # If a DTMF was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the DTMFInput.
+      &quot;digits&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dtmf digits.
+      &quot;finishDigit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The finish digit (if any).
+    },
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
@@ -1716,6 +1720,10 @@
     &quot;diagnosticInfo&quot;: { # The free-form diagnostic info. For example, this field could contain webhook call latency. The string keys of the Struct&#x27;s fields map can change without notice.
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object.
     },
+    &quot;dtmf&quot;: { # Represents the input for dtmf event. # If a DTMF was provided as input, this field will contain a copy of the DTMFInput.
+      &quot;digits&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dtmf digits.
+      &quot;finishDigit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The finish digit (if any).
+    },
     &quot;intent&quot;: { # An intent represents a user&#x27;s intent to interact with a conversational agent. You can provide information for the Dialogflow API to use to match user input to an intent by adding training phrases (i.e., examples of user input) to your intent. # The Intent that matched the conversational query. Some, not all fields are filled in this message, including but not limited to: `name` and `display_name`. This field is deprecated, please use QueryResult.match instead.
       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Human readable description for better understanding an intent like its scope, content, result etc. Maximum character limit: 140 characters.
       &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The human-readable name of the intent, unique within the agent.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.changes.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.changes.html
index 088925e..e22c2db 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.changes.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.changes.html
@@ -112,18 +112,6 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
       &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
         &quot;geo&quot;: {
-          &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-            {
-              &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-              &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-              &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-              &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
             {
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -139,18 +127,6 @@
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
         },
         &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-          &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-            {
-              &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-              &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-              &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-              &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
             {
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -213,18 +189,6 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
       &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
         &quot;geo&quot;: {
-          &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-            {
-              &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-              &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-              &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-              &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
             {
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -240,18 +204,6 @@
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
         },
         &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-          &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-            {
-              &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-              &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-              &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-              &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
             {
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -331,18 +283,6 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
       &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
         &quot;geo&quot;: {
-          &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-            {
-              &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-              &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-              &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-              &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
             {
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -358,18 +298,6 @@
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
         },
         &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-          &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-            {
-              &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-              &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-              &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-              &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
             {
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -432,18 +360,6 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
       &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
         &quot;geo&quot;: {
-          &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-            {
-              &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-              &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-              &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-              &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
             {
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -459,18 +375,6 @@
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
         },
         &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-          &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-            {
-              &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-              &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-              &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-              &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
             {
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -559,18 +463,6 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
       &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
         &quot;geo&quot;: {
-          &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-            {
-              &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-              &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-              &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-              &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
             {
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -586,18 +478,6 @@
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
         },
         &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-          &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-            {
-              &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-              &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-              &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-              &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
             {
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -660,18 +540,6 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
       &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
         &quot;geo&quot;: {
-          &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-            {
-              &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-              &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-              &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-              &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
             {
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -687,18 +555,6 @@
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
         },
         &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-          &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-            {
-              &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-              &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-              &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-              &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
             {
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -793,18 +649,6 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
           &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
             &quot;geo&quot;: {
-              &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-                {
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                  &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                    &quot;A String&quot;,
-                  ],
-                  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                    &quot;A String&quot;,
-                  ],
-                },
-              ],
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
                 {
                   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -820,18 +664,6 @@
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
             },
             &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-              &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-                {
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                  &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                    &quot;A String&quot;,
-                  ],
-                  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                    &quot;A String&quot;,
-                  ],
-                },
-              ],
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
                 {
                   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -894,18 +726,6 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
           &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
             &quot;geo&quot;: {
-              &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-                {
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                  &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                    &quot;A String&quot;,
-                  ],
-                  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                    &quot;A String&quot;,
-                  ],
-                },
-              ],
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
                 {
                   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -921,18 +741,6 @@
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
             },
             &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-              &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-                {
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                  &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                    &quot;A String&quot;,
-                  ],
-                  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                    &quot;A String&quot;,
-                  ],
-                },
-              ],
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
                 {
                   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.resourceRecordSets.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.resourceRecordSets.html
index c6e3d50..48dad0f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.resourceRecordSets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.resourceRecordSets.html
@@ -116,18 +116,6 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
   &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
     &quot;geo&quot;: {
-      &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-        {
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-          &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-          &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-          &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-        },
-      ],
       &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
         {
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -143,18 +131,6 @@
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
     },
     &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-      &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-        {
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-          &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-          &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-          &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-        },
-      ],
       &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
         {
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -225,18 +201,6 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
   &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
     &quot;geo&quot;: {
-      &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-        {
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-          &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-          &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-          &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-        },
-      ],
       &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
         {
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -252,18 +216,6 @@
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
     },
     &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-      &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-        {
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-          &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-          &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-          &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-        },
-      ],
       &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
         {
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -361,18 +313,6 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
   &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
     &quot;geo&quot;: {
-      &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-        {
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-          &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-          &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-          &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-        },
-      ],
       &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
         {
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -388,18 +328,6 @@
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
     },
     &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-      &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-        {
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-          &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-          &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-          &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-        },
-      ],
       &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
         {
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -488,18 +416,6 @@
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
       &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
         &quot;geo&quot;: {
-          &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-            {
-              &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-              &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-              &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-              &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
             {
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -515,18 +431,6 @@
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
         },
         &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-          &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-            {
-              &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-              &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-              &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-              &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                &quot;A String&quot;,
-              ],
-            },
-          ],
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
             {
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -617,18 +521,6 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
   &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
     &quot;geo&quot;: {
-      &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-        {
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-          &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-          &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-          &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-        },
-      ],
       &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
         {
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -644,18 +536,6 @@
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
     },
     &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-      &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-        {
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-          &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-          &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-          &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-        },
-      ],
       &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
         {
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -726,18 +606,6 @@
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
   &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
     &quot;geo&quot;: {
-      &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-        {
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-          &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-          &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-          &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-        },
-      ],
       &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
         {
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -753,18 +621,6 @@
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
     },
     &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-      &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-        {
-          &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-          &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-          &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-          &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-            &quot;A String&quot;,
-          ],
-        },
-      ],
       &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
         {
           &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.responsePolicyRules.html b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.responsePolicyRules.html
index 2b10b9d..1306f11 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.responsePolicyRules.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/dns_v1beta2.responsePolicyRules.html
@@ -125,18 +125,6 @@
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
         &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
           &quot;geo&quot;: {
-            &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-              {
-                &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-                &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
             &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
               {
                 &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -152,18 +140,6 @@
             &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
           },
           &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-            &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-              {
-                &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-                &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
             &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
               {
                 &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -244,18 +220,6 @@
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
         &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
           &quot;geo&quot;: {
-            &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-              {
-                &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-                &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
             &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
               {
                 &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -271,18 +235,6 @@
             &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
           },
           &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-            &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-              {
-                &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-                &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
             &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
               {
                 &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -388,18 +340,6 @@
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
         &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
           &quot;geo&quot;: {
-            &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-              {
-                &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-                &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
             &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
               {
                 &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -415,18 +355,6 @@
             &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
           },
           &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-            &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-              {
-                &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-                &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
             &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
               {
                 &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -522,18 +450,6 @@
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
             &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
               &quot;geo&quot;: {
-                &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-                  {
-                    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                    &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                    &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                      &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    ],
-                    &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                      &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    ],
-                  },
-                ],
                 &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
                   {
                     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -549,18 +465,6 @@
                 &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
               },
               &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-                &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-                  {
-                    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                    &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                    &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                      &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    ],
-                    &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                      &quot;A String&quot;,
-                    ],
-                  },
-                ],
                 &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
                   {
                     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -660,18 +564,6 @@
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
         &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
           &quot;geo&quot;: {
-            &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-              {
-                &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-                &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
             &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
               {
                 &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -687,18 +579,6 @@
             &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
           },
           &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-            &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-              {
-                &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-                &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
             &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
               {
                 &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -783,18 +663,6 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
           &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
             &quot;geo&quot;: {
-              &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-                {
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                  &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                    &quot;A String&quot;,
-                  ],
-                  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                    &quot;A String&quot;,
-                  ],
-                },
-              ],
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
                 {
                   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -810,18 +678,6 @@
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
             },
             &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-              &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-                {
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                  &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                    &quot;A String&quot;,
-                  ],
-                  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                    &quot;A String&quot;,
-                  ],
-                },
-              ],
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
                 {
                   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -906,18 +762,6 @@
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
         &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
           &quot;geo&quot;: {
-            &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-              {
-                &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-                &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
             &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
               {
                 &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -933,18 +777,6 @@
             &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
           },
           &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-            &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-              {
-                &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-                &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                  &quot;A String&quot;,
-                ],
-              },
-            ],
             &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
               {
                 &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -1029,18 +861,6 @@
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # For example, www.example.com.
           &quot;routingPolicy&quot;: { # A RRSetRoutingPolicy represents ResourceRecordSet data that is returned dynamically with the response varying based on configured properties such as geolocation or by weighted random selection. # Configures dynamic query responses based on geo location of querying user or a weighted round robin based routing policy. A ResourceRecordSet should only have either rrdata (static) or routing_policy (dynamic). An error is returned otherwise.
             &quot;geo&quot;: {
-              &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-                {
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                  &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                    &quot;A String&quot;,
-                  ],
-                  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                    &quot;A String&quot;,
-                  ],
-                },
-              ],
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
                 {
                   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
@@ -1056,18 +876,6 @@
               &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicy&quot;,
             },
             &quot;geoPolicy&quot;: {
-              &quot;failovers&quot;: [ # If the health check for the primary target for a geo location returns an unhealthy status, the failover target is returned instead. This failover configuration is not mandatory. If a failover is not provided, the primary target won&#x27;t be healthchecked, and it returns the primarily configured rrdata irrespective of whether it is healthy or not.
-                {
-                  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
-                  &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geo-location granularity is a GCP region. This location string should correspond to a GCP region. e.g. &quot;us-east1&quot;, &quot;southamerica-east1&quot;, &quot;asia-east1&quot;, etc.
-                  &quot;rrdatas&quot;: [
-                    &quot;A String&quot;,
-                  ],
-                  &quot;signatureRrdatas&quot;: [ # DNSSEC generated signatures for the above geo_rrdata.
-                    &quot;A String&quot;,
-                  ],
-                },
-              ],
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # The primary geo routing configuration. If there are multiple items with the same location, an error is returned instead.
                 {
                   &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;dns#rRSetRoutingPolicyGeoPolicyGeoPolicyItem&quot;,
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
index 4378eea..02641b3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1.projects.locations.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
     { # Response message for fetch processor types.
   &quot;processorTypes&quot;: [ # The list of processor types.
-    { # A processor type is responsible for performing a certain document understanding task on a certain type of document. All processor types are created by the documentai service internally. User will only list all available processor types via UI. For different users (projects), the available processor types may be different since we&#x27;ll expose the access of some types via EAP whitelisting. We make the ProcessorType a resource under location so we have a unified API and keep the possibility that UI will load different available processor types from different regions. But for alpha the behavior is that the user will always get the union of all available processor types among all regions no matter which regionalized endpoint is called, and then we use the &#x27;available_locations&#x27; field to show under which regions a processor type is available. For example, users can call either the &#x27;US&#x27; or &#x27;EU&#x27; endpoint to feach processor types. In the return, we will have an &#x27;invoice parsing&#x27; processor with &#x27;available_locations&#x27; field only containing &#x27;US&#x27;. So the user can try to create an &#x27;invoice parsing&#x27; processor under the location &#x27;US&#x27;. Such attempt of creating under the location &#x27;EU&#x27; will fail. Next ID: 8.
+    { # A processor type is responsible for performing a certain document understanding task on a certain type of document. All processor types are created by the documentai service internally. User will only list all available processor types via UI. For different users (projects), the available processor types may be different since we&#x27;ll expose the access of some types via EAP whitelisting. We make the ProcessorType a resource under location so we have a unified API and keep the possibility that UI will load different available processor types from different regions. But for alpha the behavior is that the user will always get the union of all available processor types among all regions no matter which regionalized endpoint is called, and then we use the &#x27;available_locations&#x27; field to show under which regions a processor type is available. For example, users can call either the &#x27;US&#x27; or &#x27;EU&#x27; endpoint to feach processor types. In the return, we will have an &#x27;invoice parsing&#x27; processor with &#x27;available_locations&#x27; field only containing &#x27;US&#x27;. So the user can try to create an &#x27;invoice parsing&#x27; processor under the location &#x27;US&#x27;. Such attempt of creating under the location &#x27;EU&#x27; will fail. Next ID: 9.
       &quot;allowCreation&quot;: True or False, # Whether the processor type allows creation. If yes, user can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, user needs to request access.
       &quot;availableLocations&quot;: [ # The locations in which this processor is available.
         { # The location information about where the processor is available.
@@ -129,8 +129,9 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;category&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The processor category, used by UI to group processor types.
+      &quot;launchStage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Launch stage of the processor type
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the processor type. Format: projects/{project}/processorTypes/{processor_type}
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the processor, e.g, &quot;invoice_parsing&quot;.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the processor, e.g., &quot;invoice_parsing&quot;.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
index 6c0fd3d..74116a4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/documentai_v1beta3.projects.locations.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
 
     { # Response message for fetch processor types.
   &quot;processorTypes&quot;: [ # The list of processor types.
-    { # A processor type is responsible for performing a certain document understanding task on a certain type of document. All processor types are created by the documentai service internally. User will only list all available processor types via UI. For different users (projects), the available processor types may be different since we&#x27;ll expose the access of some types via EAP whitelisting. We make the ProcessorType a resource under location so we have a unified API and keep the possibility that UI will load different available processor types from different regions. But for alpha the behavior is that the user will always get the union of all available processor types among all regions no matter which regionalized endpoint is called, and then we use the &#x27;available_locations&#x27; field to show under which regions a processor type is available. For example, users can call either the &#x27;US&#x27; or &#x27;EU&#x27; endpoint to feach processor types. In the return, we will have an &#x27;invoice parsing&#x27; processor with &#x27;available_locations&#x27; field only containing &#x27;US&#x27;. So the user can try to create an &#x27;invoice parsing&#x27; processor under the location &#x27;US&#x27;. Such attempt of creating under the location &#x27;EU&#x27; will fail. Next ID: 8.
+    { # A processor type is responsible for performing a certain document understanding task on a certain type of document. All processor types are created by the documentai service internally. User will only list all available processor types via UI. For different users (projects), the available processor types may be different since we&#x27;ll expose the access of some types via EAP whitelisting. We make the ProcessorType a resource under location so we have a unified API and keep the possibility that UI will load different available processor types from different regions. But for alpha the behavior is that the user will always get the union of all available processor types among all regions no matter which regionalized endpoint is called, and then we use the &#x27;available_locations&#x27; field to show under which regions a processor type is available. For example, users can call either the &#x27;US&#x27; or &#x27;EU&#x27; endpoint to feach processor types. In the return, we will have an &#x27;invoice parsing&#x27; processor with &#x27;available_locations&#x27; field only containing &#x27;US&#x27;. So the user can try to create an &#x27;invoice parsing&#x27; processor under the location &#x27;US&#x27;. Such attempt of creating under the location &#x27;EU&#x27; will fail. Next ID: 9.
       &quot;allowCreation&quot;: True or False, # Whether the processor type allows creation. If yes, user can create a processor of this processor type. Otherwise, user needs to request access.
       &quot;availableLocations&quot;: [ # The locations in which this processor is available.
         { # The location information about where the processor is available.
@@ -129,8 +129,9 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;category&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The processor category, used by UI to group processor types.
+      &quot;launchStage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Launch stage of the processor type
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the processor type. Format: projects/{project}/processorTypes/{processor_type}
-      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the processor, e.g, &quot;invoice_parsing&quot;.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the processor, e.g., &quot;invoice_parsing&quot;.
     },
   ],
 }</pre>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.registrations.html b/docs/dyn/domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.registrations.html
index a0da515..13f8565 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.registrations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/domains_v1alpha2.projects.locations.registrations.html
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Updates a `Registration`'s management settings.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Deletes a `Registration` resource. For `Registration` resources , this method works if: * `state` is `EXPORTED` with `expire_time` in the past * `state` is `REGISTRATION_FAILED` When an active domain is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes a `Registration` resource. For `Registration` resources using usage billing, this method works if: * `state` is `EXPORTED` with `expire_time` in the past * `state` is `REGISTRATION_FAILED` * `state` is `TRANSFER_FAILED` This method works on any `Registration` resource using subscription billing, provided that the resource was created at least 1 day in the past. When an active domain is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#export">export(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Exports a `Registration` resource, such that it is no longer managed by Cloud Domains. When an active domain is successfully exported, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain's sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.</p>
@@ -120,6 +120,9 @@
   <code><a href="#retrieveRegisterParameters">retrieveRegisterParameters(location, domainName=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Gets parameters needed to register a new domain name, including price and up-to-date availability. Use the returned values to call `RegisterDomain`.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#retrieveTransferParameters">retrieveTransferParameters(location, domainName=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets parameters needed to transfer a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not yet supported. Use the returned values to call `TransferDomain`.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#searchDomains">searchDomains(location, query=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Searches for available domain names similar to the provided query. Availability results from this method are approximate; call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` on a domain before registering to confirm availability.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -128,6 +131,9 @@
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#testIamPermissions">testIamPermissions(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Returns permissions that a caller has on the specified resource. If the resource does not exist, this will return an empty set of permissions, not a `NOT_FOUND` error. Note: This operation is designed to be used for building permission-aware UIs and command-line tools, not for authorization checking. This operation may "fail open" without warning.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#transfer">transfer(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Transfers a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not yet supported. Before calling this method, go to the domain's current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain's transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `TRANSFER_PENDING`. It can take several days to complete the transfer process. The registrant can often speed up this process by approving the transfer through the current registrar, either by clicking a link in an email from the registrar or by visiting the registrar's website. A few minutes after transfer approval, the resource transitions to state `ACTIVE`, indicating that the transfer was successful. If the transfer is rejected or the request expires without being approved, the resource can end up in state `TRANSFER_FAILED`. If transfer fails, you can safely delete the resource and retry the transfer.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -380,7 +386,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Deletes a `Registration` resource. For `Registration` resources , this method works if: * `state` is `EXPORTED` with `expire_time` in the past * `state` is `REGISTRATION_FAILED` When an active domain is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain&#x27;s sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.
+  <pre>Deletes a `Registration` resource. For `Registration` resources using usage billing, this method works if: * `state` is `EXPORTED` with `expire_time` in the past * `state` is `REGISTRATION_FAILED` * `state` is `TRANSFER_FAILED` This method works on any `Registration` resource using subscription billing, provided that the resource was created at least 1 day in the past. When an active domain is successfully deleted, you can continue to use the domain in [Google Domains](https://domains.google/) until it expires. The calling user becomes the domain&#x27;s sole owner in Google Domains, and permissions for the domain are subsequently managed there. The domain will not renew automatically unless the new owner sets up billing in Google Domains.
 
 Args:
   name: string, Required. The name of the `Registration` to delete, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/*`. (required)
@@ -468,7 +474,7 @@
 Returns:
   An object of the form:
 
-    { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`.
+    { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. There are several ways to create a new `Registration` resource: To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. Another way to create a new `Registration` is to transfer an existing domain from another registrar. First, go to the current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain&#x27;s transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to `TransferDomain`.
   &quot;contactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Required. Settings for contact information linked to the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureContactSettings` method.
     &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
       &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
@@ -697,7 +703,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -736,7 +742,7 @@
     { # Response for the `ListRegistrations` method.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # When present, there are more results to retrieve. Set `page_token` to this value on a subsequent call to get the next page of results.
   &quot;registrations&quot;: [ # A list of `Registration`s.
-    { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`.
+    { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. There are several ways to create a new `Registration` resource: To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. Another way to create a new `Registration` is to transfer an existing domain from another registrar. First, go to the current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain&#x27;s transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to `TransferDomain`.
       &quot;contactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Required. Settings for contact information linked to the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureContactSettings` method.
         &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
           &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
@@ -961,7 +967,7 @@
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
-{ # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`.
+{ # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. There are several ways to create a new `Registration` resource: To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. Another way to create a new `Registration` is to transfer an existing domain from another registrar. First, go to the current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain&#x27;s transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to `TransferDomain`.
   &quot;contactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Required. Settings for contact information linked to the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureContactSettings` method.
     &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
       &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
@@ -1206,7 +1212,7 @@
   &quot;domainNotices&quot;: [ # The list of domain notices that you acknowledge. Call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to see the notices that need acknowledgement.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
-  &quot;registration&quot;: { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. # Required. The complete `Registration` resource to be created.
+  &quot;registration&quot;: { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. There are several ways to create a new `Registration` resource: To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. Another way to create a new `Registration` is to transfer an existing domain from another registrar. First, go to the current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain&#x27;s transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to `TransferDomain`. # Required. The complete `Registration` resource to be created.
     &quot;contactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Required. Settings for contact information linked to the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureContactSettings` method.
       &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
         &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
@@ -1520,6 +1526,41 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="retrieveTransferParameters">retrieveTransferParameters(location, domainName=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets parameters needed to transfer a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not yet supported. Use the returned values to call `TransferDomain`.
+
+Args:
+  location: string, Required. The location. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  domainName: string, Required. The domain name. Unicode domain names must be expressed in Punycode format.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Response for the `RetrieveTransferParameters` method.
+  &quot;transferParameters&quot;: { # Parameters required to transfer a domain from another registrar. # Parameters to use when calling the `TransferDomain` method.
+    &quot;currentRegistrar&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The registrar that currently manages the domain.
+    &quot;domainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The domain name. Unicode domain names are expressed in Punycode format.
+    &quot;nameServers&quot;: [ # The name servers that currently store the configuration of the domain.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;supportedPrivacy&quot;: [ # Contact privacy options that the domain supports.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;transferLockState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the domain is protected by a transfer lock. For a transfer to succeed, this must show `UNLOCKED`. To unlock a domain, go to its current registrar.
+    &quot;yearlyPrice&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Price to transfer or renew the domain for one year.
+      &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+      &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+      &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+    },
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="searchDomains">searchDomains(location, query=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Searches for available domain names similar to the provided query. Availability results from this method are approximate; call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` on a domain before registering to confirm availability.
 
@@ -1579,7 +1620,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -1621,7 +1662,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -1670,4 +1711,255 @@
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="transfer">transfer(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Transfers a domain name from another registrar to Cloud Domains. For domains managed by Google Domains, transferring to Cloud Domains is not yet supported. Before calling this method, go to the domain&#x27;s current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain&#x27;s transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to this method. A successful call creates a `Registration` resource in state `TRANSFER_PENDING`. It can take several days to complete the transfer process. The registrant can often speed up this process by approving the transfer through the current registrar, either by clicking a link in an email from the registrar or by visiting the registrar&#x27;s website. A few minutes after transfer approval, the resource transitions to state `ACTIVE`, indicating that the transfer was successful. If the transfer is rejected or the request expires without being approved, the resource can end up in state `TRANSFER_FAILED`. If transfer fails, you can safely delete the resource and retry the transfer.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The parent resource of the `Registration`. Must be in the format `projects/*/locations/*`. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Request for the `TransferDomain` method.
+  &quot;authorizationCode&quot;: { # Defines an authorization code. # The domain&#x27;s transfer authorization code. You can obtain this from the domain&#x27;s current registrar.
+    &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Authorization Code in ASCII. It can be used to transfer the domain to or from another registrar.
+  },
+  &quot;contactNotices&quot;: [ # The list of contact notices that you acknowledge. The notices needed here depend on the values specified in `registration.contact_settings`.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+  &quot;registration&quot;: { # The `Registration` resource facilitates managing and configuring domain name registrations. There are several ways to create a new `Registration` resource: To create a new `Registration` resource, find a suitable domain name by calling the `SearchDomains` method with a query to see available domain name options. After choosing a name, call `RetrieveRegisterParameters` to ensure availability and obtain information like pricing, which is needed to build a call to `RegisterDomain`. Another way to create a new `Registration` is to transfer an existing domain from another registrar. First, go to the current registrar to unlock the domain for transfer and retrieve the domain&#x27;s transfer authorization code. Then call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to confirm that the domain is unlocked and to get values needed to build a call to `TransferDomain`. # Required. The complete `Registration` resource to be created. You can leave `registration.dns_settings` unset to import the domain&#x27;s current DNS configuration from its current registrar. Use this option only if you are sure that the domain&#x27;s current DNS service will not cease upon transfer, as is often the case for DNS services provided for free by the registrar.
+    &quot;contactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Required. Settings for contact information linked to the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureContactSettings` method.
+      &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
+        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
+        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
+        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
+        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
+          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
+          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See http://cldr.unicode.org/ and http://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
+          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
+          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (e.g. &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (e.g. Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
+          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;privacy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`.
+      &quot;registrantContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.*
+        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
+        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
+        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
+        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
+          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
+          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See http://cldr.unicode.org/ and http://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
+          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
+          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (e.g. &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (e.g. Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
+          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;technicalContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The technical contact for the `Registration`.
+        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
+        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
+        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
+        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
+          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
+          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See http://cldr.unicode.org/ and http://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
+          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
+          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (e.g. &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (e.g. Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
+          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The creation timestamp of the `Registration` resource.
+    &quot;dnsSettings&quot;: { # Defines the DNS configuration of a `Registration`, including name servers, DNSSEC, and glue records. # Settings controlling the DNS configuration of the `Registration`. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureDnsSettings` method.
+      &quot;customDns&quot;: { # Configuration for an arbitrary DNS provider. # An arbitrary DNS provider identified by its name servers.
+        &quot;dsRecords&quot;: [ # The list of DS records for this domain, which are used to enable DNSSEC. The domain&#x27;s DNS provider can provide the values to set here. If this field is empty, DNSSEC is disabled.
+          { # Defines a Delegation Signer (DS) record, which is needed to enable DNSSEC for a domain. It contains a digest (hash) of a DNSKEY record that must be present in the domain&#x27;s DNS zone.
+            &quot;algorithm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The algorithm used to generate the referenced DNSKEY.
+            &quot;digest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The digest generated from the referenced DNSKEY.
+            &quot;digestType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hash function used to generate the digest of the referenced DNSKEY.
+            &quot;keyTag&quot;: 42, # The key tag of the record. Must be set in range 0 -- 65535.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;nameServers&quot;: [ # Required. A list of name servers that store the DNS zone for this domain. Each name server is a domain name, with Unicode domain names expressed in Punycode format.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+      &quot;glueRecords&quot;: [ # The list of glue records for this `Registration`. Commonly empty.
+        { # Defines a host on your domain that is a DNS name server for your domain and/or other domains. Glue records are a way of making the IP address of a name server known, even when it serves DNS queries for its parent domain. For example, when `ns.example.com` is a name server for `example.com`, the host `ns.example.com` must have a glue record to break the circular DNS reference.
+          &quot;hostName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Domain name of the host in Punycode format.
+          &quot;ipv4Addresses&quot;: [ # List of IPv4 addresses corresponding to this host in the standard decimal format (e.g. `198.51.100.1`). At least one of `ipv4_address` and `ipv6_address` must be set.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;ipv6Addresses&quot;: [ # List of IPv6 addresses corresponding to this host in the standard hexadecimal format (e.g. `2001:db8::`). At least one of `ipv4_address` and `ipv6_address` must be set.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+        },
+      ],
+      &quot;googleDomainsDns&quot;: { # Configuration for using the free DNS zone provided by Google Domains as a `Registration`&#x27;s `dns_provider`. You cannot configure the DNS zone itself using the API. To configure the DNS zone, go to [Google Domains](https://domains.google/). # The free DNS zone provided by [Google Domains](https://domains.google/).
+        &quot;dsRecords&quot;: [ # Output only. The list of DS records published for this domain. The list is automatically populated when `ds_state` is `DS_RECORDS_PUBLISHED`, otherwise it remains empty.
+          { # Defines a Delegation Signer (DS) record, which is needed to enable DNSSEC for a domain. It contains a digest (hash) of a DNSKEY record that must be present in the domain&#x27;s DNS zone.
+            &quot;algorithm&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The algorithm used to generate the referenced DNSKEY.
+            &quot;digest&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The digest generated from the referenced DNSKEY.
+            &quot;digestType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The hash function used to generate the digest of the referenced DNSKEY.
+            &quot;keyTag&quot;: 42, # The key tag of the record. Must be set in range 0 -- 65535.
+          },
+        ],
+        &quot;dsState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The state of DS records for this domain. Used to enable or disable automatic DNSSEC.
+        &quot;nameServers&quot;: [ # Output only. A list of name servers that store the DNS zone for this domain. Each name server is a domain name, with Unicode domain names expressed in Punycode format. This field is automatically populated with the name servers assigned to the Google Domains DNS zone.
+          &quot;A String&quot;,
+        ],
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;domainName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Immutable. The domain name. Unicode domain names must be expressed in Punycode format.
+    &quot;expireTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The expiration timestamp of the `Registration`.
+    &quot;issues&quot;: [ # Output only. The set of issues with the `Registration` that require attention.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;labels&quot;: { # Set of labels associated with the `Registration`.
+      &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+    },
+    &quot;managementSettings&quot;: { # Defines renewal, billing, and transfer settings for a `Registration`. # Settings for management of the `Registration`, including renewal, billing, and transfer. You cannot update these with the `UpdateRegistration` method. To update these settings, use the `ConfigureManagementSettings` method.
+      &quot;renewalMethod&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The renewal method for this `Registration`.
+      &quot;transferLockState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Controls whether the domain can be transferred to another registrar.
+    },
+    &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Name of the `Registration` resource, in the format `projects/*/locations/*/registrations/`.
+    &quot;pendingContactSettings&quot;: { # Defines the contact information associated with a `Registration`. [ICANN](https://icann.org/) requires all domain names to have associated contact information. The `registrant_contact` is considered the domain&#x27;s legal owner, and often the other contacts are identical. # Output only. Pending contact settings for the `Registration`. Updates to the `contact_settings` field that change its `registrant_contact` or `privacy` fields require email confirmation by the `registrant_contact` before taking effect. This field is set only if there are pending updates to the `contact_settings` that have not yet been confirmed. To confirm the changes, the `registrant_contact` must follow the instructions in the email they receive.
+      &quot;adminContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The administrative contact for the `Registration`.
+        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
+        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
+        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
+        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
+          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
+          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See http://cldr.unicode.org/ and http://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
+          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
+          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (e.g. &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (e.g. Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
+          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;privacy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Privacy setting for the contacts associated with the `Registration`.
+      &quot;registrantContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The registrant contact for the `Registration`. *Caution: Anyone with access to this email address, phone number, and/or postal address can take control of the domain.* *Warning: For new `Registration`s, the registrant will receive an email confirmation that they must complete within 15 days to avoid domain suspension.*
+        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
+        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
+        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
+        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
+          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
+          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See http://cldr.unicode.org/ and http://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
+          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
+          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (e.g. &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (e.g. Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
+          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+        },
+      },
+      &quot;technicalContact&quot;: { # Details required for a contact associated with a `Registration`. # Required. The technical contact for the `Registration`.
+        &quot;email&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Email address of the contact.
+        &quot;faxNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Fax number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
+        &quot;phoneNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Phone number of the contact in international format. For example, `&quot;+1-800-555-0123&quot;`.
+        &quot;postalAddress&quot;: { # Represents a postal address, e.g. for postal delivery or payments addresses. Given a postal address, a postal service can deliver items to a premise, P.O. Box or similar. It is not intended to model geographical locations (roads, towns, mountains). In typical usage an address would be created via user input or from importing existing data, depending on the type of process. Advice on address input / editing: - Use an i18n-ready address widget such as https://github.com/google/libaddressinput) - Users should not be presented with UI elements for input or editing of fields outside countries where that field is used. For more guidance on how to use this schema, please see: https://support.google.com/business/answer/6397478 # Required. Postal address of the contact.
+          &quot;addressLines&quot;: [ # Unstructured address lines describing the lower levels of an address. Because values in address_lines do not have type information and may sometimes contain multiple values in a single field (e.g. &quot;Austin, TX&quot;), it is important that the line order is clear. The order of address lines should be &quot;envelope order&quot; for the country/region of the address. In places where this can vary (e.g. Japan), address_language is used to make it explicit (e.g. &quot;ja&quot; for large-to-small ordering and &quot;ja-Latn&quot; or &quot;en&quot; for small-to-large). This way, the most specific line of an address can be selected based on the language. The minimum permitted structural representation of an address consists of a region_code with all remaining information placed in the address_lines. It would be possible to format such an address very approximately without geocoding, but no semantic reasoning could be made about any of the address components until it was at least partially resolved. Creating an address only containing a region_code and address_lines, and then geocoding is the recommended way to handle completely unstructured addresses (as opposed to guessing which parts of the address should be localities or administrative areas).
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;administrativeArea&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Highest administrative subdivision which is used for postal addresses of a country or region. For example, this can be a state, a province, an oblast, or a prefecture. Specifically, for Spain this is the province and not the autonomous community (e.g. &quot;Barcelona&quot; and not &quot;Catalonia&quot;). Many countries don&#x27;t use an administrative area in postal addresses. E.g. in Switzerland this should be left unpopulated.
+          &quot;languageCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. BCP-47 language code of the contents of this address (if known). This is often the UI language of the input form or is expected to match one of the languages used in the address&#x27; country/region, or their transliterated equivalents. This can affect formatting in certain countries, but is not critical to the correctness of the data and will never affect any validation or other non-formatting related operations. If this value is not known, it should be omitted (rather than specifying a possibly incorrect default). Examples: &quot;zh-Hant&quot;, &quot;ja&quot;, &quot;ja-Latn&quot;, &quot;en&quot;.
+          &quot;locality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Generally refers to the city/town portion of the address. Examples: US city, IT comune, UK post town. In regions of the world where localities are not well defined or do not fit into this structure well, leave locality empty and use address_lines.
+          &quot;organization&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The name of the organization at the address.
+          &quot;postalCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Postal code of the address. Not all countries use or require postal codes to be present, but where they are used, they may trigger additional validation with other parts of the address (e.g. state/zip validation in the U.S.A.).
+          &quot;recipients&quot;: [ # Optional. The recipient at the address. This field may, under certain circumstances, contain multiline information. For example, it might contain &quot;care of&quot; information.
+            &quot;A String&quot;,
+          ],
+          &quot;regionCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. CLDR region code of the country/region of the address. This is never inferred and it is up to the user to ensure the value is correct. See http://cldr.unicode.org/ and http://www.unicode.org/cldr/charts/30/supplemental/territory_information.html for details. Example: &quot;CH&quot; for Switzerland.
+          &quot;revision&quot;: 42, # The schema revision of the `PostalAddress`. This must be set to 0, which is the latest revision. All new revisions **must** be backward compatible with old revisions.
+          &quot;sortingCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Additional, country-specific, sorting code. This is not used in most regions. Where it is used, the value is either a string like &quot;CEDEX&quot;, optionally followed by a number (e.g. &quot;CEDEX 7&quot;), or just a number alone, representing the &quot;sector code&quot; (Jamaica), &quot;delivery area indicator&quot; (Malawi) or &quot;post office indicator&quot; (e.g. Côte d&#x27;Ivoire).
+          &quot;sublocality&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Sublocality of the address. For example, this can be neighborhoods, boroughs, districts.
+        },
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The state of the `Registration`
+    &quot;supportedPrivacy&quot;: [ # Output only. Set of options for the `contact_settings.privacy` field that this `Registration` supports.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;validateOnly&quot;: True or False, # Validate the request without actually transferring the domain.
+  &quot;yearlyPrice&quot;: { # Represents an amount of money with its currency type. # Required. Acknowledgement of the price to transfer or renew the domain for one year. Call `RetrieveTransferParameters` to obtain the price, which you must acknowledge.
+    &quot;currencyCode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The three-letter currency code defined in ISO 4217.
+    &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Number of nano (10^-9) units of the amount. The value must be between -999,999,999 and +999,999,999 inclusive. If `units` is positive, `nanos` must be positive or zero. If `units` is zero, `nanos` can be positive, zero, or negative. If `units` is negative, `nanos` must be negative or zero. For example $-1.75 is represented as `units`=-1 and `nanos`=-750,000,000.
+    &quot;units&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The whole units of the amount. For example if `currencyCode` is `&quot;USD&quot;`, then 1 unit is one US dollar.
+  },
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebase_v1beta1.projects.html b/docs/dyn/firebase_v1beta1.projects.html
index baf2d9e..dc26697 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebase_v1beta1.projects.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebase_v1beta1.projects.html
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@
   &quot;streamMappings&quot;: [ #  - For `AndroidApps` and `IosApps`: a map of `app` to `streamId` for each Firebase App in the specified `FirebaseProject`. Each `app` and `streamId` appears only once. - For `WebApps`: a map of `app` to `streamId` and `measurementId` for each `WebApp` in the specified `FirebaseProject`. Each `app`, `streamId`, and `measurementId` appears only once.
     { # A mapping of a Firebase App to a Google Analytics data stream
       &quot;app&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The resource name of the Firebase App associated with the Google Analytics data stream, in the format: projects/PROJECT_IDENTIFIER/androidApps/APP_ID or projects/PROJECT_IDENTIFIER/iosApps/APP_ID or projects/PROJECT_IDENTIFIER /webApps/APP_ID Refer to the `FirebaseProject` [`name`](../projects#FirebaseProject.FIELDS.name) field for details about PROJECT_IDENTIFIER values.
-      &quot;measurementId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Applicable for Firebase Web Apps only. The unique Google-assigned identifier of the Google Analytics web stream associated with the Firebase Web App. Firebase SDKs use this ID to interact with Google Analytics APIs. Learn more about this ID and Google Analytics web streams in the [Analytics documentation](https://support.google.com/analytics/topic/9303475).
+      &quot;measurementId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Applicable for Firebase Web Apps only. The unique Google-assigned identifier of the Google Analytics web stream associated with the Firebase Web App. Firebase SDKs use this ID to interact with Google Analytics APIs. Learn more about this ID and Google Analytics web streams in the [Analytics documentation](https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/9304153).
       &quot;streamId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique Google-assigned identifier of the Google Analytics data stream associated with the Firebase App. Learn more about Google Analytics data streams in the [Analytics documentation](https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/9303323).
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/firebase_v1beta1.projects.webApps.html b/docs/dyn/firebase_v1beta1.projects.webApps.html
index 85f6d14..9f617a1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/firebase_v1beta1.projects.webApps.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/firebase_v1beta1.projects.webApps.html
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
   &quot;authDomain&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The domain Firebase Auth configures for OAuth redirects, in the format: PROJECT_ID.firebaseapp.com
   &quot;databaseURL&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default Firebase Realtime Database URL.
   &quot;locationId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the Project&#x27;s default GCP resource location. The location is one of the available [GCP resource locations](https://firebase.google.com/docs/projects/locations). This field is omitted if the default GCP resource location has not been finalized yet. To set a Project&#x27;s default GCP resource location, call [`FinalizeDefaultLocation`](../projects.defaultLocation/finalize) after you add Firebase resources to the Project.
-  &quot;measurementId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique Google-assigned identifier of the Google Analytics web stream associated with the `WebApp`. Firebase SDKs use this ID to interact with Google Analytics APIs. This field is only present if the `WebApp` is linked to a web stream in a Google Analytics App + Web property. Learn more about this ID and Google Analytics web streams in the [Analytics documentation](https://support.google.com/analytics/topic/9303475). To generate a `measurementId` and link the `WebApp` with a Google Analytics web stream, call [`AddGoogleAnalytics`](../../v1beta1/projects/addGoogleAnalytics). For apps using the Firebase JavaScript SDK v7.20.0 and later, Firebase dynamically fetches the `measurementId` when your app initializes Analytics. Having this ID in your config object is optional, but it does serve as a fallback in the rare case that the dynamic fetch fails.
+  &quot;measurementId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The unique Google-assigned identifier of the Google Analytics web stream associated with the `WebApp`. Firebase SDKs use this ID to interact with Google Analytics APIs. This field is only present if the `WebApp` is linked to a web stream in a Google Analytics App + Web property. Learn more about this ID and Google Analytics web streams in the [Analytics documentation](https://support.google.com/analytics/answer/9304153). To generate a `measurementId` and link the `WebApp` with a Google Analytics web stream, call [`AddGoogleAnalytics`](../../v1beta1/projects/addGoogleAnalytics). For apps using the Firebase JavaScript SDK v7.20.0 and later, Firebase dynamically fetches the `measurementId` when your app initializes Analytics. Having this ID in your config object is optional, but it does serve as a fallback in the rare case that the dynamic fetch fails.
   &quot;messagingSenderId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The sender ID for use with Firebase Cloud Messaging.
   &quot;projectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Immutable. A user-assigned unique identifier for the `FirebaseProject`.
   &quot;storageBucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The default Cloud Storage for Firebase storage bucket name.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html
index 3630f27..ceef33e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html
index 63b5dff..d98009e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html
@@ -392,7 +392,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -643,7 +643,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -685,7 +685,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
index e0edb3e..ff710ad 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@
   },
   &quot;streamConfigs&quot;: [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project&#x27;s **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
     { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
-      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types. For example, &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data is not streamed. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors are logged to Cloud Logging. For more information, see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types. For example, &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data is not streamed. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors are logged to Cloud Logging. For more information, see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
         &quot;datasetUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
         &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # If this flag is `TRUE`, all tables are deleted from the dataset before the new exported tables are written. If the flag is not set and the destination dataset contains tables, the export call returns an error. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
         &quot;schemaConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
   },
   &quot;streamConfigs&quot;: [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project&#x27;s **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
     { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
-      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types. For example, &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data is not streamed. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors are logged to Cloud Logging. For more information, see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types. For example, &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data is not streamed. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors are logged to Cloud Logging. For more information, see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
         &quot;datasetUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
         &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # If this flag is `TRUE`, all tables are deleted from the dataset before the new exported tables are written. If the flag is not set and the destination dataset contains tables, the export call returns an error. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
         &quot;schemaConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
   },
   &quot;streamConfigs&quot;: [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project&#x27;s **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
     { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
-      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types. For example, &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data is not streamed. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors are logged to Cloud Logging. For more information, see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types. For example, &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data is not streamed. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors are logged to Cloud Logging. For more information, see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
         &quot;datasetUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
         &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # If this flag is `TRUE`, all tables are deleted from the dataset before the new exported tables are written. If the flag is not set and the destination dataset contains tables, the export call returns an error. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
         &quot;schemaConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -451,7 +451,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -548,7 +548,7 @@
       },
       &quot;streamConfigs&quot;: [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project&#x27;s **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
         { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
-          &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types. For example, &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data is not streamed. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors are logged to Cloud Logging. For more information, see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+          &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types. For example, &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data is not streamed. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors are logged to Cloud Logging. For more information, see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
             &quot;datasetUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
             &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # If this flag is `TRUE`, all tables are deleted from the dataset before the new exported tables are written. If the flag is not set and the destination dataset contains tables, the export call returns an error. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
             &quot;schemaConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -606,7 +606,7 @@
   },
   &quot;streamConfigs&quot;: [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project&#x27;s **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
     { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
-      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types. For example, &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data is not streamed. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors are logged to Cloud Logging. For more information, see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types. For example, &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data is not streamed. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors are logged to Cloud Logging. For more information, see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
         &quot;datasetUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
         &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # If this flag is `TRUE`, all tables are deleted from the dataset before the new exported tables are written. If the flag is not set and the destination dataset contains tables, the export call returns an error. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
         &quot;schemaConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -646,7 +646,7 @@
   },
   &quot;streamConfigs&quot;: [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project&#x27;s **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
     { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
-      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types. For example, &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data is not streamed. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors are logged to Cloud Logging. For more information, see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types. For example, &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data is not streamed. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors are logged to Cloud Logging. For more information, see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
         &quot;datasetUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
         &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # If this flag is `TRUE`, all tables are deleted from the dataset before the new exported tables are written. If the flag is not set and the destination dataset contains tables, the export call returns an error. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
         &quot;schemaConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -688,7 +688,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -730,7 +730,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html
index 6a04012..fdc4e11 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html
@@ -481,7 +481,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -855,7 +855,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -897,7 +897,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html
index f1981d9..e23981a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1.projects.locations.datasets.html
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -455,7 +455,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationStores.html
index 1ebff02..b061dd8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.annotationStores.html
@@ -343,7 +343,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -507,7 +507,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -549,7 +549,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html
index b9627b1..608a9e5 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.consentStores.html
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -531,7 +531,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html
index 6273167..74d5386 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.dicomStores.html
@@ -430,7 +430,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -711,7 +711,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -753,7 +753,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
index 1ad4dfc..7e28996 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.fhirStores.html
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
   },
   &quot;streamConfigs&quot;: [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project&#x27;s **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
     { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
-      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
         &quot;datasetUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
         &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
         &quot;schemaConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -259,7 +259,7 @@
   },
   &quot;streamConfigs&quot;: [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project&#x27;s **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
     { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
-      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
         &quot;datasetUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
         &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
         &quot;schemaConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -497,7 +497,7 @@
   },
   &quot;streamConfigs&quot;: [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project&#x27;s **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
     { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
-      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
         &quot;datasetUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
         &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
         &quot;schemaConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -550,7 +550,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -656,7 +656,7 @@
       },
       &quot;streamConfigs&quot;: [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project&#x27;s **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
         { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
-          &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+          &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
             &quot;datasetUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
             &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
             &quot;schemaConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -729,7 +729,7 @@
   },
   &quot;streamConfigs&quot;: [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project&#x27;s **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
     { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
-      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
         &quot;datasetUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
         &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
         &quot;schemaConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -784,7 +784,7 @@
   },
   &quot;streamConfigs&quot;: [ # A list of streaming configs that configure the destinations of streaming export for every resource mutation in this FHIR store. Each store is allowed to have up to 10 streaming configs. After a new config is added, the next resource mutation is streamed to the new location in addition to the existing ones. When a location is removed from the list, the server stops streaming to that location. Before adding a new config, you must add the required [`bigquery.dataEditor`](https://cloud.google.com/bigquery/docs/access-control#bigquery.dataEditor) role to your project&#x27;s **Cloud Healthcare Service Agent** [service account](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/service-accounts). Some lag (typically on the order of dozens of seconds) is expected before the results show up in the streaming destination.
     { # Contains configuration for streaming FHIR export.
-      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are appended to the corresponding BigQuery tables. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
+      &quot;bigqueryDestination&quot;: { # The configuration for exporting to BigQuery. # The destination BigQuery structure that contains both the dataset location and corresponding schema config. The output is organized in one table per resource type. The server reuses the existing tables (if any) that are named after the resource types, e.g. &quot;Patient&quot;, &quot;Observation&quot;. When there is no existing table for a given resource type, the server attempts to create one. When a table schema doesn&#x27;t align with the schema config, either because of existing incompatible schema or out of band incompatible modification, the server does not stream in new data. One resolution in this case is to delete the incompatible table and let the server recreate one, though the newly created table only contains data after the table recreation. BigQuery imposes a 1 MB limit on streaming insert row size, therefore any resource mutation that generates more than 1 MB of BigQuery data will not be streamed. Results are written to BigQuery tables according to the parameters in BigQueryDestination.WriteDisposition. Different versions of the same resource are distinguishable by the meta.versionId and meta.lastUpdated columns. The operation (CREATE/UPDATE/DELETE) that results in the new version is recorded in the meta.tag. The tables contain all historical resource versions since streaming was enabled. For query convenience, the server also creates one view per table of the same name containing only the current resource version. The streamed data in the BigQuery dataset is not guaranteed to be completely unique. The combination of the id and meta.versionId columns should ideally identify a single unique row. But in rare cases, duplicates may exist. At query time, users may use the SQL select statement to keep only one of the duplicate rows given an id and meta.versionId pair. Alternatively, the server created view mentioned above also filters out duplicates. If a resource mutation cannot be streamed to BigQuery, errors will be logged to Cloud Logging (see [Viewing error logs in Cloud Logging](https://cloud.google.com/healthcare/docs/how-tos/logging)).
         &quot;datasetUri&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # BigQuery URI to an existing dataset, up to 2000 characters long, in the format `bq://projectId.bqDatasetId`.
         &quot;force&quot;: True or False, # Use `write_disposition` instead. If `write_disposition` is specified, this parameter is ignored. force=false is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_EMPTY and force=true is equivalent to write_disposition=WRITE_TRUNCATE.
         &quot;schemaConfig&quot;: { # Configuration for the FHIR BigQuery schema. Determines how the server generates the schema. # The configuration for the exported BigQuery schema.
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -874,7 +874,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html
index c37f031..2afccad 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.hl7V2Stores.html
@@ -493,7 +493,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -879,7 +879,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -921,7 +921,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html
index 0a3f458..e5269e9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/healthcare_v1beta1.projects.locations.datasets.html
@@ -351,7 +351,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -464,7 +464,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.projects.brands.html b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.projects.brands.html
index 820fd7e..daa96d4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.projects.brands.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.projects.brands.html
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Constructs a new OAuth brand for the project if one does not exist. The created brand is "internal only", meaning that OAuth clients created under it only accept requests from users who belong to the same G Suite organization as the project. The brand is created in an un-reviewed status. NOTE: The "internal only" status can be manually changed in the Google Cloud console. Requires that a brand does not already exist for the project, and that the specified support email is owned by the caller.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Constructs a new OAuth brand for the project if one does not exist. The created brand is "internal only", meaning that OAuth clients created under it only accept requests from users who belong to the same Google Workspace organization as the project. The brand is created in an un-reviewed status. NOTE: The "internal only" status can be manually changed in the Google Cloud Console. Requires that a brand does not already exist for the project, and that the specified support email is owned by the caller.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the OAuth brand of the project.</p>
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Constructs a new OAuth brand for the project if one does not exist. The created brand is &quot;internal only&quot;, meaning that OAuth clients created under it only accept requests from users who belong to the same G Suite organization as the project. The brand is created in an un-reviewed status. NOTE: The &quot;internal only&quot; status can be manually changed in the Google Cloud console. Requires that a brand does not already exist for the project, and that the specified support email is owned by the caller.
+  <pre>Constructs a new OAuth brand for the project if one does not exist. The created brand is &quot;internal only&quot;, meaning that OAuth clients created under it only accept requests from users who belong to the same Google Workspace organization as the project. The brand is created in an un-reviewed status. NOTE: The &quot;internal only&quot; status can be manually changed in the Google Cloud Console. Requires that a brand does not already exist for the project, and that the specified support email is owned by the caller.
 
 Args:
   parent: string, Required. GCP Project number/id under which the brand is to be created. In the following format: projects/{project_number/id}. (required)
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html
index 37bdd94..2f7c35b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iap_v1.v1.html
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -186,6 +186,11 @@
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The public resource type name of the resource on which conditions will be evaluated. It is configured using the official_name of the ResourceType as defined in service configurations under //configs/cloud/resourcetypes. For example, the official_name for GCP projects is set as &#x27;cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/Project&#x27; according to //configs/cloud/resourcetypes/google/cloud/resourcemanager/prod.yaml For details see go/iam-conditions-integration-guide.
       },
     },
+    &quot;reauthSettings&quot;: { # Configuration for IAP reauthentication policies. # Settings to configure reauthentication policies in IAP.
+      &quot;maxAge&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reauth session lifetime, how long before a user has to reauthenticate again.
+      &quot;method&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reauth method required by the policy.
+      &quot;policyType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How IAP determines the effective policy in cases of hierarchial policies. Policies are merged from higher in the hierarchy to lower in the hierarchy.
+    },
   },
   &quot;applicationSettings&quot;: { # Wrapper over application specific settings for IAP. # Top level wrapper for all application related settings in IAP
     &quot;accessDeniedPageSettings&quot;: { # Custom content configuration for access denied page. IAP allows customers to define a custom URI to use as the error page when access is denied to users. If IAP prevents access to this page, the default IAP error page will be displayed instead. # Customization for Access Denied page.
@@ -212,7 +217,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -240,7 +245,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -329,6 +334,11 @@
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The public resource type name of the resource on which conditions will be evaluated. It is configured using the official_name of the ResourceType as defined in service configurations under //configs/cloud/resourcetypes. For example, the official_name for GCP projects is set as &#x27;cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/Project&#x27; according to //configs/cloud/resourcetypes/google/cloud/resourcemanager/prod.yaml For details see go/iam-conditions-integration-guide.
       },
     },
+    &quot;reauthSettings&quot;: { # Configuration for IAP reauthentication policies. # Settings to configure reauthentication policies in IAP.
+      &quot;maxAge&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reauth session lifetime, how long before a user has to reauthenticate again.
+      &quot;method&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reauth method required by the policy.
+      &quot;policyType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How IAP determines the effective policy in cases of hierarchial policies. Policies are merged from higher in the hierarchy to lower in the hierarchy.
+    },
   },
   &quot;applicationSettings&quot;: { # Wrapper over application specific settings for IAP. # Top level wrapper for all application related settings in IAP
     &quot;accessDeniedPageSettings&quot;: { # Custom content configuration for access denied page. IAP allows customers to define a custom URI to use as the error page when access is denied to users. If IAP prevents access to this page, the default IAP error page will be displayed instead. # Customization for Access Denied page.
@@ -383,6 +393,11 @@
         &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The public resource type name of the resource on which conditions will be evaluated. It is configured using the official_name of the ResourceType as defined in service configurations under //configs/cloud/resourcetypes. For example, the official_name for GCP projects is set as &#x27;cloudresourcemanager.googleapis.com/Project&#x27; according to //configs/cloud/resourcetypes/google/cloud/resourcemanager/prod.yaml For details see go/iam-conditions-integration-guide.
       },
     },
+    &quot;reauthSettings&quot;: { # Configuration for IAP reauthentication policies. # Settings to configure reauthentication policies in IAP.
+      &quot;maxAge&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reauth session lifetime, how long before a user has to reauthenticate again.
+      &quot;method&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reauth method required by the policy.
+      &quot;policyType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How IAP determines the effective policy in cases of hierarchial policies. Policies are merged from higher in the hierarchy to lower in the hierarchy.
+    },
   },
   &quot;applicationSettings&quot;: { # Wrapper over application specific settings for IAP. # Top level wrapper for all application related settings in IAP
     &quot;accessDeniedPageSettings&quot;: { # Custom content configuration for access denied page. IAP allows customers to define a custom URI to use as the error page when access is denied to users. If IAP prevents access to this page, the default IAP error page will be displayed instead. # Customization for Access Denied page.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/iap_v1beta1.v1beta1.html b/docs/dyn/iap_v1beta1.v1beta1.html
index 63cd328..f86de1c 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/iap_v1beta1.v1beta1.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/iap_v1beta1.v1beta1.html
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/index.md b/docs/dyn/index.md
index 8b958ea..7a64b13 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/index.md
+++ b/docs/dyn/index.md
@@ -112,6 +112,10 @@
 * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/assuredworkloads_v1.html)
 
 
+## authorizedbuyersmarketplace
+* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/authorizedbuyersmarketplace_v1.html)
+
+
 ## baremetalsolution
 * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/baremetalsolution_v1.html)
 
@@ -259,6 +263,10 @@
 * [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/cloudshell_v1.html)
 
 
+## cloudsupport
+* [v2beta](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/cloudsupport_v2beta.html)
+
+
 ## cloudtasks
 * [v2](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2.html)
 * [v2beta2](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/cloudtasks_v2beta2.html)
@@ -402,7 +410,6 @@
 
 
 ## doubleclickbidmanager
-* [v1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/doubleclickbidmanager_v1.html)
 * [v1.1](http://googleapis.github.io/google-api-python-client/docs/dyn/doubleclickbidmanager_v1_1.html)
 
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html
index d8b8ca6..e55f2f4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html
@@ -429,7 +429,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html
index e177533..8874f99 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@
   &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time.
 }
 
-  peeringId: string, Required. Peering Id, unique name to identify peering.
+  peeringId: string, Required. Peering Id, unique name to identify peering. It should follow the regex format &quot;^(?:[a-z](?:[-a-z0-9]{0,61}[a-z0-9])?)$&quot;
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html
index f2a9b73..f963895 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html
@@ -78,9 +78,27 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, backupId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a Backup for a domain.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes identified Backup.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets details of a single Backup.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists Backup in a given project.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the labels for specified Backup.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -93,6 +111,119 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, backupId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a Backup for a domain.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The domain resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Managed Microsoft Identities backup.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time the backups was created.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique name of the Backup in the form of projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}/backups/{name}
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+  &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Additional information about the current status of this backup, if available.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates whether it’s an on-demand backup or scheduled.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time.
+}
+
+  backupId: string, Required. Backup Id, unique name to identify the backups with the following restrictions: * Must be lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the domain.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes identified Backup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The backup resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}/backups/{backup_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets details of a single Backup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The backup resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}/backups/{backup_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Managed Microsoft Identities backup.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time the backups was created.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique name of the Backup in the form of projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}/backups/{name}
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+  &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Additional information about the current status of this backup, if available.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates whether it’s an on-demand backup or scheduled.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
 
@@ -108,7 +239,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -128,6 +259,110 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists Backup in a given project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The domain resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter specifying constraints of a list operation. For example, `backup.location =&quot;us-west1-a&quot;`.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Specifies the ordering of results following syntax at https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response&#x27;s next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # ListBackupsResponse is the response message for ListBackups method.
+  &quot;backups&quot;: [ # A list of Cloud AD backups in the domain.
+    { # Represents a Managed Microsoft Identities backup.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time the backups was created.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique name of the Backup in the form of projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}/backups/{name}
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+      &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Additional information about the current status of this backup, if available.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates whether it’s an on-demand backup or scheduled.
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  &quot;unreachable&quot;: [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates the labels for specified Backup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The unique name of the Backup in the form of projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}/backups/{name} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Managed Microsoft Identities backup.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time the backups was created.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique name of the Backup in the form of projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}/backups/{name}
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+  &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Additional information about the current status of this backup, if available.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates whether it’s an on-demand backup or scheduled.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields from Backup: * `labels`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
 
@@ -138,7 +373,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -166,7 +401,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html
index f3ea693..7d1f27f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html
@@ -124,6 +124,9 @@
   <code><a href="#resetAdminPassword">resetAdminPassword(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Resets managed identities admin password identified by managed_identities_admin_name</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#restore">restore(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">RestoreDomain restores domain backup mentioned in the RestoreDomainRequest</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -434,7 +437,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -723,6 +726,48 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="restore">restore(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>RestoreDomain restores domain backup mentioned in the RestoreDomainRequest
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. resource name for the domain to which the backup belongs (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # RestoreDomainRequest is the request received by RestoreDomain rpc
+  &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the backup to be restored
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
 
@@ -733,7 +778,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -761,7 +806,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html
index 959c3fb..011ed97 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1alpha1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
   <pre>Gets details of a single Peering.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Peering resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{peering_id}` (required)
+  name: string, Required. Peering resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/peerings/{peering_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html
index 027e273..399c5b2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.backups.html
@@ -78,9 +78,27 @@
   <code><a href="#close">close()</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Close httplib2 connections.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#create">create(parent, backupId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Creates a Backup for a domain.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Deletes identified Backup.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Gets details of a single Backup.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Lists Backup in a given project.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Updates the labels for specified Backup.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -93,6 +111,119 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="create">create(parent, backupId=None, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Creates a Backup for a domain.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The domain resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}` (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Managed Microsoft Identities backup.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time the backups was created.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique name of the Backup in the form of projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}/backups/{name}
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+  &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Additional information about the current status of this backup, if available.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates whether it’s an on-demand backup or scheduled.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time.
+}
+
+  backupId: string, Required. Backup Id, unique name to identify the backups with the following restrictions: * Must be lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens * Must start with a letter. * Must contain between 1-63 characters. * Must end with a number or a letter. * Must be unique within the domain.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="delete">delete(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Deletes identified Backup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The backup resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}/backups/{backup_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="get">get(name, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Gets details of a single Backup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. The backup resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}/backups/{backup_id}` (required)
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Represents a Managed Microsoft Identities backup.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time the backups was created.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique name of the Backup in the form of projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}/backups/{name}
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+  &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Additional information about the current status of this backup, if available.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates whether it’s an on-demand backup or scheduled.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="getIamPolicy">getIamPolicy(resource, options_requestedPolicyVersion=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Gets the access control policy for a resource. Returns an empty policy if the resource exists and does not have a policy set.
 
@@ -108,7 +239,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -128,6 +259,110 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list">list(parent, filter=None, orderBy=None, pageSize=None, pageToken=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Lists Backup in a given project.
+
+Args:
+  parent: string, Required. The domain resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}` (required)
+  filter: string, Optional. Filter specifying constraints of a list operation. For example, `backup.location =&quot;us-west1-a&quot;`.
+  orderBy: string, Optional. Specifies the ordering of results following syntax at https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/design_patterns#sorting_order.
+  pageSize: integer, Optional. The maximum number of items to return. If not specified, a default value of 1000 will be used by the service. Regardless of the page_size value, the response may include a partial list and a caller should only rely on response&#x27;s next_page_token to determine if there are more instances left to be queried.
+  pageToken: string, Optional. The next_page_token value returned from a previous List request, if any.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # ListBackupsResponse is the response message for ListBackups method.
+  &quot;backups&quot;: [ # A list of Cloud AD backups in the domain.
+    { # Represents a Managed Microsoft Identities backup.
+      &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time the backups was created.
+      &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+      },
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique name of the Backup in the form of projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}/backups/{name}
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+      &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Additional information about the current status of this backup, if available.
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates whether it’s an on-demand backup or scheduled.
+      &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time.
+    },
+  ],
+  &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Token to retrieve the next page of results, or empty if there are no more results in the list.
+  &quot;unreachable&quot;: [ # Locations that could not be reached.
+    &quot;A String&quot;,
+  ],
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</code>
+  <pre>Retrieves the next page of results.
+
+Args:
+  previous_request: The request for the previous page. (required)
+  previous_response: The response from the request for the previous page. (required)
+
+Returns:
+  A request object that you can call &#x27;execute()&#x27; on to request the next
+  page. Returns None if there are no more items in the collection.
+    </pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Updates the labels for specified Backup.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Output only. The unique name of the Backup in the form of projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}/backups/{name} (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Represents a Managed Microsoft Identities backup.
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time the backups was created.
+  &quot;labels&quot;: { # Optional. Resource labels to represent user provided metadata.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The unique name of the Backup in the form of projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{domain_name}/backups/{name}
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The current state of the backup.
+  &quot;statusMessage&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Additional information about the current status of this backup, if available.
+  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Indicates whether it’s an on-demand backup or scheduled.
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Last update time.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Required. Mask of fields to update. At least one path must be supplied in this field. The elements of the repeated paths field may only include these fields from Backup: * `labels`
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
 
@@ -138,7 +373,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -166,7 +401,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html
index 6aacc3b..6044788 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.domains.html
@@ -124,6 +124,9 @@
   <code><a href="#resetAdminPassword">resetAdminPassword(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Resets a domain's administrator password.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#restore">restore(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">RestoreBackup restores domain mentioned in the RestoreBackupRequest</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
@@ -434,7 +437,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -712,6 +715,48 @@
 </div>
 
 <div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="restore">restore(name, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>RestoreBackup restores domain mentioned in the RestoreBackupRequest
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Required. resource name for the domain to which the backup belongs (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # RestoreDomainRequest is the request received by RestoreDomain rpc
+  &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. ID of the backup to be restored
+}
+
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # This resource represents a long-running operation that is the result of a network API call.
+  &quot;done&quot;: True or False, # If the value is `false`, it means the operation is still in progress. If `true`, the operation is completed, and either `error` or `response` is available.
+  &quot;error&quot;: { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors). # The error result of the operation in case of failure or cancellation.
+    &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
+    &quot;details&quot;: [ # A list of messages that carry the error details. There is a common set of message types for APIs to use.
+      {
+        &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;message&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A developer-facing error message, which should be in English. Any user-facing error message should be localized and sent in the google.rpc.Status.details field, or localized by the client.
+  },
+  &quot;metadata&quot;: { # Service-specific metadata associated with the operation. It typically contains progress information and common metadata such as create time. Some services might not provide such metadata. Any method that returns a long-running operation should document the metadata type, if any.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The server-assigned name, which is only unique within the same service that originally returns it. If you use the default HTTP mapping, the `name` should be a resource name ending with `operations/{unique_id}`.
+  &quot;response&quot;: { # The normal response of the operation in case of success. If the original method returns no data on success, such as `Delete`, the response is `google.protobuf.Empty`. If the original method is standard `Get`/`Create`/`Update`, the response should be the resource. For other methods, the response should have the type `XxxResponse`, where `Xxx` is the original method name. For example, if the original method name is `TakeSnapshot()`, the inferred response type is `TakeSnapshotResponse`.
+    &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;&quot;, # Properties of the object. Contains field @type with type URL.
+  },
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
+<div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="setIamPolicy">setIamPolicy(resource, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
   <pre>Sets the access control policy on the specified resource. Replaces any existing policy. Can return `NOT_FOUND`, `INVALID_ARGUMENT`, and `PERMISSION_DENIED` errors.
 
@@ -722,7 +767,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -750,7 +795,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html
index 7cd3499..f93f7cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/managedidentities_v1beta1.projects.locations.global_.peerings.html
@@ -202,7 +202,7 @@
   <pre>Gets details of a single Peering.
 
 Args:
-  name: string, Required. Peering resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/domains/{peering_id}` (required)
+  name: string, Required. Peering resource name using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/global/peerings/{peering_id}` (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@
 
 { # Request message for `SetIamPolicy` method.
   &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # REQUIRED: The complete policy to be applied to the `resource`. The size of the policy is limited to a few 10s of KB. An empty policy is a valid policy but certain Cloud Platform services (such as Projects) might reject them.
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -405,7 +405,7 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/).
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html
index e85ea62..b961a72 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.folders.constraints.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 
     { # The response returned from the ListConstraints method.
   &quot;constraints&quot;: [ # The collection of constraints that are available on the targeted resource.
-    { # A `constraint` describes a way to restrict resource&#x27;s configuration. For example, you could enforce a constraint that controls which cloud services can be activated across an organization, or whether a Compute Engine instance can have serial port connections established. `Constraints` can be configured by the organization&#x27;s policy adminstrator to fit the needs of the organzation by setting a `policy` that includes `constraints` at different locations in the organization&#x27;s resource hierarchy. Policies are inherited down the resource hierarchy from higher levels, but can also be overridden. For details about the inheritance rules please read about `policies`. `Constraints` have a default behavior determined by the `constraint_default` field, which is the enforcement behavior that is used in the absence of a `policy` being defined or inherited for the resource in question.
+    { # A `constraint` describes a way to restrict resource&#x27;s configuration. For example, you could enforce a constraint that controls which cloud services can be activated across an organization, or whether a Compute Engine instance can have serial port connections established. `Constraints` can be configured by the organization&#x27;s policy administrator to fit the needs of the organization by setting a `policy` that includes `constraints` at different locations in the organization&#x27;s resource hierarchy. Policies are inherited down the resource hierarchy from higher levels, but can also be overridden. For details about the inheritance rules please read about `policies`. `Constraints` have a default behavior determined by the `constraint_default` field, which is the enforcement behavior that is used in the absence of a `policy` being defined or inherited for the resource in question.
       &quot;booleanConstraint&quot;: { # A `Constraint` that is either enforced or not. For example a constraint `constraints/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. If it is enforced on a VM instance, serial port connections will not be opened to that instance. # Defines this constraint as being a BooleanConstraint.
       },
       &quot;constraintDefault&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The evaluation behavior of this constraint in the absence of &#x27;Policy&#x27;.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html
index 1d55d6c..79d9528 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.organizations.constraints.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 
     { # The response returned from the ListConstraints method.
   &quot;constraints&quot;: [ # The collection of constraints that are available on the targeted resource.
-    { # A `constraint` describes a way to restrict resource&#x27;s configuration. For example, you could enforce a constraint that controls which cloud services can be activated across an organization, or whether a Compute Engine instance can have serial port connections established. `Constraints` can be configured by the organization&#x27;s policy adminstrator to fit the needs of the organzation by setting a `policy` that includes `constraints` at different locations in the organization&#x27;s resource hierarchy. Policies are inherited down the resource hierarchy from higher levels, but can also be overridden. For details about the inheritance rules please read about `policies`. `Constraints` have a default behavior determined by the `constraint_default` field, which is the enforcement behavior that is used in the absence of a `policy` being defined or inherited for the resource in question.
+    { # A `constraint` describes a way to restrict resource&#x27;s configuration. For example, you could enforce a constraint that controls which cloud services can be activated across an organization, or whether a Compute Engine instance can have serial port connections established. `Constraints` can be configured by the organization&#x27;s policy administrator to fit the needs of the organization by setting a `policy` that includes `constraints` at different locations in the organization&#x27;s resource hierarchy. Policies are inherited down the resource hierarchy from higher levels, but can also be overridden. For details about the inheritance rules please read about `policies`. `Constraints` have a default behavior determined by the `constraint_default` field, which is the enforcement behavior that is used in the absence of a `policy` being defined or inherited for the resource in question.
       &quot;booleanConstraint&quot;: { # A `Constraint` that is either enforced or not. For example a constraint `constraints/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. If it is enforced on a VM instance, serial port connections will not be opened to that instance. # Defines this constraint as being a BooleanConstraint.
       },
       &quot;constraintDefault&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The evaluation behavior of this constraint in the absence of &#x27;Policy&#x27;.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html
index 69eedd9..de98c61 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/orgpolicy_v2.projects.constraints.html
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@
 
     { # The response returned from the ListConstraints method.
   &quot;constraints&quot;: [ # The collection of constraints that are available on the targeted resource.
-    { # A `constraint` describes a way to restrict resource&#x27;s configuration. For example, you could enforce a constraint that controls which cloud services can be activated across an organization, or whether a Compute Engine instance can have serial port connections established. `Constraints` can be configured by the organization&#x27;s policy adminstrator to fit the needs of the organzation by setting a `policy` that includes `constraints` at different locations in the organization&#x27;s resource hierarchy. Policies are inherited down the resource hierarchy from higher levels, but can also be overridden. For details about the inheritance rules please read about `policies`. `Constraints` have a default behavior determined by the `constraint_default` field, which is the enforcement behavior that is used in the absence of a `policy` being defined or inherited for the resource in question.
+    { # A `constraint` describes a way to restrict resource&#x27;s configuration. For example, you could enforce a constraint that controls which cloud services can be activated across an organization, or whether a Compute Engine instance can have serial port connections established. `Constraints` can be configured by the organization&#x27;s policy administrator to fit the needs of the organization by setting a `policy` that includes `constraints` at different locations in the organization&#x27;s resource hierarchy. Policies are inherited down the resource hierarchy from higher levels, but can also be overridden. For details about the inheritance rules please read about `policies`. `Constraints` have a default behavior determined by the `constraint_default` field, which is the enforcement behavior that is used in the absence of a `policy` being defined or inherited for the resource in question.
       &quot;booleanConstraint&quot;: { # A `Constraint` that is either enforced or not. For example a constraint `constraints/compute.disableSerialPortAccess`. If it is enforced on a VM instance, serial port connections will not be opened to that instance. # Defines this constraint as being a BooleanConstraint.
       },
       &quot;constraintDefault&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The evaluation behavior of this constraint in the absence of &#x27;Policy&#x27;.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html
index 8c06207..4d754bc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/osconfig_v1.projects.patchDeployments.html
@@ -92,6 +92,9 @@
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#list_next">list_next(previous_request, previous_response)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves the next page of results.</p>
+<p class="toc_element">
+  <code><a href="#patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
+<p class="firstline">Update an OS Config patch deployment.</p>
 <h3>Method Details</h3>
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="close">close()</code>
@@ -858,4 +861,359 @@
     </pre>
 </div>
 
+<div class="method">
+    <code class="details" id="patch">patch(name, body=None, updateMask=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
+  <pre>Update an OS Config patch deployment.
+
+Args:
+  name: string, Unique name for the patch deployment resource in a project. The patch deployment name is in the form: `projects/{project_id}/patchDeployments/{patch_deployment_id}`. This field is ignored when you create a new patch deployment. (required)
+  body: object, The request body.
+    The object takes the form of:
+
+{ # Patch deployments are configurations that individual patch jobs use to complete a patch. These configurations include instance filter, package repository settings, and a schedule. For more information about creating and managing patch deployments, see [Scheduling patch jobs](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/os-patch-management/schedule-patch-jobs).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the patch deployment was created. Timestamp is in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the patch deployment. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
+  &quot;duration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Duration of the patch. After the duration ends, the patch times out.
+  &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # A filter to target VM instances for patching. The targeted VMs must meet all criteria specified. So if both labels and zones are specified, the patch job targets only VMs with those labels and in those zones. # Required. VM instances to patch.
+    &quot;all&quot;: True or False, # Target all VM instances in the project. If true, no other criteria is permitted.
+    &quot;groupLabels&quot;: [ # Targets VM instances matching ANY of these GroupLabels. This allows targeting of disparate groups of VM instances.
+      { # Targets a group of VM instances by using their [assigned labels](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/labeling-resources). Labels are key-value pairs. A `GroupLabel` is a combination of labels that is used to target VMs for a patch job. For example, a patch job can target VMs that have the following `GroupLabel`: `{&quot;env&quot;:&quot;test&quot;, &quot;app&quot;:&quot;web&quot;}`. This means that the patch job is applied to VMs that have both the labels `env=test` and `app=web`.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Compute Engine instance labels that must be present for a VM instance to be targeted by this filter.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;instanceNamePrefixes&quot;: [ # Targets VMs whose name starts with one of these prefixes. Similar to labels, this is another way to group VMs when targeting configs, for example prefix=&quot;prod-&quot;.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;instances&quot;: [ # Targets any of the VM instances specified. Instances are specified by their URI in the form `zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME]`, `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME]`, or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME]`
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Targets VM instances in ANY of these zones. Leave empty to target VM instances in any zone.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;lastExecuteTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last time a patch job was started by this deployment. Timestamp is in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique name for the patch deployment resource in a project. The patch deployment name is in the form: `projects/{project_id}/patchDeployments/{patch_deployment_id}`. This field is ignored when you create a new patch deployment.
+  &quot;oneTimeSchedule&quot;: { # Sets the time for a one time patch deployment. Timestamp is in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format. # Required. Schedule a one-time execution.
+    &quot;executeTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The desired patch job execution time.
+  },
+  &quot;patchConfig&quot;: { # Patch configuration specifications. Contains details on how to apply the patch(es) to a VM instance. # Optional. Patch configuration that is applied.
+    &quot;apt&quot;: { # Apt patching is completed by executing `apt-get update &amp;&amp; apt-get upgrade`. Additional options can be set to control how this is executed. # Apt update settings. Use this setting to override the default `apt` patch rules.
+      &quot;excludes&quot;: [ # List of packages to exclude from update. These packages will be excluded
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;exclusivePackages&quot;: [ # An exclusive list of packages to be updated. These are the only packages that will be updated. If these packages are not installed, they will be ignored. This field cannot be specified with any other patch configuration fields.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # By changing the type to DIST, the patching is performed using `apt-get dist-upgrade` instead.
+    },
+    &quot;goo&quot;: { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
+    },
+    &quot;postStep&quot;: { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
+      &quot;linuxExecStepConfig&quot;: { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
+        &quot;allowedSuccessCodes&quot;: [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
+          42,
+        ],
+        &quot;gcsObject&quot;: { # Cloud Storage object representation. # A Cloud Storage object containing the executable.
+          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+          &quot;generationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Generation number of the Cloud Storage object. This is used to ensure that the ExecStep specified by this PatchJob does not change.
+          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+        },
+        &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The script interpreter to use to run the script. If no interpreter is specified the script will be executed directly, which will likely only succeed for scripts with [shebang lines] (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shebang_\(Unix\)).
+        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An absolute path to the executable on the VM.
+      },
+      &quot;windowsExecStepConfig&quot;: { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Windows VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
+        &quot;allowedSuccessCodes&quot;: [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
+          42,
+        ],
+        &quot;gcsObject&quot;: { # Cloud Storage object representation. # A Cloud Storage object containing the executable.
+          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+          &quot;generationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Generation number of the Cloud Storage object. This is used to ensure that the ExecStep specified by this PatchJob does not change.
+          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+        },
+        &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The script interpreter to use to run the script. If no interpreter is specified the script will be executed directly, which will likely only succeed for scripts with [shebang lines] (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shebang_\(Unix\)).
+        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An absolute path to the executable on the VM.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;preStep&quot;: { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run before the patch update.
+      &quot;linuxExecStepConfig&quot;: { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
+        &quot;allowedSuccessCodes&quot;: [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
+          42,
+        ],
+        &quot;gcsObject&quot;: { # Cloud Storage object representation. # A Cloud Storage object containing the executable.
+          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+          &quot;generationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Generation number of the Cloud Storage object. This is used to ensure that the ExecStep specified by this PatchJob does not change.
+          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+        },
+        &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The script interpreter to use to run the script. If no interpreter is specified the script will be executed directly, which will likely only succeed for scripts with [shebang lines] (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shebang_\(Unix\)).
+        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An absolute path to the executable on the VM.
+      },
+      &quot;windowsExecStepConfig&quot;: { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Windows VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
+        &quot;allowedSuccessCodes&quot;: [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
+          42,
+        ],
+        &quot;gcsObject&quot;: { # Cloud Storage object representation. # A Cloud Storage object containing the executable.
+          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+          &quot;generationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Generation number of the Cloud Storage object. This is used to ensure that the ExecStep specified by this PatchJob does not change.
+          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+        },
+        &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The script interpreter to use to run the script. If no interpreter is specified the script will be executed directly, which will likely only succeed for scripts with [shebang lines] (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shebang_\(Unix\)).
+        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An absolute path to the executable on the VM.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;rebootConfig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Post-patch reboot settings.
+    &quot;windowsUpdate&quot;: { # Windows patching is performed using the Windows Update Agent. # Windows update settings. Use this override the default windows patch rules.
+      &quot;classifications&quot;: [ # Only apply updates of these windows update classifications. If empty, all updates are applied.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;excludes&quot;: [ # List of KBs to exclude from update.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;exclusivePatches&quot;: [ # An exclusive list of kbs to be updated. These are the only patches that will be updated. This field must not be used with other patch configurations.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;yum&quot;: { # Yum patching is performed by executing `yum update`. Additional options can be set to control how this is executed. Note that not all settings are supported on all platforms. # Yum update settings. Use this setting to override the default `yum` patch rules.
+      &quot;excludes&quot;: [ # List of packages to exclude from update. These packages are excluded by using the yum `--exclude` flag.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;exclusivePackages&quot;: [ # An exclusive list of packages to be updated. These are the only packages that will be updated. If these packages are not installed, they will be ignored. This field must not be specified with any other patch configuration fields.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;minimal&quot;: True or False, # Will cause patch to run `yum update-minimal` instead.
+      &quot;security&quot;: True or False, # Adds the `--security` flag to `yum update`. Not supported on all platforms.
+    },
+    &quot;zypper&quot;: { # Zypper patching is performed by running `zypper patch`. See also https://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Zypper_manual. # Zypper update settings. Use this setting to override the default `zypper` patch rules.
+      &quot;categories&quot;: [ # Install only patches with these categories. Common categories include security, recommended, and feature.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;excludes&quot;: [ # List of patches to exclude from update.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;exclusivePatches&quot;: [ # An exclusive list of patches to be updated. These are the only patches that will be installed using &#x27;zypper patch patch:&#x27; command. This field must not be used with any other patch configuration fields.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;severities&quot;: [ # Install only patches with these severities. Common severities include critical, important, moderate, and low.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;withOptional&quot;: True or False, # Adds the `--with-optional` flag to `zypper patch`.
+      &quot;withUpdate&quot;: True or False, # Adds the `--with-update` flag, to `zypper patch`.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;recurringSchedule&quot;: { # Sets the time for recurring patch deployments. # Required. Schedule recurring executions.
+    &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The end time at which a recurring patch deployment schedule is no longer active.
+    &quot;frequency&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The frequency unit of this recurring schedule.
+    &quot;lastExecuteTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time the last patch job ran successfully.
+    &quot;monthly&quot;: { # Represents a monthly schedule. An example of a valid monthly schedule is &quot;on the third Tuesday of the month&quot; or &quot;on the 15th of the month&quot;. # Required. Schedule with monthly executions.
+      &quot;monthDay&quot;: 42, # Required. One day of the month. 1-31 indicates the 1st to the 31st day. -1 indicates the last day of the month. Months without the target day will be skipped. For example, a schedule to run &quot;every month on the 31st&quot; will not run in February, April, June, etc.
+      &quot;weekDayOfMonth&quot;: { # Represents one week day in a month. An example is &quot;the 4th Sunday&quot;. # Required. Week day in a month.
+        &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A day of the week.
+        &quot;weekOrdinal&quot;: 42, # Required. Week number in a month. 1-4 indicates the 1st to 4th week of the month. -1 indicates the last week of the month.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;nextExecuteTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time the next patch job is scheduled to run.
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The time that the recurring schedule becomes effective. Defaults to `create_time` of the patch deployment.
+    &quot;timeOfDay&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. Time of the day to run a recurring deployment.
+      &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+      &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+      &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+      &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+    },
+    &quot;timeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+    },
+    &quot;weekly&quot;: { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
+      &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Day of the week.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;rollout&quot;: { # Patch rollout configuration specifications. Contains details on the concurrency control when applying patch(es) to all targeted VMs. # Optional. Rollout strategy of the patch job.
+    &quot;disruptionBudget&quot;: { # Message encapsulating a value that can be either absolute (&quot;fixed&quot;) or relative (&quot;percent&quot;) to a value. # The maximum number (or percentage) of VMs per zone to disrupt at any given moment. The number of VMs calculated from multiplying the percentage by the total number of VMs in a zone is rounded up. During patching, a VM is considered disrupted from the time the agent is notified to begin until patching has completed. This disruption time includes the time to complete reboot and any post-patch steps. A VM contributes to the disruption budget if its patching operation fails either when applying the patches, running pre or post patch steps, or if it fails to respond with a success notification before timing out. VMs that are not running or do not have an active agent do not count toward this disruption budget. For zone-by-zone rollouts, if the disruption budget in a zone is exceeded, the patch job stops, because continuing to the next zone requires completion of the patch process in the previous zone. For example, if the disruption budget has a fixed value of `10`, and 8 VMs fail to patch in the current zone, the patch job continues to patch 2 VMs at a time until the zone is completed. When that zone is completed successfully, patching begins with 10 VMs at a time in the next zone. If 10 VMs in the next zone fail to patch, the patch job stops.
+      &quot;fixed&quot;: 42, # Specifies a fixed value.
+      &quot;percent&quot;: 42, # Specifies the relative value defined as a percentage, which will be multiplied by a reference value.
+    },
+    &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Mode of the patch rollout.
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the patch deployment was last updated. Timestamp is in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+}
+
+  updateMask: string, Optional. Field mask that controls which fields of the patch deployment should be updated.
+  x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
+    Allowed values
+      1 - v1 error format
+      2 - v2 error format
+
+Returns:
+  An object of the form:
+
+    { # Patch deployments are configurations that individual patch jobs use to complete a patch. These configurations include instance filter, package repository settings, and a schedule. For more information about creating and managing patch deployments, see [Scheduling patch jobs](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/os-patch-management/schedule-patch-jobs).
+  &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the patch deployment was created. Timestamp is in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+  &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the patch deployment. Length of the description is limited to 1024 characters.
+  &quot;duration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Duration of the patch. After the duration ends, the patch times out.
+  &quot;instanceFilter&quot;: { # A filter to target VM instances for patching. The targeted VMs must meet all criteria specified. So if both labels and zones are specified, the patch job targets only VMs with those labels and in those zones. # Required. VM instances to patch.
+    &quot;all&quot;: True or False, # Target all VM instances in the project. If true, no other criteria is permitted.
+    &quot;groupLabels&quot;: [ # Targets VM instances matching ANY of these GroupLabels. This allows targeting of disparate groups of VM instances.
+      { # Targets a group of VM instances by using their [assigned labels](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/labeling-resources). Labels are key-value pairs. A `GroupLabel` is a combination of labels that is used to target VMs for a patch job. For example, a patch job can target VMs that have the following `GroupLabel`: `{&quot;env&quot;:&quot;test&quot;, &quot;app&quot;:&quot;web&quot;}`. This means that the patch job is applied to VMs that have both the labels `env=test` and `app=web`.
+        &quot;labels&quot;: { # Compute Engine instance labels that must be present for a VM instance to be targeted by this filter.
+          &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
+        },
+      },
+    ],
+    &quot;instanceNamePrefixes&quot;: [ # Targets VMs whose name starts with one of these prefixes. Similar to labels, this is another way to group VMs when targeting configs, for example prefix=&quot;prod-&quot;.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;instances&quot;: [ # Targets any of the VM instances specified. Instances are specified by their URI in the form `zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME]`, `projects/[PROJECT_ID]/zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME]`, or `https://www.googleapis.com/compute/v1/projects/[PROJECT_ID]/zones/[ZONE]/instances/[INSTANCE_NAME]`
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+    &quot;zones&quot;: [ # Targets VM instances in ANY of these zones. Leave empty to target VM instances in any zone.
+      &quot;A String&quot;,
+    ],
+  },
+  &quot;lastExecuteTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The last time a patch job was started by this deployment. Timestamp is in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Unique name for the patch deployment resource in a project. The patch deployment name is in the form: `projects/{project_id}/patchDeployments/{patch_deployment_id}`. This field is ignored when you create a new patch deployment.
+  &quot;oneTimeSchedule&quot;: { # Sets the time for a one time patch deployment. Timestamp is in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format. # Required. Schedule a one-time execution.
+    &quot;executeTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The desired patch job execution time.
+  },
+  &quot;patchConfig&quot;: { # Patch configuration specifications. Contains details on how to apply the patch(es) to a VM instance. # Optional. Patch configuration that is applied.
+    &quot;apt&quot;: { # Apt patching is completed by executing `apt-get update &amp;&amp; apt-get upgrade`. Additional options can be set to control how this is executed. # Apt update settings. Use this setting to override the default `apt` patch rules.
+      &quot;excludes&quot;: [ # List of packages to exclude from update. These packages will be excluded
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;exclusivePackages&quot;: [ # An exclusive list of packages to be updated. These are the only packages that will be updated. If these packages are not installed, they will be ignored. This field cannot be specified with any other patch configuration fields.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # By changing the type to DIST, the patching is performed using `apt-get dist-upgrade` instead.
+    },
+    &quot;goo&quot;: { # Googet patching is performed by running `googet update`. # Goo update settings. Use this setting to override the default `goo` patch rules.
+    },
+    &quot;postStep&quot;: { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run after the patch update.
+      &quot;linuxExecStepConfig&quot;: { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
+        &quot;allowedSuccessCodes&quot;: [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
+          42,
+        ],
+        &quot;gcsObject&quot;: { # Cloud Storage object representation. # A Cloud Storage object containing the executable.
+          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+          &quot;generationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Generation number of the Cloud Storage object. This is used to ensure that the ExecStep specified by this PatchJob does not change.
+          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+        },
+        &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The script interpreter to use to run the script. If no interpreter is specified the script will be executed directly, which will likely only succeed for scripts with [shebang lines] (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shebang_\(Unix\)).
+        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An absolute path to the executable on the VM.
+      },
+      &quot;windowsExecStepConfig&quot;: { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Windows VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
+        &quot;allowedSuccessCodes&quot;: [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
+          42,
+        ],
+        &quot;gcsObject&quot;: { # Cloud Storage object representation. # A Cloud Storage object containing the executable.
+          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+          &quot;generationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Generation number of the Cloud Storage object. This is used to ensure that the ExecStep specified by this PatchJob does not change.
+          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+        },
+        &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The script interpreter to use to run the script. If no interpreter is specified the script will be executed directly, which will likely only succeed for scripts with [shebang lines] (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shebang_\(Unix\)).
+        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An absolute path to the executable on the VM.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;preStep&quot;: { # A step that runs an executable for a PatchJob. # The `ExecStep` to run before the patch update.
+      &quot;linuxExecStepConfig&quot;: { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Linux VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
+        &quot;allowedSuccessCodes&quot;: [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
+          42,
+        ],
+        &quot;gcsObject&quot;: { # Cloud Storage object representation. # A Cloud Storage object containing the executable.
+          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+          &quot;generationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Generation number of the Cloud Storage object. This is used to ensure that the ExecStep specified by this PatchJob does not change.
+          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+        },
+        &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The script interpreter to use to run the script. If no interpreter is specified the script will be executed directly, which will likely only succeed for scripts with [shebang lines] (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shebang_\(Unix\)).
+        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An absolute path to the executable on the VM.
+      },
+      &quot;windowsExecStepConfig&quot;: { # Common configurations for an ExecStep. # The ExecStepConfig for all Windows VMs targeted by the PatchJob.
+        &quot;allowedSuccessCodes&quot;: [ # Defaults to [0]. A list of possible return values that the execution can return to indicate a success.
+          42,
+        ],
+        &quot;gcsObject&quot;: { # Cloud Storage object representation. # A Cloud Storage object containing the executable.
+          &quot;bucket&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Bucket of the Cloud Storage object.
+          &quot;generationNumber&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Generation number of the Cloud Storage object. This is used to ensure that the ExecStep specified by this PatchJob does not change.
+          &quot;object&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Name of the Cloud Storage object.
+        },
+        &quot;interpreter&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The script interpreter to use to run the script. If no interpreter is specified the script will be executed directly, which will likely only succeed for scripts with [shebang lines] (https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Shebang_\(Unix\)).
+        &quot;localPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An absolute path to the executable on the VM.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;rebootConfig&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Post-patch reboot settings.
+    &quot;windowsUpdate&quot;: { # Windows patching is performed using the Windows Update Agent. # Windows update settings. Use this override the default windows patch rules.
+      &quot;classifications&quot;: [ # Only apply updates of these windows update classifications. If empty, all updates are applied.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;excludes&quot;: [ # List of KBs to exclude from update.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;exclusivePatches&quot;: [ # An exclusive list of kbs to be updated. These are the only patches that will be updated. This field must not be used with other patch configurations.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+    },
+    &quot;yum&quot;: { # Yum patching is performed by executing `yum update`. Additional options can be set to control how this is executed. Note that not all settings are supported on all platforms. # Yum update settings. Use this setting to override the default `yum` patch rules.
+      &quot;excludes&quot;: [ # List of packages to exclude from update. These packages are excluded by using the yum `--exclude` flag.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;exclusivePackages&quot;: [ # An exclusive list of packages to be updated. These are the only packages that will be updated. If these packages are not installed, they will be ignored. This field must not be specified with any other patch configuration fields.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;minimal&quot;: True or False, # Will cause patch to run `yum update-minimal` instead.
+      &quot;security&quot;: True or False, # Adds the `--security` flag to `yum update`. Not supported on all platforms.
+    },
+    &quot;zypper&quot;: { # Zypper patching is performed by running `zypper patch`. See also https://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Zypper_manual. # Zypper update settings. Use this setting to override the default `zypper` patch rules.
+      &quot;categories&quot;: [ # Install only patches with these categories. Common categories include security, recommended, and feature.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;excludes&quot;: [ # List of patches to exclude from update.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;exclusivePatches&quot;: [ # An exclusive list of patches to be updated. These are the only patches that will be installed using &#x27;zypper patch patch:&#x27; command. This field must not be used with any other patch configuration fields.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;severities&quot;: [ # Install only patches with these severities. Common severities include critical, important, moderate, and low.
+        &quot;A String&quot;,
+      ],
+      &quot;withOptional&quot;: True or False, # Adds the `--with-optional` flag to `zypper patch`.
+      &quot;withUpdate&quot;: True or False, # Adds the `--with-update` flag, to `zypper patch`.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;recurringSchedule&quot;: { # Sets the time for recurring patch deployments. # Required. Schedule recurring executions.
+    &quot;endTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The end time at which a recurring patch deployment schedule is no longer active.
+    &quot;frequency&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The frequency unit of this recurring schedule.
+    &quot;lastExecuteTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time the last patch job ran successfully.
+    &quot;monthly&quot;: { # Represents a monthly schedule. An example of a valid monthly schedule is &quot;on the third Tuesday of the month&quot; or &quot;on the 15th of the month&quot;. # Required. Schedule with monthly executions.
+      &quot;monthDay&quot;: 42, # Required. One day of the month. 1-31 indicates the 1st to the 31st day. -1 indicates the last day of the month. Months without the target day will be skipped. For example, a schedule to run &quot;every month on the 31st&quot; will not run in February, April, June, etc.
+      &quot;weekDayOfMonth&quot;: { # Represents one week day in a month. An example is &quot;the 4th Sunday&quot;. # Required. Week day in a month.
+        &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A day of the week.
+        &quot;weekOrdinal&quot;: 42, # Required. Week number in a month. 1-4 indicates the 1st to 4th week of the month. -1 indicates the last week of the month.
+      },
+    },
+    &quot;nextExecuteTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time the next patch job is scheduled to run.
+    &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The time that the recurring schedule becomes effective. Defaults to `create_time` of the patch deployment.
+    &quot;timeOfDay&quot;: { # Represents a time of day. The date and time zone are either not significant or are specified elsewhere. An API may choose to allow leap seconds. Related types are google.type.Date and `google.protobuf.Timestamp`. # Required. Time of the day to run a recurring deployment.
+      &quot;hours&quot;: 42, # Hours of day in 24 hour format. Should be from 0 to 23. An API may choose to allow the value &quot;24:00:00&quot; for scenarios like business closing time.
+      &quot;minutes&quot;: 42, # Minutes of hour of day. Must be from 0 to 59.
+      &quot;nanos&quot;: 42, # Fractions of seconds in nanoseconds. Must be from 0 to 999,999,999.
+      &quot;seconds&quot;: 42, # Seconds of minutes of the time. Must normally be from 0 to 59. An API may allow the value 60 if it allows leap-seconds.
+    },
+    &quot;timeZone&quot;: { # Represents a time zone from the [IANA Time Zone Database](https://www.iana.org/time-zones). # Required. Defines the time zone that `time_of_day` is relative to. The rules for daylight saving time are determined by the chosen time zone.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # IANA Time Zone Database time zone, e.g. &quot;America/New_York&quot;.
+      &quot;version&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. IANA Time Zone Database version number, e.g. &quot;2019a&quot;.
+    },
+    &quot;weekly&quot;: { # Represents a weekly schedule. # Required. Schedule with weekly executions.
+      &quot;dayOfWeek&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Day of the week.
+    },
+  },
+  &quot;rollout&quot;: { # Patch rollout configuration specifications. Contains details on the concurrency control when applying patch(es) to all targeted VMs. # Optional. Rollout strategy of the patch job.
+    &quot;disruptionBudget&quot;: { # Message encapsulating a value that can be either absolute (&quot;fixed&quot;) or relative (&quot;percent&quot;) to a value. # The maximum number (or percentage) of VMs per zone to disrupt at any given moment. The number of VMs calculated from multiplying the percentage by the total number of VMs in a zone is rounded up. During patching, a VM is considered disrupted from the time the agent is notified to begin until patching has completed. This disruption time includes the time to complete reboot and any post-patch steps. A VM contributes to the disruption budget if its patching operation fails either when applying the patches, running pre or post patch steps, or if it fails to respond with a success notification before timing out. VMs that are not running or do not have an active agent do not count toward this disruption budget. For zone-by-zone rollouts, if the disruption budget in a zone is exceeded, the patch job stops, because continuing to the next zone requires completion of the patch process in the previous zone. For example, if the disruption budget has a fixed value of `10`, and 8 VMs fail to patch in the current zone, the patch job continues to patch 2 VMs at a time until the zone is completed. When that zone is completed successfully, patching begins with 10 VMs at a time in the next zone. If 10 VMs in the next zone fail to patch, the patch job stops.
+      &quot;fixed&quot;: 42, # Specifies a fixed value.
+      &quot;percent&quot;: 42, # Specifies the relative value defined as a percentage, which will be multiplied by a reference value.
+    },
+    &quot;mode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Mode of the patch rollout.
+  },
+  &quot;updateTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Time the patch deployment was last updated. Timestamp is in [RFC3339](https://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc3339.txt) text format.
+}</pre>
+</div>
+
 </body></html>
\ No newline at end of file
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.html
index 31b341c..4ddabb6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
             &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
           { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
             &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
             &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
           { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
             &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.results.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.results.html
index 96fa723..ed9569a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.folders.locations.replays.results.html
@@ -109,16 +109,16 @@
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that you can use to retrieve the next page of ReplayResult objects. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;replayResults&quot;: [ # The results of running a Replay.
     { # The result of replaying a single access tuple against a simulated state.
-      &quot;accessTuple&quot;: { # Information about the member, resource, and permission to check. # The access tuple that was replayed. This field includes information about the member, resource, and permission that were involved in the access attempt.
+      &quot;accessTuple&quot;: { # Information about the principal, resource, and permission to check. # The access tuple that was replayed. This field includes information about the principal, resource, and permission that were involved in the access attempt.
         &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-        &quot;permission&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The IAM permission to check for the specified member and resource. For a complete list of IAM permissions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/permissions/reference. For a complete list of predefined IAM roles and the permissions in each role, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/roles/reference.
-        &quot;principal&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The member, or principal, whose access you want to check, in the form of the email address that represents that member. For example, `alice@example.com` or `my-service-account@my-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. The member must be a Google Account or a service account. Other types of members are not supported.
+        &quot;permission&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The IAM permission to check for the specified principal and resource. For a complete list of IAM permissions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/permissions/reference. For a complete list of predefined IAM roles and the permissions in each role, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/roles/reference.
+        &quot;principal&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The principal whose access you want to check, in the form of the email address that represents that principal. For example, `alice@example.com` or `my-service-account@my-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. The principal must be a Google Account or a service account. Other types of principals are not supported.
       },
-      &quot;diff&quot;: { # The difference between the results of evaluating an access tuple under the current (baseline) policies and under the proposed (simulated) policies. This difference explains how a member&#x27;s access could change if the proposed policies were applied. # The difference between the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the member&#x27;s access under the proposed (simulated) policies. This field is only included for access tuples that were successfully replayed and had different results under the current policies and the proposed policies.
-        &quot;accessDiff&quot;: { # A summary and comparison of the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. # A summary and comparison of the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. The evaluation of the member&#x27;s access is reported in the AccessState field.
-          &quot;accessChange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How the member&#x27;s access, specified in the AccessState field, changed between the current (baseline) policies and proposed (simulated) policies.
+      &quot;diff&quot;: { # The difference between the results of evaluating an access tuple under the current (baseline) policies and under the proposed (simulated) policies. This difference explains how a principal&#x27;s access could change if the proposed policies were applied. # The difference between the principal&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the principal&#x27;s access under the proposed (simulated) policies. This field is only included for access tuples that were successfully replayed and had different results under the current policies and the proposed policies.
+        &quot;accessDiff&quot;: { # A summary and comparison of the principal&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. # A summary and comparison of the principal&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. The evaluation of the principal&#x27;s access is reported in the AccessState field.
+          &quot;accessChange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How the principal&#x27;s access, specified in the AccessState field, changed between the current (baseline) policies and proposed (simulated) policies.
           &quot;baseline&quot;: { # Details about how a set of policies, listed in ExplainedPolicy, resulted in a certain AccessState when replaying an access tuple. # The results of evaluating the access tuple under the current (baseline) policies. If the AccessState couldn&#x27;t be fully evaluated, this field explains why.
-            &quot;accessState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether the member in the access tuple has permission to access the resource in the access tuple under the given policies.
+            &quot;accessState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether the principal in the access tuple has permission to access the resource in the access tuple under the given policies.
             &quot;errors&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains a list of errors explaining why the result is `UNKNOWN`. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
                 &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
@@ -132,20 +132,20 @@
             ],
             &quot;policies&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains the policies that led to that result. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # Details about how a specific IAM Policy contributed to the access check.
-                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
-                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the member&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
-                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a member&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
-                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the principal&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
+                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a principal&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
+                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
                     &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition expression that prevents this binding from granting access unless the expression evaluates to `true`. To learn about IAM Conditions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview.
                       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
                       &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
                       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
                       &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
                     },
-                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each member in the binding includes the member specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a member in the binding, and each value indicates whether the member in the binding includes the member in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following members: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The member in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a member of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first member in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second member in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the member&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
+                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each principal in the binding includes the principal specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a principal in the binding, and each value indicates whether the principal in the binding includes the principal in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following principals: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The principal in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a principal of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first principal in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second principal in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the principal&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
                       },
                     },
                     &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of this binding to the overall determination for the entire policy.
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
                       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
                     },
                   ],
-                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
                     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
                       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
                         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
             ],
           },
           &quot;simulated&quot;: { # Details about how a set of policies, listed in ExplainedPolicy, resulted in a certain AccessState when replaying an access tuple. # The results of evaluating the access tuple under the proposed (simulated) policies. If the AccessState couldn&#x27;t be fully evaluated, this field explains why.
-            &quot;accessState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether the member in the access tuple has permission to access the resource in the access tuple under the given policies.
+            &quot;accessState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether the principal in the access tuple has permission to access the resource in the access tuple under the given policies.
             &quot;errors&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains a list of errors explaining why the result is `UNKNOWN`. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
                 &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
@@ -205,20 +205,20 @@
             ],
             &quot;policies&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains the policies that led to that result. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # Details about how a specific IAM Policy contributed to the access check.
-                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
-                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the member&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
-                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a member&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
-                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the principal&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
+                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a principal&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
+                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
                     &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition expression that prevents this binding from granting access unless the expression evaluates to `true`. To learn about IAM Conditions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview.
                       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
                       &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
                       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
                       &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
                     },
-                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each member in the binding includes the member specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a member in the binding, and each value indicates whether the member in the binding includes the member in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following members: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The member in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a member of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first member in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second member in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the member&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
+                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each principal in the binding includes the principal specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a principal in the binding, and each value indicates whether the principal in the binding includes the principal in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following principals: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The principal in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a principal of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first principal in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second principal in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the principal&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
                       },
                     },
                     &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of this binding to the overall determination for the entire policy.
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
                       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
                     },
                   ],
-                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
                     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
                       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
                         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.replays.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.replays.html
index 4c03308..d22fdef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.replays.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.replays.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
             &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
           { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
             &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
             &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
           { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
             &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.replays.results.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.replays.results.html
index b64b884..961a6ef 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.replays.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.organizations.locations.replays.results.html
@@ -109,16 +109,16 @@
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that you can use to retrieve the next page of ReplayResult objects. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;replayResults&quot;: [ # The results of running a Replay.
     { # The result of replaying a single access tuple against a simulated state.
-      &quot;accessTuple&quot;: { # Information about the member, resource, and permission to check. # The access tuple that was replayed. This field includes information about the member, resource, and permission that were involved in the access attempt.
+      &quot;accessTuple&quot;: { # Information about the principal, resource, and permission to check. # The access tuple that was replayed. This field includes information about the principal, resource, and permission that were involved in the access attempt.
         &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-        &quot;permission&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The IAM permission to check for the specified member and resource. For a complete list of IAM permissions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/permissions/reference. For a complete list of predefined IAM roles and the permissions in each role, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/roles/reference.
-        &quot;principal&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The member, or principal, whose access you want to check, in the form of the email address that represents that member. For example, `alice@example.com` or `my-service-account@my-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. The member must be a Google Account or a service account. Other types of members are not supported.
+        &quot;permission&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The IAM permission to check for the specified principal and resource. For a complete list of IAM permissions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/permissions/reference. For a complete list of predefined IAM roles and the permissions in each role, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/roles/reference.
+        &quot;principal&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The principal whose access you want to check, in the form of the email address that represents that principal. For example, `alice@example.com` or `my-service-account@my-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. The principal must be a Google Account or a service account. Other types of principals are not supported.
       },
-      &quot;diff&quot;: { # The difference between the results of evaluating an access tuple under the current (baseline) policies and under the proposed (simulated) policies. This difference explains how a member&#x27;s access could change if the proposed policies were applied. # The difference between the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the member&#x27;s access under the proposed (simulated) policies. This field is only included for access tuples that were successfully replayed and had different results under the current policies and the proposed policies.
-        &quot;accessDiff&quot;: { # A summary and comparison of the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. # A summary and comparison of the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. The evaluation of the member&#x27;s access is reported in the AccessState field.
-          &quot;accessChange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How the member&#x27;s access, specified in the AccessState field, changed between the current (baseline) policies and proposed (simulated) policies.
+      &quot;diff&quot;: { # The difference between the results of evaluating an access tuple under the current (baseline) policies and under the proposed (simulated) policies. This difference explains how a principal&#x27;s access could change if the proposed policies were applied. # The difference between the principal&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the principal&#x27;s access under the proposed (simulated) policies. This field is only included for access tuples that were successfully replayed and had different results under the current policies and the proposed policies.
+        &quot;accessDiff&quot;: { # A summary and comparison of the principal&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. # A summary and comparison of the principal&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. The evaluation of the principal&#x27;s access is reported in the AccessState field.
+          &quot;accessChange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How the principal&#x27;s access, specified in the AccessState field, changed between the current (baseline) policies and proposed (simulated) policies.
           &quot;baseline&quot;: { # Details about how a set of policies, listed in ExplainedPolicy, resulted in a certain AccessState when replaying an access tuple. # The results of evaluating the access tuple under the current (baseline) policies. If the AccessState couldn&#x27;t be fully evaluated, this field explains why.
-            &quot;accessState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether the member in the access tuple has permission to access the resource in the access tuple under the given policies.
+            &quot;accessState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether the principal in the access tuple has permission to access the resource in the access tuple under the given policies.
             &quot;errors&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains a list of errors explaining why the result is `UNKNOWN`. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
                 &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
@@ -132,20 +132,20 @@
             ],
             &quot;policies&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains the policies that led to that result. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # Details about how a specific IAM Policy contributed to the access check.
-                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
-                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the member&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
-                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a member&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
-                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the principal&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
+                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a principal&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
+                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
                     &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition expression that prevents this binding from granting access unless the expression evaluates to `true`. To learn about IAM Conditions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview.
                       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
                       &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
                       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
                       &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
                     },
-                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each member in the binding includes the member specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a member in the binding, and each value indicates whether the member in the binding includes the member in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following members: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The member in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a member of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first member in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second member in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the member&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
+                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each principal in the binding includes the principal specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a principal in the binding, and each value indicates whether the principal in the binding includes the principal in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following principals: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The principal in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a principal of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first principal in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second principal in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the principal&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
                       },
                     },
                     &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of this binding to the overall determination for the entire policy.
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
                       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
                     },
                   ],
-                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
                     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
                       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
                         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
             ],
           },
           &quot;simulated&quot;: { # Details about how a set of policies, listed in ExplainedPolicy, resulted in a certain AccessState when replaying an access tuple. # The results of evaluating the access tuple under the proposed (simulated) policies. If the AccessState couldn&#x27;t be fully evaluated, this field explains why.
-            &quot;accessState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether the member in the access tuple has permission to access the resource in the access tuple under the given policies.
+            &quot;accessState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether the principal in the access tuple has permission to access the resource in the access tuple under the given policies.
             &quot;errors&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains a list of errors explaining why the result is `UNKNOWN`. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
                 &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
@@ -205,20 +205,20 @@
             ],
             &quot;policies&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains the policies that led to that result. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # Details about how a specific IAM Policy contributed to the access check.
-                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
-                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the member&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
-                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a member&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
-                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the principal&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
+                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a principal&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
+                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
                     &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition expression that prevents this binding from granting access unless the expression evaluates to `true`. To learn about IAM Conditions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview.
                       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
                       &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
                       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
                       &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
                     },
-                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each member in the binding includes the member specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a member in the binding, and each value indicates whether the member in the binding includes the member in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following members: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The member in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a member of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first member in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second member in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the member&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
+                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each principal in the binding includes the principal specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a principal in the binding, and each value indicates whether the principal in the binding includes the principal in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following principals: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The principal in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a principal of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first principal in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second principal in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the principal&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
                       },
                     },
                     &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of this binding to the overall determination for the entire policy.
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
                       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
                     },
                   ],
-                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
                     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
                       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
                         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.html
index ad9f8bb..5aa4786 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
             &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
           { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
             &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
             &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
           { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
             &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.results.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.results.html
index 2be1b57..909f781 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1.projects.locations.replays.results.html
@@ -109,16 +109,16 @@
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that you can use to retrieve the next page of ReplayResult objects. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;replayResults&quot;: [ # The results of running a Replay.
     { # The result of replaying a single access tuple against a simulated state.
-      &quot;accessTuple&quot;: { # Information about the member, resource, and permission to check. # The access tuple that was replayed. This field includes information about the member, resource, and permission that were involved in the access attempt.
+      &quot;accessTuple&quot;: { # Information about the principal, resource, and permission to check. # The access tuple that was replayed. This field includes information about the principal, resource, and permission that were involved in the access attempt.
         &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-        &quot;permission&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The IAM permission to check for the specified member and resource. For a complete list of IAM permissions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/permissions/reference. For a complete list of predefined IAM roles and the permissions in each role, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/roles/reference.
-        &quot;principal&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The member, or principal, whose access you want to check, in the form of the email address that represents that member. For example, `alice@example.com` or `my-service-account@my-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. The member must be a Google Account or a service account. Other types of members are not supported.
+        &quot;permission&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The IAM permission to check for the specified principal and resource. For a complete list of IAM permissions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/permissions/reference. For a complete list of predefined IAM roles and the permissions in each role, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/roles/reference.
+        &quot;principal&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The principal whose access you want to check, in the form of the email address that represents that principal. For example, `alice@example.com` or `my-service-account@my-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. The principal must be a Google Account or a service account. Other types of principals are not supported.
       },
-      &quot;diff&quot;: { # The difference between the results of evaluating an access tuple under the current (baseline) policies and under the proposed (simulated) policies. This difference explains how a member&#x27;s access could change if the proposed policies were applied. # The difference between the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the member&#x27;s access under the proposed (simulated) policies. This field is only included for access tuples that were successfully replayed and had different results under the current policies and the proposed policies.
-        &quot;accessDiff&quot;: { # A summary and comparison of the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. # A summary and comparison of the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. The evaluation of the member&#x27;s access is reported in the AccessState field.
-          &quot;accessChange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How the member&#x27;s access, specified in the AccessState field, changed between the current (baseline) policies and proposed (simulated) policies.
+      &quot;diff&quot;: { # The difference between the results of evaluating an access tuple under the current (baseline) policies and under the proposed (simulated) policies. This difference explains how a principal&#x27;s access could change if the proposed policies were applied. # The difference between the principal&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the principal&#x27;s access under the proposed (simulated) policies. This field is only included for access tuples that were successfully replayed and had different results under the current policies and the proposed policies.
+        &quot;accessDiff&quot;: { # A summary and comparison of the principal&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. # A summary and comparison of the principal&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. The evaluation of the principal&#x27;s access is reported in the AccessState field.
+          &quot;accessChange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # How the principal&#x27;s access, specified in the AccessState field, changed between the current (baseline) policies and proposed (simulated) policies.
           &quot;baseline&quot;: { # Details about how a set of policies, listed in ExplainedPolicy, resulted in a certain AccessState when replaying an access tuple. # The results of evaluating the access tuple under the current (baseline) policies. If the AccessState couldn&#x27;t be fully evaluated, this field explains why.
-            &quot;accessState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether the member in the access tuple has permission to access the resource in the access tuple under the given policies.
+            &quot;accessState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether the principal in the access tuple has permission to access the resource in the access tuple under the given policies.
             &quot;errors&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains a list of errors explaining why the result is `UNKNOWN`. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
                 &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
@@ -132,20 +132,20 @@
             ],
             &quot;policies&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains the policies that led to that result. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # Details about how a specific IAM Policy contributed to the access check.
-                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
-                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the member&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
-                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a member&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
-                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the principal&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
+                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a principal&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
+                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
                     &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition expression that prevents this binding from granting access unless the expression evaluates to `true`. To learn about IAM Conditions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview.
                       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
                       &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
                       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
                       &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
                     },
-                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each member in the binding includes the member specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a member in the binding, and each value indicates whether the member in the binding includes the member in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following members: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The member in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a member of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first member in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second member in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the member&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
+                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each principal in the binding includes the principal specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a principal in the binding, and each value indicates whether the principal in the binding includes the principal in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following principals: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The principal in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a principal of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first principal in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second principal in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the principal&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
                       },
                     },
                     &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of this binding to the overall determination for the entire policy.
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
                       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
                     },
                   ],
-                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
                     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
                       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
                         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@
             ],
           },
           &quot;simulated&quot;: { # Details about how a set of policies, listed in ExplainedPolicy, resulted in a certain AccessState when replaying an access tuple. # The results of evaluating the access tuple under the proposed (simulated) policies. If the AccessState couldn&#x27;t be fully evaluated, this field explains why.
-            &quot;accessState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether the member in the access tuple has permission to access the resource in the access tuple under the given policies.
+            &quot;accessState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Whether the principal in the access tuple has permission to access the resource in the access tuple under the given policies.
             &quot;errors&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains a list of errors explaining why the result is `UNKNOWN`. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # The `Status` type defines a logical error model that is suitable for different programming environments, including REST APIs and RPC APIs. It is used by [gRPC](https://github.com/grpc). Each `Status` message contains three pieces of data: error code, error message, and error details. You can find out more about this error model and how to work with it in the [API Design Guide](https://cloud.google.com/apis/design/errors).
                 &quot;code&quot;: 42, # The status code, which should be an enum value of google.rpc.Code.
@@ -205,20 +205,20 @@
             ],
             &quot;policies&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains the policies that led to that result. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # Details about how a specific IAM Policy contributed to the access check.
-                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
-                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the member&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
-                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a member&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
-                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the principal&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
+                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a principal&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
+                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
                     &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition expression that prevents this binding from granting access unless the expression evaluates to `true`. To learn about IAM Conditions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview.
                       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
                       &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
                       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
                       &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
                     },
-                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each member in the binding includes the member specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a member in the binding, and each value indicates whether the member in the binding includes the member in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following members: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The member in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a member of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first member in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second member in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the member&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
+                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each principal in the binding includes the principal specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a principal in the binding, and each value indicates whether the principal in the binding includes the principal in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following principals: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The principal in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a principal of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first principal in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second principal in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the principal&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
                       },
                     },
                     &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of this binding to the overall determination for the entire policy.
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
                       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
                     },
                   ],
-                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
                     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
                       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
                         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.html
index b944442..4f0ba76 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
             &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
           { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
             &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
             &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
           { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
             &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.results.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.results.html
index af72c1e..da00c71 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.folders.locations.replays.results.html
@@ -109,10 +109,10 @@
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that you can use to retrieve the next page of ReplayResult objects. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;replayResults&quot;: [ # The results of running a Replay.
     { # The result of replaying a single access tuple against a simulated state.
-      &quot;accessTuple&quot;: { # Information about the member, resource, and permission to check. # The access tuple that was replayed. This field includes information about the member, resource, and permission that were involved in the access attempt.
+      &quot;accessTuple&quot;: { # Information about the principal, resource, and permission to check. # The access tuple that was replayed. This field includes information about the member, resource, and permission that were involved in the access attempt.
         &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-        &quot;permission&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The IAM permission to check for the specified member and resource. For a complete list of IAM permissions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/permissions/reference. For a complete list of predefined IAM roles and the permissions in each role, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/roles/reference.
-        &quot;principal&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The member, or principal, whose access you want to check, in the form of the email address that represents that member. For example, `alice@example.com` or `my-service-account@my-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. The member must be a Google Account or a service account. Other types of members are not supported.
+        &quot;permission&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The IAM permission to check for the specified principal and resource. For a complete list of IAM permissions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/permissions/reference. For a complete list of predefined IAM roles and the permissions in each role, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/roles/reference.
+        &quot;principal&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The principal whose access you want to check, in the form of the email address that represents that principal. For example, `alice@example.com` or `my-service-account@my-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. The principal must be a Google Account or a service account. Other types of principals are not supported.
       },
       &quot;diff&quot;: { # The difference between the results of evaluating an access tuple under the current (baseline) policies and under the proposed (simulated) policies. This difference explains how a member&#x27;s access could change if the proposed policies were applied. # The difference between the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the member&#x27;s access under the proposed (simulated) policies. This field is only included for access tuples that were successfully replayed and had different results under the current policies and the proposed policies.
         &quot;accessDiff&quot;: { # A summary and comparison of the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. # A summary and comparison of the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. The evaluation of the member&#x27;s access is reported in the AccessState field.
@@ -132,20 +132,20 @@
             ],
             &quot;policies&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains the policies that led to that result. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # Details about how a specific IAM Policy contributed to the access check.
-                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
-                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the member&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
-                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a member&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
-                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the principal&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
+                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a principal&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
+                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
                     &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition expression that prevents this binding from granting access unless the expression evaluates to `true`. To learn about IAM Conditions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview.
                       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
                       &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
                       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
                       &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
                     },
-                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each member in the binding includes the member specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a member in the binding, and each value indicates whether the member in the binding includes the member in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following members: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The member in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a member of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first member in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second member in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the member&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
+                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each principal in the binding includes the principal specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a principal in the binding, and each value indicates whether the principal in the binding includes the principal in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following principals: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The principal in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a principal of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first principal in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second principal in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the principal&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
                       },
                     },
                     &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of this binding to the overall determination for the entire policy.
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
                       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
                     },
                   ],
-                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
                     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
                       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
                         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -205,20 +205,20 @@
             ],
             &quot;policies&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains the policies that led to that result. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # Details about how a specific IAM Policy contributed to the access check.
-                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
-                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the member&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
-                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a member&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
-                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the principal&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
+                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a principal&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
+                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
                     &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition expression that prevents this binding from granting access unless the expression evaluates to `true`. To learn about IAM Conditions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview.
                       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
                       &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
                       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
                       &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
                     },
-                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each member in the binding includes the member specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a member in the binding, and each value indicates whether the member in the binding includes the member in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following members: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The member in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a member of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first member in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second member in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the member&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
+                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each principal in the binding includes the principal specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a principal in the binding, and each value indicates whether the principal in the binding includes the principal in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following principals: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The principal in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a principal of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first principal in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second principal in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the principal&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
                       },
                     },
                     &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of this binding to the overall determination for the entire policy.
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
                       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
                     },
                   ],
-                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
                     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
                       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
                         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.organizations.locations.replays.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.organizations.locations.replays.html
index 7453406..da30cca 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.organizations.locations.replays.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.organizations.locations.replays.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
             &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
           { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
             &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
             &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
           { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
             &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.organizations.locations.replays.results.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.organizations.locations.replays.results.html
index a13fd9e..b19bbeb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.organizations.locations.replays.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.organizations.locations.replays.results.html
@@ -109,10 +109,10 @@
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that you can use to retrieve the next page of ReplayResult objects. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;replayResults&quot;: [ # The results of running a Replay.
     { # The result of replaying a single access tuple against a simulated state.
-      &quot;accessTuple&quot;: { # Information about the member, resource, and permission to check. # The access tuple that was replayed. This field includes information about the member, resource, and permission that were involved in the access attempt.
+      &quot;accessTuple&quot;: { # Information about the principal, resource, and permission to check. # The access tuple that was replayed. This field includes information about the member, resource, and permission that were involved in the access attempt.
         &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-        &quot;permission&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The IAM permission to check for the specified member and resource. For a complete list of IAM permissions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/permissions/reference. For a complete list of predefined IAM roles and the permissions in each role, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/roles/reference.
-        &quot;principal&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The member, or principal, whose access you want to check, in the form of the email address that represents that member. For example, `alice@example.com` or `my-service-account@my-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. The member must be a Google Account or a service account. Other types of members are not supported.
+        &quot;permission&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The IAM permission to check for the specified principal and resource. For a complete list of IAM permissions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/permissions/reference. For a complete list of predefined IAM roles and the permissions in each role, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/roles/reference.
+        &quot;principal&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The principal whose access you want to check, in the form of the email address that represents that principal. For example, `alice@example.com` or `my-service-account@my-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. The principal must be a Google Account or a service account. Other types of principals are not supported.
       },
       &quot;diff&quot;: { # The difference between the results of evaluating an access tuple under the current (baseline) policies and under the proposed (simulated) policies. This difference explains how a member&#x27;s access could change if the proposed policies were applied. # The difference between the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the member&#x27;s access under the proposed (simulated) policies. This field is only included for access tuples that were successfully replayed and had different results under the current policies and the proposed policies.
         &quot;accessDiff&quot;: { # A summary and comparison of the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. # A summary and comparison of the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. The evaluation of the member&#x27;s access is reported in the AccessState field.
@@ -132,20 +132,20 @@
             ],
             &quot;policies&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains the policies that led to that result. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # Details about how a specific IAM Policy contributed to the access check.
-                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
-                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the member&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
-                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a member&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
-                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the principal&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
+                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a principal&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
+                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
                     &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition expression that prevents this binding from granting access unless the expression evaluates to `true`. To learn about IAM Conditions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview.
                       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
                       &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
                       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
                       &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
                     },
-                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each member in the binding includes the member specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a member in the binding, and each value indicates whether the member in the binding includes the member in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following members: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The member in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a member of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first member in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second member in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the member&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
+                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each principal in the binding includes the principal specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a principal in the binding, and each value indicates whether the principal in the binding includes the principal in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following principals: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The principal in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a principal of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first principal in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second principal in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the principal&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
                       },
                     },
                     &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of this binding to the overall determination for the entire policy.
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
                       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
                     },
                   ],
-                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
                     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
                       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
                         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -205,20 +205,20 @@
             ],
             &quot;policies&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains the policies that led to that result. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # Details about how a specific IAM Policy contributed to the access check.
-                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
-                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the member&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
-                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a member&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
-                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the principal&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
+                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a principal&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
+                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
                     &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition expression that prevents this binding from granting access unless the expression evaluates to `true`. To learn about IAM Conditions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview.
                       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
                       &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
                       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
                       &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
                     },
-                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each member in the binding includes the member specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a member in the binding, and each value indicates whether the member in the binding includes the member in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following members: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The member in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a member of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first member in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second member in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the member&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
+                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each principal in the binding includes the principal specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a principal in the binding, and each value indicates whether the principal in the binding includes the principal in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following principals: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The principal in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a principal of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first principal in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second principal in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the principal&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
                       },
                     },
                     &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of this binding to the overall determination for the entire policy.
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
                       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
                     },
                   ],
-                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
                     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
                       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
                         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.html
index 7c2a44c..02068c9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.html
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@
             &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
           { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
             &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@
             &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
           { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
             &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.results.html b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.results.html
index bb12d65..ca93e9e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.results.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policysimulator_v1beta1.projects.locations.replays.results.html
@@ -109,10 +109,10 @@
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # A token that you can use to retrieve the next page of ReplayResult objects. If this field is omitted, there are no subsequent pages.
   &quot;replayResults&quot;: [ # The results of running a Replay.
     { # The result of replaying a single access tuple against a simulated state.
-      &quot;accessTuple&quot;: { # Information about the member, resource, and permission to check. # The access tuple that was replayed. This field includes information about the member, resource, and permission that were involved in the access attempt.
+      &quot;accessTuple&quot;: { # Information about the principal, resource, and permission to check. # The access tuple that was replayed. This field includes information about the member, resource, and permission that were involved in the access attempt.
         &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-        &quot;permission&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The IAM permission to check for the specified member and resource. For a complete list of IAM permissions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/permissions/reference. For a complete list of predefined IAM roles and the permissions in each role, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/roles/reference.
-        &quot;principal&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The member, or principal, whose access you want to check, in the form of the email address that represents that member. For example, `alice@example.com` or `my-service-account@my-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. The member must be a Google Account or a service account. Other types of members are not supported.
+        &quot;permission&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The IAM permission to check for the specified principal and resource. For a complete list of IAM permissions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/permissions/reference. For a complete list of predefined IAM roles and the permissions in each role, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/roles/reference.
+        &quot;principal&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The principal whose access you want to check, in the form of the email address that represents that principal. For example, `alice@example.com` or `my-service-account@my-project.iam.gserviceaccount.com`. The principal must be a Google Account or a service account. Other types of principals are not supported.
       },
       &quot;diff&quot;: { # The difference between the results of evaluating an access tuple under the current (baseline) policies and under the proposed (simulated) policies. This difference explains how a member&#x27;s access could change if the proposed policies were applied. # The difference between the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the member&#x27;s access under the proposed (simulated) policies. This field is only included for access tuples that were successfully replayed and had different results under the current policies and the proposed policies.
         &quot;accessDiff&quot;: { # A summary and comparison of the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. # A summary and comparison of the member&#x27;s access under the current (baseline) policies and the proposed (simulated) policies for a single access tuple. The evaluation of the member&#x27;s access is reported in the AccessState field.
@@ -132,20 +132,20 @@
             ],
             &quot;policies&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains the policies that led to that result. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # Details about how a specific IAM Policy contributed to the access check.
-                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
-                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the member&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
-                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a member&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
-                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the principal&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
+                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a principal&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
+                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
                     &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition expression that prevents this binding from granting access unless the expression evaluates to `true`. To learn about IAM Conditions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview.
                       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
                       &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
                       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
                       &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
                     },
-                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each member in the binding includes the member specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a member in the binding, and each value indicates whether the member in the binding includes the member in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following members: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The member in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a member of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first member in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second member in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the member&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
+                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each principal in the binding includes the principal specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a principal in the binding, and each value indicates whether the principal in the binding includes the principal in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following principals: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The principal in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a principal of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first principal in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second principal in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the principal&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
                       },
                     },
                     &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of this binding to the overall determination for the entire policy.
@@ -169,7 +169,7 @@
                       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
                     },
                   ],
-                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
                     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
                       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
                         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -205,20 +205,20 @@
             ],
             &quot;policies&quot;: [ # If the AccessState is `UNKNOWN`, this field contains the policies that led to that result. If the `AccessState` is `GRANTED` or `NOT_GRANTED`, this field is omitted.
               { # Details about how a specific IAM Policy contributed to the access check.
-                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
-                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the member&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
-                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a member&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
-                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this policy_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another policy that overrides this policy. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
+                &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the principal&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the user who created the Replay does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
+                  { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a principal&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
+                    &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
                     &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition expression that prevents this binding from granting access unless the expression evaluates to `true`. To learn about IAM Conditions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/conditions-overview.
                       &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
                       &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
                       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
                       &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
                     },
-                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each member in the binding includes the member specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a member in the binding, and each value indicates whether the member in the binding includes the member in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following members: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The member in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a member of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first member in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second member in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the member.
-                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the member&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
+                    &quot;memberships&quot;: { # Indicates whether each principal in the binding includes the principal specified in the request, either directly or indirectly. Each key identifies a principal in the binding, and each value indicates whether the principal in the binding includes the principal in the request. For example, suppose that a binding includes the following principals: * `user:alice@example.com` * `group:product-eng@example.com` The principal in the replayed access tuple is `user:bob@example.com`. This user is a principal of the group `group:product-eng@example.com`. For the first principal in the binding, the key is `user:alice@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_NOT_INCLUDED`. For the second principal in the binding, the key is `group:product-eng@example.com`, and the `membership` field in the value is set to `MEMBERSHIP_INCLUDED`.
+                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Details about whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;membership&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether the binding includes the principal.
+                        &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of the principal&#x27;s status to the overall determination for the binding.
                       },
                     },
                     &quot;relevance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relevance of this binding to the overall determination for the entire policy.
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@
                       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
                     },
                   ],
-                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+                  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
                     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
                       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
                         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1.iam.html b/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1.iam.html
index 56a64c1..5e8da05 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1.iam.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1.iam.html
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
       &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the principal&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the sender of the request does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
         { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a principal&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
           &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified principal for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the principal actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the principal actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
-          &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition expression that prevents this binding from granting access unless the expression evaluates to `true`. To learn about IAM Conditions, see http://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/overview.
+          &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition expression that prevents this binding from granting access unless the expression evaluates to `true`. To learn about IAM Conditions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/overview.
             &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
             &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
             &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. If the sender of the request does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-      &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the sender of the request does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
+      &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the sender of the request does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -151,18 +151,18 @@
             &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-          { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-            &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+          { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+            &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
               &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
               &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
               &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
             },
-            &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+            &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
-            &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+            &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
           },
         ],
         &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1beta.iam.html b/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1beta.iam.html
index 4dda52d..ea58a47 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1beta.iam.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/policytroubleshooter_v1beta.iam.html
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@
       &quot;bindingExplanations&quot;: [ # Details about how each binding in the policy affects the member&#x27;s ability, or inability, to use the permission for the resource. If the sender of the request does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted.
         { # Details about how a binding in a policy affects a member&#x27;s ability to use a permission.
           &quot;access&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Indicates whether _this binding_ provides the specified permission to the specified member for the specified resource. This field does _not_ indicate whether the member actually has the permission for the resource. There might be another binding that overrides this binding. To determine whether the member actually has the permission, use the `access` field in the TroubleshootIamPolicyResponse.
-          &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition expression that prevents access unless the expression evaluates to `true`. To learn about IAM Conditions, see http://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/overview.
+          &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # A condition expression that prevents access unless the expression evaluates to `true`. To learn about IAM Conditions, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/overview.
             &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
             &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
             &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;fullResourceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full resource name that identifies the resource. For example, `//compute.googleapis.com/projects/my-project/zones/us-central1-a/instances/my-instance`. If the sender of the request does not have access to the policy, this field is omitted. For examples of full resource names for Google Cloud services, see https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/troubleshooter/full-resource-names.
-      &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members` to a single `role`. Members can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the sender of the request does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
+      &quot;policy&quot;: { # An Identity and Access Management (IAM) policy, which specifies access controls for Google Cloud resources. A `Policy` is a collection of `bindings`. A `binding` binds one or more `members`, or principals, to a single `role`. Principals can be user accounts, service accounts, Google groups, and domains (such as G Suite). A `role` is a named list of permissions; each `role` can be an IAM predefined role or a user-created custom role. For some types of Google Cloud resources, a `binding` can also specify a `condition`, which is a logical expression that allows access to a resource only if the expression evaluates to `true`. A condition can add constraints based on attributes of the request, the resource, or both. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies). **JSON example:** { &quot;bindings&quot;: [ { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:mike@example.com&quot;, &quot;group:admins@example.com&quot;, &quot;domain:google.com&quot;, &quot;serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;role&quot;: &quot;roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer&quot;, &quot;members&quot;: [ &quot;user:eve@example.com&quot; ], &quot;condition&quot;: { &quot;title&quot;: &quot;expirable access&quot;, &quot;description&quot;: &quot;Does not grant access after Sep 2020&quot;, &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;)&quot;, } } ], &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;BwWWja0YfJA=&quot;, &quot;version&quot;: 3 } **YAML example:** bindings: - members: - user:mike@example.com - group:admins@example.com - domain:google.com - serviceAccount:my-project-id@appspot.gserviceaccount.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationAdmin - members: - user:eve@example.com role: roles/resourcemanager.organizationViewer condition: title: expirable access description: Does not grant access after Sep 2020 expression: request.time &lt; timestamp(&#x27;2020-10-01T00:00:00.000Z&#x27;) etag: BwWWja0YfJA= version: 3 For a description of IAM and its features, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/docs/). # The IAM policy attached to the resource. If the sender of the request does not have access to the policy, this field is empty.
         &quot;auditConfigs&quot;: [ # Specifies cloud audit logging configuration for this policy.
           { # Specifies the audit configuration for a service. The configuration determines which permission types are logged, and what identities, if any, are exempted from logging. An AuditConfig must have one or more AuditLogConfigs. If there are AuditConfigs for both `allServices` and a specific service, the union of the two AuditConfigs is used for that service: the log_types specified in each AuditConfig are enabled, and the exempted_members in each AuditLogConfig are exempted. Example Policy with multiple AuditConfigs: { &quot;audit_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;allServices&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:jose@example.com&quot; ] }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;ADMIN_READ&quot; } ] }, { &quot;service&quot;: &quot;sampleservice.googleapis.com&quot;, &quot;audit_log_configs&quot;: [ { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_READ&quot; }, { &quot;log_type&quot;: &quot;DATA_WRITE&quot;, &quot;exempted_members&quot;: [ &quot;user:aliya@example.com&quot; ] } ] } ] } For sampleservice, this policy enables DATA_READ, DATA_WRITE and ADMIN_READ logging. It also exempts jose@example.com from DATA_READ logging, and aliya@example.com from DATA_WRITE logging.
             &quot;auditLogConfigs&quot;: [ # The configuration for logging of each type of permission.
@@ -151,18 +151,18 @@
             &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
-          { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
-            &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
+        &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members`, or principals, with a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one principal. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 principals; up to 250 of these principals can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a principal counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other principal, then you can add another 1,450 principals to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
+          { # Associates `members`, or principals, with a `role`.
+            &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the principals in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
               &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
               &quot;expression&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Textual representation of an expression in Common Expression Language syntax.
               &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. String indicating the location of the expression for error reporting, e.g. a file name and a position in the file.
               &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Title for the expression, i.e. a short string describing its purpose. This can be used e.g. in UIs which allow to enter the expression.
             },
-            &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the identities requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
+            &quot;members&quot;: [ # Specifies the principals requesting access for a Cloud Platform resource. `members` can have the following values: * `allUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is on the internet; with or without a Google account. * `allAuthenticatedUsers`: A special identifier that represents anyone who is authenticated with a Google account or a service account. * `user:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a specific Google account. For example, `alice@example.com` . * `serviceAccount:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a service account. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com`. * `group:{emailid}`: An email address that represents a Google group. For example, `admins@example.com`. * `deleted:user:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a user that has been recently deleted. For example, `alice@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the user is recovered, this value reverts to `user:{emailid}` and the recovered user retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:serviceAccount:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a service account that has been recently deleted. For example, `my-other-app@appspot.gserviceaccount.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the service account is undeleted, this value reverts to `serviceAccount:{emailid}` and the undeleted service account retains the role in the binding. * `deleted:group:{emailid}?uid={uniqueid}`: An email address (plus unique identifier) representing a Google group that has been recently deleted. For example, `admins@example.com?uid=123456789012345678901`. If the group is recovered, this value reverts to `group:{emailid}` and the recovered group retains the role in the binding. * `domain:{domain}`: The G Suite domain (primary) that represents all the users of that domain. For example, `google.com` or `example.com`.
               &quot;A String&quot;,
             ],
-            &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to `members`. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
+            &quot;role&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Role that is assigned to the list of `members`, or principals. For example, `roles/viewer`, `roles/editor`, or `roles/owner`.
           },
         ],
         &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # `etag` is used for optimistic concurrency control as a way to help prevent simultaneous updates of a policy from overwriting each other. It is strongly suggested that systems make use of the `etag` in the read-modify-write cycle to perform policy updates in order to avoid race conditions: An `etag` is returned in the response to `getIamPolicy`, and systems are expected to put that etag in the request to `setIamPolicy` to ensure that their change will be applied to the same version of the policy. **Important:** If you use IAM Conditions, you must include the `etag` field whenever you call `setIamPolicy`. If you omit this field, then IAM allows you to overwrite a version `3` policy with a version `1` policy, and all of the conditions in the version `3` policy are lost.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 4e405ee..9075ef3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -166,12 +166,22 @@
   },
   &quot;memorySizeGb&quot;: 42, # Required. Redis memory size in GiB.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}` Note: Redis instances are managed and addressed at regional level so location_id here refers to a GCP region; however, users may choose which specific zone (or collection of zones for cross-zone instances) an instance should be provisioned in. Refer to location_id and alternative_location_id fields for more details.
+  &quot;nodes&quot;: [ # Output only. Info per node.
+    { # Node specific properties.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Node identifying string. e.g. &#x27;node-0&#x27;, &#x27;node-1&#x27;
+      &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Location of the node.
+    },
+  ],
   &quot;persistenceIamIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Cloud IAM identity used by import / export operations to transfer data to/from Cloud Storage. Format is &quot;serviceAccount:&quot;. The value may change over time for a given instance so should be checked before each import/export operation.
   &quot;port&quot;: 42, # Output only. The port number of the exposed Redis endpoint.
+  &quot;readEndpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Hostname or IP address of the exposed readonly Redis endpoint. Standard tier only. Targets all healthy replica nodes in instance. Replication is asynchronous and replica nodes will exhibit some lag behind the primary. Write requests must target &#x27;host&#x27;.
+  &quot;readEndpointPort&quot;: 42, # Output only. The port number of the exposed readonly redis endpoint. Standard tier only. Write requests should target &#x27;port&#x27;.
+  &quot;readReplicasMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Read replica mode.
   &quot;redisConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Redis configuration parameters, according to http://redis.io/topics/config. Currently, the only supported parameters are: Redis version 3.2 and newer: * maxmemory-policy * notify-keyspace-events Redis version 4.0 and newer: * activedefrag * lfu-decay-time * lfu-log-factor * maxmemory-gb Redis version 5.0 and newer: * stream-node-max-bytes * stream-node-max-entries
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;redisVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of Redis software. If not provided, latest supported version will be used. Currently, the supported values are: * `REDIS_3_2` for Redis 3.2 compatibility * `REDIS_4_0` for Redis 4.0 compatibility (default) * `REDIS_5_0` for Redis 5.0 compatibility * `REDIS_6_X` for Redis 6.x compatibility
+  &quot;replicaCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes. Valid range for standard tier is [1-5] and defaults to 1. Valid value for basic tier is 0 and defaults to 0.
   &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29.
   &quot;serverCaCerts&quot;: [ # Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.
     { # TlsCertificate Resource
@@ -393,12 +403,22 @@
   },
   &quot;memorySizeGb&quot;: 42, # Required. Redis memory size in GiB.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}` Note: Redis instances are managed and addressed at regional level so location_id here refers to a GCP region; however, users may choose which specific zone (or collection of zones for cross-zone instances) an instance should be provisioned in. Refer to location_id and alternative_location_id fields for more details.
+  &quot;nodes&quot;: [ # Output only. Info per node.
+    { # Node specific properties.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Node identifying string. e.g. &#x27;node-0&#x27;, &#x27;node-1&#x27;
+      &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Location of the node.
+    },
+  ],
   &quot;persistenceIamIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Cloud IAM identity used by import / export operations to transfer data to/from Cloud Storage. Format is &quot;serviceAccount:&quot;. The value may change over time for a given instance so should be checked before each import/export operation.
   &quot;port&quot;: 42, # Output only. The port number of the exposed Redis endpoint.
+  &quot;readEndpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Hostname or IP address of the exposed readonly Redis endpoint. Standard tier only. Targets all healthy replica nodes in instance. Replication is asynchronous and replica nodes will exhibit some lag behind the primary. Write requests must target &#x27;host&#x27;.
+  &quot;readEndpointPort&quot;: 42, # Output only. The port number of the exposed readonly redis endpoint. Standard tier only. Write requests should target &#x27;port&#x27;.
+  &quot;readReplicasMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Read replica mode.
   &quot;redisConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Redis configuration parameters, according to http://redis.io/topics/config. Currently, the only supported parameters are: Redis version 3.2 and newer: * maxmemory-policy * notify-keyspace-events Redis version 4.0 and newer: * activedefrag * lfu-decay-time * lfu-log-factor * maxmemory-gb Redis version 5.0 and newer: * stream-node-max-bytes * stream-node-max-entries
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;redisVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of Redis software. If not provided, latest supported version will be used. Currently, the supported values are: * `REDIS_3_2` for Redis 3.2 compatibility * `REDIS_4_0` for Redis 4.0 compatibility (default) * `REDIS_5_0` for Redis 5.0 compatibility * `REDIS_6_X` for Redis 6.x compatibility
+  &quot;replicaCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes. Valid range for standard tier is [1-5] and defaults to 1. Valid value for basic tier is 0 and defaults to 0.
   &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29.
   &quot;serverCaCerts&quot;: [ # Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.
     { # TlsCertificate Resource
@@ -537,12 +557,22 @@
       },
       &quot;memorySizeGb&quot;: 42, # Required. Redis memory size in GiB.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}` Note: Redis instances are managed and addressed at regional level so location_id here refers to a GCP region; however, users may choose which specific zone (or collection of zones for cross-zone instances) an instance should be provisioned in. Refer to location_id and alternative_location_id fields for more details.
+      &quot;nodes&quot;: [ # Output only. Info per node.
+        { # Node specific properties.
+          &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Node identifying string. e.g. &#x27;node-0&#x27;, &#x27;node-1&#x27;
+          &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Location of the node.
+        },
+      ],
       &quot;persistenceIamIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Cloud IAM identity used by import / export operations to transfer data to/from Cloud Storage. Format is &quot;serviceAccount:&quot;. The value may change over time for a given instance so should be checked before each import/export operation.
       &quot;port&quot;: 42, # Output only. The port number of the exposed Redis endpoint.
+      &quot;readEndpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Hostname or IP address of the exposed readonly Redis endpoint. Standard tier only. Targets all healthy replica nodes in instance. Replication is asynchronous and replica nodes will exhibit some lag behind the primary. Write requests must target &#x27;host&#x27;.
+      &quot;readEndpointPort&quot;: 42, # Output only. The port number of the exposed readonly redis endpoint. Standard tier only. Write requests should target &#x27;port&#x27;.
+      &quot;readReplicasMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Read replica mode.
       &quot;redisConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Redis configuration parameters, according to http://redis.io/topics/config. Currently, the only supported parameters are: Redis version 3.2 and newer: * maxmemory-policy * notify-keyspace-events Redis version 4.0 and newer: * activedefrag * lfu-decay-time * lfu-log-factor * maxmemory-gb Redis version 5.0 and newer: * stream-node-max-bytes * stream-node-max-entries
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;redisVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of Redis software. If not provided, latest supported version will be used. Currently, the supported values are: * `REDIS_3_2` for Redis 3.2 compatibility * `REDIS_4_0` for Redis 4.0 compatibility (default) * `REDIS_5_0` for Redis 5.0 compatibility * `REDIS_6_X` for Redis 6.x compatibility
+      &quot;replicaCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes. Valid range for standard tier is [1-5] and defaults to 1. Valid value for basic tier is 0 and defaults to 0.
       &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29.
       &quot;serverCaCerts&quot;: [ # Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.
         { # TlsCertificate Resource
@@ -627,12 +657,22 @@
   },
   &quot;memorySizeGb&quot;: 42, # Required. Redis memory size in GiB.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}` Note: Redis instances are managed and addressed at regional level so location_id here refers to a GCP region; however, users may choose which specific zone (or collection of zones for cross-zone instances) an instance should be provisioned in. Refer to location_id and alternative_location_id fields for more details.
+  &quot;nodes&quot;: [ # Output only. Info per node.
+    { # Node specific properties.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Node identifying string. e.g. &#x27;node-0&#x27;, &#x27;node-1&#x27;
+      &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Location of the node.
+    },
+  ],
   &quot;persistenceIamIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Cloud IAM identity used by import / export operations to transfer data to/from Cloud Storage. Format is &quot;serviceAccount:&quot;. The value may change over time for a given instance so should be checked before each import/export operation.
   &quot;port&quot;: 42, # Output only. The port number of the exposed Redis endpoint.
+  &quot;readEndpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Hostname or IP address of the exposed readonly Redis endpoint. Standard tier only. Targets all healthy replica nodes in instance. Replication is asynchronous and replica nodes will exhibit some lag behind the primary. Write requests must target &#x27;host&#x27;.
+  &quot;readEndpointPort&quot;: 42, # Output only. The port number of the exposed readonly redis endpoint. Standard tier only. Write requests should target &#x27;port&#x27;.
+  &quot;readReplicasMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Read replica mode.
   &quot;redisConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Redis configuration parameters, according to http://redis.io/topics/config. Currently, the only supported parameters are: Redis version 3.2 and newer: * maxmemory-policy * notify-keyspace-events Redis version 4.0 and newer: * activedefrag * lfu-decay-time * lfu-log-factor * maxmemory-gb Redis version 5.0 and newer: * stream-node-max-bytes * stream-node-max-entries
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;redisVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of Redis software. If not provided, latest supported version will be used. Currently, the supported values are: * `REDIS_3_2` for Redis 3.2 compatibility * `REDIS_4_0` for Redis 4.0 compatibility (default) * `REDIS_5_0` for Redis 5.0 compatibility * `REDIS_6_X` for Redis 6.x compatibility
+  &quot;replicaCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes. Valid range for standard tier is [1-5] and defaults to 1. Valid value for basic tier is 0 and defaults to 0.
   &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29.
   &quot;serverCaCerts&quot;: [ # Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.
     { # TlsCertificate Resource
diff --git a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
index 48dbf51..e0bbca2 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/redis_v1beta1.projects.locations.instances.html
@@ -166,12 +166,22 @@
   },
   &quot;memorySizeGb&quot;: 42, # Required. Redis memory size in GiB.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}` Note: Redis instances are managed and addressed at regional level so location_id here refers to a GCP region; however, users may choose which specific zone (or collection of zones for cross-zone instances) an instance should be provisioned in. Refer to location_id and alternative_location_id fields for more details.
+  &quot;nodes&quot;: [ # Output only. Info per node.
+    { # Node specific properties.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Node identifying string. e.g. &#x27;node-0&#x27;, &#x27;node-1&#x27;
+      &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Location of the node.
+    },
+  ],
   &quot;persistenceIamIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Cloud IAM identity used by import / export operations to transfer data to/from Cloud Storage. Format is &quot;serviceAccount:&quot;. The value may change over time for a given instance so should be checked before each import/export operation.
   &quot;port&quot;: 42, # Output only. The port number of the exposed Redis endpoint.
+  &quot;readEndpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Hostname or IP address of the exposed readonly Redis endpoint. Standard tier only. Targets all healthy replica nodes in instance. Replication is asynchronous and replica nodes will exhibit some lag behind the primary. Write requests must target &#x27;host&#x27;.
+  &quot;readEndpointPort&quot;: 42, # Output only. The port number of the exposed readonly redis endpoint. Standard tier only. Write requests should target &#x27;port&#x27;.
+  &quot;readReplicasMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Read replica mode.
   &quot;redisConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Redis configuration parameters, according to http://redis.io/topics/config. Currently, the only supported parameters are: Redis version 3.2 and newer: * maxmemory-policy * notify-keyspace-events Redis version 4.0 and newer: * activedefrag * lfu-decay-time * lfu-log-factor * maxmemory-gb Redis version 5.0 and newer: * stream-node-max-bytes * stream-node-max-entries
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;redisVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of Redis software. If not provided, latest supported version will be used. Currently, the supported values are: * `REDIS_3_2` for Redis 3.2 compatibility * `REDIS_4_0` for Redis 4.0 compatibility (default) * `REDIS_5_0` for Redis 5.0 compatibility * `REDIS_6_X` for Redis 6.x compatibility
+  &quot;replicaCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes. Valid range for standard tier is [1-5] and defaults to 1. Valid value for basic tier is 0 and defaults to 0.
   &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29.
   &quot;serverCaCerts&quot;: [ # Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.
     { # TlsCertificate Resource
@@ -393,12 +403,22 @@
   },
   &quot;memorySizeGb&quot;: 42, # Required. Redis memory size in GiB.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}` Note: Redis instances are managed and addressed at regional level so location_id here refers to a GCP region; however, users may choose which specific zone (or collection of zones for cross-zone instances) an instance should be provisioned in. Refer to location_id and alternative_location_id fields for more details.
+  &quot;nodes&quot;: [ # Output only. Info per node.
+    { # Node specific properties.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Node identifying string. e.g. &#x27;node-0&#x27;, &#x27;node-1&#x27;
+      &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Location of the node.
+    },
+  ],
   &quot;persistenceIamIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Cloud IAM identity used by import / export operations to transfer data to/from Cloud Storage. Format is &quot;serviceAccount:&quot;. The value may change over time for a given instance so should be checked before each import/export operation.
   &quot;port&quot;: 42, # Output only. The port number of the exposed Redis endpoint.
+  &quot;readEndpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Hostname or IP address of the exposed readonly Redis endpoint. Standard tier only. Targets all healthy replica nodes in instance. Replication is asynchronous and replica nodes will exhibit some lag behind the primary. Write requests must target &#x27;host&#x27;.
+  &quot;readEndpointPort&quot;: 42, # Output only. The port number of the exposed readonly redis endpoint. Standard tier only. Write requests should target &#x27;port&#x27;.
+  &quot;readReplicasMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Read replica mode.
   &quot;redisConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Redis configuration parameters, according to http://redis.io/topics/config. Currently, the only supported parameters are: Redis version 3.2 and newer: * maxmemory-policy * notify-keyspace-events Redis version 4.0 and newer: * activedefrag * lfu-decay-time * lfu-log-factor * maxmemory-gb Redis version 5.0 and newer: * stream-node-max-bytes * stream-node-max-entries
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;redisVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of Redis software. If not provided, latest supported version will be used. Currently, the supported values are: * `REDIS_3_2` for Redis 3.2 compatibility * `REDIS_4_0` for Redis 4.0 compatibility (default) * `REDIS_5_0` for Redis 5.0 compatibility * `REDIS_6_X` for Redis 6.x compatibility
+  &quot;replicaCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes. Valid range for standard tier is [1-5] and defaults to 1. Valid value for basic tier is 0 and defaults to 0.
   &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29.
   &quot;serverCaCerts&quot;: [ # Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.
     { # TlsCertificate Resource
@@ -537,12 +557,22 @@
       },
       &quot;memorySizeGb&quot;: 42, # Required. Redis memory size in GiB.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}` Note: Redis instances are managed and addressed at regional level so location_id here refers to a GCP region; however, users may choose which specific zone (or collection of zones for cross-zone instances) an instance should be provisioned in. Refer to location_id and alternative_location_id fields for more details.
+      &quot;nodes&quot;: [ # Output only. Info per node.
+        { # Node specific properties.
+          &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Node identifying string. e.g. &#x27;node-0&#x27;, &#x27;node-1&#x27;
+          &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Location of the node.
+        },
+      ],
       &quot;persistenceIamIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Cloud IAM identity used by import / export operations to transfer data to/from Cloud Storage. Format is &quot;serviceAccount:&quot;. The value may change over time for a given instance so should be checked before each import/export operation.
       &quot;port&quot;: 42, # Output only. The port number of the exposed Redis endpoint.
+      &quot;readEndpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Hostname or IP address of the exposed readonly Redis endpoint. Standard tier only. Targets all healthy replica nodes in instance. Replication is asynchronous and replica nodes will exhibit some lag behind the primary. Write requests must target &#x27;host&#x27;.
+      &quot;readEndpointPort&quot;: 42, # Output only. The port number of the exposed readonly redis endpoint. Standard tier only. Write requests should target &#x27;port&#x27;.
+      &quot;readReplicasMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Read replica mode.
       &quot;redisConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Redis configuration parameters, according to http://redis.io/topics/config. Currently, the only supported parameters are: Redis version 3.2 and newer: * maxmemory-policy * notify-keyspace-events Redis version 4.0 and newer: * activedefrag * lfu-decay-time * lfu-log-factor * maxmemory-gb Redis version 5.0 and newer: * stream-node-max-bytes * stream-node-max-entries
         &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
       },
       &quot;redisVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of Redis software. If not provided, latest supported version will be used. Currently, the supported values are: * `REDIS_3_2` for Redis 3.2 compatibility * `REDIS_4_0` for Redis 4.0 compatibility (default) * `REDIS_5_0` for Redis 5.0 compatibility * `REDIS_6_X` for Redis 6.x compatibility
+      &quot;replicaCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes. Valid range for standard tier is [1-5] and defaults to 1. Valid value for basic tier is 0 and defaults to 0.
       &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29.
       &quot;serverCaCerts&quot;: [ # Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.
         { # TlsCertificate Resource
@@ -627,12 +657,22 @@
   },
   &quot;memorySizeGb&quot;: 42, # Required. Redis memory size in GiB.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Unique name of the resource in this scope including project and location using the form: `projects/{project_id}/locations/{location_id}/instances/{instance_id}` Note: Redis instances are managed and addressed at regional level so location_id here refers to a GCP region; however, users may choose which specific zone (or collection of zones for cross-zone instances) an instance should be provisioned in. Refer to location_id and alternative_location_id fields for more details.
+  &quot;nodes&quot;: [ # Output only. Info per node.
+    { # Node specific properties.
+      &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Node identifying string. e.g. &#x27;node-0&#x27;, &#x27;node-1&#x27;
+      &quot;zone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Output Only. Location of the node.
+    },
+  ],
   &quot;persistenceIamIdentity&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Cloud IAM identity used by import / export operations to transfer data to/from Cloud Storage. Format is &quot;serviceAccount:&quot;. The value may change over time for a given instance so should be checked before each import/export operation.
   &quot;port&quot;: 42, # Output only. The port number of the exposed Redis endpoint.
+  &quot;readEndpoint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. Hostname or IP address of the exposed readonly Redis endpoint. Standard tier only. Targets all healthy replica nodes in instance. Replication is asynchronous and replica nodes will exhibit some lag behind the primary. Write requests must target &#x27;host&#x27;.
+  &quot;readEndpointPort&quot;: 42, # Output only. The port number of the exposed readonly redis endpoint. Standard tier only. Write requests should target &#x27;port&#x27;.
+  &quot;readReplicasMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Read replica mode.
   &quot;redisConfigs&quot;: { # Optional. Redis configuration parameters, according to http://redis.io/topics/config. Currently, the only supported parameters are: Redis version 3.2 and newer: * maxmemory-policy * notify-keyspace-events Redis version 4.0 and newer: * activedefrag * lfu-decay-time * lfu-log-factor * maxmemory-gb Redis version 5.0 and newer: * stream-node-max-bytes * stream-node-max-entries
     &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
   },
   &quot;redisVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The version of Redis software. If not provided, latest supported version will be used. Currently, the supported values are: * `REDIS_3_2` for Redis 3.2 compatibility * `REDIS_4_0` for Redis 4.0 compatibility (default) * `REDIS_5_0` for Redis 5.0 compatibility * `REDIS_6_X` for Redis 6.x compatibility
+  &quot;replicaCount&quot;: 42, # Optional. The number of replica nodes. Valid range for standard tier is [1-5] and defaults to 1. Valid value for basic tier is 0 and defaults to 0.
   &quot;reservedIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. For DIRECT_PEERING mode, the CIDR range of internal addresses that are reserved for this instance. Range must be unique and non-overlapping with existing subnets in an authorized network. For PRIVATE_SERVICE_ACCESS mode, the name of one allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If not provided, the service will choose an unused /29 block, for example, 10.0.0.0/29 or 192.168.0.0/29.
   &quot;serverCaCerts&quot;: [ # Output only. List of server CA certificates for the instance.
     { # TlsCertificate Resource
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index 263da16..3fb3e20 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -322,12 +322,12 @@
   <pre>Performs a search. This feature is only available for users who have Retail Search enabled. Please submit a form [here](https://cloud.google.com/contact) to contact cloud sales if you are interested in using Retail Search.
 
 Args:
-  placement: string, Required. The resource name of the search engine placement, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/default_search`. This field is used to identify the set of models that will be used to make the search. We currently support one placement with the following ID: * `default_search`. (required)
+  placement: string, Required. The resource name of the search engine placement, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/default_search`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name and the set of models that will be used to make the search. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
-  &quot;boostSpec&quot;: { # Boost specification to boost certain items. # Boost specification to boost certain products. See more details at this [user guide](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting).
+  &quot;boostSpec&quot;: { # Boost specification to boost certain items. # Boost specification to boost certain products. See more details at this [user guide](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting). Notice that if both ServingConfig.boost_control_ids and [SearchRequest.boost_spec] are set, the boost conditions from both places are evaluated. If a search request matches multiple boost conditions, the final boost score is equal to the sum of the boost scores from all matched boost conditions.
     &quot;conditionBoostSpecs&quot;: [ # Condition boost specifications. If a product matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 10.
       { # Boost applies to products which match a condition.
         &quot;boost&quot;: 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the item a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted item will be the top result at all times, nor that other items will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant items. Setting to -1.0 gives the item a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The item will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
             &quot;minimum&quot;: 3.14, # Inclusive lower bound.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Supported textual and numerical facet keys in Product object, over which the facet values are computed. Facet key is case-sensitive. Allowed facet keys when FacetKey.query is not specified: * textual_field = * &quot;brands&quot; * &quot;categories&quot; * &quot;genders&quot; * &quot;ageGroups&quot; * &quot;availability&quot; * &quot;colorFamilies&quot; * &quot;colors&quot; * &quot;sizes&quot; * &quot;materials&quot; * &quot;patterns&quot; * &quot;conditions&quot; * &quot;attributes.key&quot; * &quot;pickupInStore&quot; * &quot;shipToStore&quot; * &quot;sameDayDelivery&quot; * &quot;nextDayDelivery&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment1&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment2&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment3&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment4&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment5&quot; * numerical_field = * &quot;price&quot; * &quot;discount&quot; * &quot;rating&quot; * &quot;ratingCount&quot; * &quot;attributes.key&quot;
+        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Supported textual and numerical facet keys in Product object, over which the facet values are computed. Facet key is case-sensitive. Allowed facet keys when FacetKey.query is not specified: * textual_field = * &quot;brands&quot; * &quot;categories&quot; * &quot;genders&quot; * &quot;ageGroups&quot; * &quot;availability&quot; * &quot;colorFamilies&quot; * &quot;colors&quot; * &quot;sizes&quot; * &quot;materials&quot; * &quot;patterns&quot; * &quot;conditions&quot; * &quot;attributes.key&quot; * &quot;pickupInStore&quot; * &quot;shipToStore&quot; * &quot;sameDayDelivery&quot; * &quot;nextDayDelivery&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment1&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment2&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment3&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment4&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment5&quot; * numerical_field = * &quot;price&quot; * &quot;discount&quot; * &quot;rating&quot; * &quot;ratingCount&quot; * &quot;attributes.key&quot; * &quot;inventory(place_id,price)&quot;
         &quot;orderBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The order in which Facet.values are returned. Allowed values are: * &quot;count desc&quot;, which means order by Facet.FacetValue.count descending. * &quot;value desc&quot;, which means order by Facet.FacetValue.value descending. Only applies to textual facets. If not set, textual values are sorted in [natural order](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_sort_order); numerical intervals are sorted in the order given by FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals; FulfillmentInfo.place_ids are sorted in the order given by FacetSpec.FacetKey.restricted_values.
         &quot;prefixes&quot;: [ # Only get facet values that start with the given string prefix. For example, suppose &quot;categories&quot; has three values &quot;Women &gt; Shoe&quot;, &quot;Women &gt; Dress&quot; and &quot;Men &gt; Shoe&quot;. If set &quot;prefixes&quot; to &quot;Women&quot;, the &quot;categories&quot; facet will give only &quot;Women &gt; Shoe&quot; and &quot;Women &gt; Dress&quot;. Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
     &quot;userAgent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
     &quot;userId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   },
-  &quot;variantRollupKeys&quot;: [ # The keys to fetch and rollup the matching variant Products attributes. The attributes from all the matching variant Products are merged and de-duplicated. Notice that rollup variant Products attributes will lead to extra query latency. Maximum number of keys is 10. For FulfillmentInfo, a fulfillment type and a fulfillment ID must be provided in the format of &quot;fulfillmentType.fulfillmentId&quot;. E.g., in &quot;pickupInStore.store123&quot;, &quot;pickupInStore&quot; is fulfillment type and &quot;store123&quot; is the store ID. Supported keys are: * colorFamilies * price * originalPrice * discount * attributes.key, where key is any key in the Product.attributes map. * pickupInStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;pickup-in-store&quot;. * shipToStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;ship-to-store&quot;. * sameDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;same-day-delivery&quot;. * nextDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;next-day-delivery&quot;. * customFulfillment1.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-1&quot;. * customFulfillment2.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-2&quot;. * customFulfillment3.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-3&quot;. * customFulfillment4.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-4&quot;. * customFulfillment5.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-5&quot;. If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;variantRollupKeys&quot;: [ # The keys to fetch and rollup the matching variant Products attributes. The attributes from all the matching variant Products are merged and de-duplicated. Notice that rollup variant Products attributes will lead to extra query latency. Maximum number of keys is 10. For FulfillmentInfo, a fulfillment type and a fulfillment ID must be provided in the format of &quot;fulfillmentType.fulfillmentId&quot;. E.g., in &quot;pickupInStore.store123&quot;, &quot;pickupInStore&quot; is fulfillment type and &quot;store123&quot; is the store ID. Supported keys are: * colorFamilies * price * originalPrice * discount * inventory(place_id,price) * attributes.key, where key is any key in the Product.attributes map. * pickupInStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;pickup-in-store&quot;. * shipToStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;ship-to-store&quot;. * sameDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;same-day-delivery&quot;. * nextDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;next-day-delivery&quot;. * customFulfillment1.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-1&quot;. * customFulfillment2.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-2&quot;. * customFulfillment3.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-3&quot;. * customFulfillment4.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-4&quot;. * customFulfillment5.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-5&quot;. If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;visitorId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index eeec422..dfafb21 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2alpha.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -322,12 +322,12 @@
   <pre>Performs a search. This feature is only available for users who have Retail Search enabled. Please submit a form [here](https://cloud.google.com/contact) to contact cloud sales if you are interested in using Retail Search.
 
 Args:
-  placement: string, Required. The resource name of the search engine placement, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/default_search`. This field is used to identify the set of models that will be used to make the search. We currently support one placement with the following ID: * `default_search`. (required)
+  placement: string, Required. The resource name of the search engine placement, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/default_search`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name and the set of models that will be used to make the search. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
-  &quot;boostSpec&quot;: { # Boost specification to boost certain items. # Boost specification to boost certain products. See more details at this [user guide](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting).
+  &quot;boostSpec&quot;: { # Boost specification to boost certain items. # Boost specification to boost certain products. See more details at this [user guide](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting). Notice that if both ServingConfig.boost_control_ids and [SearchRequest.boost_spec] are set, the boost conditions from both places are evaluated. If a search request matches multiple boost conditions, the final boost score is equal to the sum of the boost scores from all matched boost conditions.
     &quot;conditionBoostSpecs&quot;: [ # Condition boost specifications. If a product matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 10.
       { # Boost applies to products which match a condition.
         &quot;boost&quot;: 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the item a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted item will be the top result at all times, nor that other items will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant items. Setting to -1.0 gives the item a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The item will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
             &quot;minimum&quot;: 3.14, # Inclusive lower bound.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Supported textual and numerical facet keys in Product object, over which the facet values are computed. Facet key is case-sensitive. Allowed facet keys when FacetKey.query is not specified: * textual_field = * &quot;brands&quot; * &quot;categories&quot; * &quot;genders&quot; * &quot;ageGroups&quot; * &quot;availability&quot; * &quot;colorFamilies&quot; * &quot;colors&quot; * &quot;sizes&quot; * &quot;materials&quot; * &quot;patterns&quot; * &quot;conditions&quot; * &quot;attributes.key&quot; * &quot;pickupInStore&quot; * &quot;shipToStore&quot; * &quot;sameDayDelivery&quot; * &quot;nextDayDelivery&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment1&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment2&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment3&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment4&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment5&quot; * numerical_field = * &quot;price&quot; * &quot;discount&quot; * &quot;rating&quot; * &quot;ratingCount&quot; * &quot;attributes.key&quot;
+        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Supported textual and numerical facet keys in Product object, over which the facet values are computed. Facet key is case-sensitive. Allowed facet keys when FacetKey.query is not specified: * textual_field = * &quot;brands&quot; * &quot;categories&quot; * &quot;genders&quot; * &quot;ageGroups&quot; * &quot;availability&quot; * &quot;colorFamilies&quot; * &quot;colors&quot; * &quot;sizes&quot; * &quot;materials&quot; * &quot;patterns&quot; * &quot;conditions&quot; * &quot;attributes.key&quot; * &quot;pickupInStore&quot; * &quot;shipToStore&quot; * &quot;sameDayDelivery&quot; * &quot;nextDayDelivery&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment1&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment2&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment3&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment4&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment5&quot; * numerical_field = * &quot;price&quot; * &quot;discount&quot; * &quot;rating&quot; * &quot;ratingCount&quot; * &quot;attributes.key&quot; * &quot;inventory(place_id,price)&quot;
         &quot;orderBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The order in which Facet.values are returned. Allowed values are: * &quot;count desc&quot;, which means order by Facet.FacetValue.count descending. * &quot;value desc&quot;, which means order by Facet.FacetValue.value descending. Only applies to textual facets. If not set, textual values are sorted in [natural order](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_sort_order); numerical intervals are sorted in the order given by FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals; FulfillmentInfo.place_ids are sorted in the order given by FacetSpec.FacetKey.restricted_values.
         &quot;prefixes&quot;: [ # Only get facet values that start with the given string prefix. For example, suppose &quot;categories&quot; has three values &quot;Women &gt; Shoe&quot;, &quot;Women &gt; Dress&quot; and &quot;Men &gt; Shoe&quot;. If set &quot;prefixes&quot; to &quot;Women&quot;, the &quot;categories&quot; facet will give only &quot;Women &gt; Shoe&quot; and &quot;Women &gt; Dress&quot;. Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -391,7 +391,7 @@
     &quot;userAgent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
     &quot;userId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   },
-  &quot;variantRollupKeys&quot;: [ # The keys to fetch and rollup the matching variant Products attributes. The attributes from all the matching variant Products are merged and de-duplicated. Notice that rollup variant Products attributes will lead to extra query latency. Maximum number of keys is 10. For FulfillmentInfo, a fulfillment type and a fulfillment ID must be provided in the format of &quot;fulfillmentType.fulfillmentId&quot;. E.g., in &quot;pickupInStore.store123&quot;, &quot;pickupInStore&quot; is fulfillment type and &quot;store123&quot; is the store ID. Supported keys are: * colorFamilies * price * originalPrice * discount * attributes.key, where key is any key in the Product.attributes map. * pickupInStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;pickup-in-store&quot;. * shipToStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;ship-to-store&quot;. * sameDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;same-day-delivery&quot;. * nextDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;next-day-delivery&quot;. * customFulfillment1.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-1&quot;. * customFulfillment2.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-2&quot;. * customFulfillment3.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-3&quot;. * customFulfillment4.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-4&quot;. * customFulfillment5.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-5&quot;. If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;variantRollupKeys&quot;: [ # The keys to fetch and rollup the matching variant Products attributes. The attributes from all the matching variant Products are merged and de-duplicated. Notice that rollup variant Products attributes will lead to extra query latency. Maximum number of keys is 10. For FulfillmentInfo, a fulfillment type and a fulfillment ID must be provided in the format of &quot;fulfillmentType.fulfillmentId&quot;. E.g., in &quot;pickupInStore.store123&quot;, &quot;pickupInStore&quot; is fulfillment type and &quot;store123&quot; is the store ID. Supported keys are: * colorFamilies * price * originalPrice * discount * inventory(place_id,price) * attributes.key, where key is any key in the Product.attributes map. * pickupInStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;pickup-in-store&quot;. * shipToStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;ship-to-store&quot;. * sameDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;same-day-delivery&quot;. * nextDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;next-day-delivery&quot;. * customFulfillment1.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-1&quot;. * customFulfillment2.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-2&quot;. * customFulfillment3.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-3&quot;. * customFulfillment4.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-4&quot;. * customFulfillment5.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-5&quot;. If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;visitorId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
index bfcaaf9..74c47cc 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/retail_v2beta.projects.locations.catalogs.placements.html
@@ -322,12 +322,12 @@
   <pre>Performs a search. This feature is only available for users who have Retail Search enabled. Please submit a form [here](https://cloud.google.com/contact) to contact cloud sales if you are interested in using Retail Search.
 
 Args:
-  placement: string, Required. The resource name of the search engine placement, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/default_search`. This field is used to identify the set of models that will be used to make the search. We currently support one placement with the following ID: * `default_search`. (required)
+  placement: string, Required. The resource name of the search engine placement, such as `projects/*/locations/global/catalogs/default_catalog/placements/default_search`. This field is used to identify the serving configuration name and the set of models that will be used to make the search. (required)
   body: object, The request body.
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # Request message for SearchService.Search method.
-  &quot;boostSpec&quot;: { # Boost specification to boost certain items. # Boost specification to boost certain products. See more details at this [user guide](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting).
+  &quot;boostSpec&quot;: { # Boost specification to boost certain items. # Boost specification to boost certain products. See more details at this [user guide](https://cloud.google.com/retail/docs/boosting). Notice that if both ServingConfig.boost_control_ids and [SearchRequest.boost_spec] are set, the boost conditions from both places are evaluated. If a search request matches multiple boost conditions, the final boost score is equal to the sum of the boost scores from all matched boost conditions.
     &quot;conditionBoostSpecs&quot;: [ # Condition boost specifications. If a product matches multiple conditions in the specifictions, boost scores from these specifications are all applied and combined in a non-linear way. Maximum number of specifications is 10.
       { # Boost applies to products which match a condition.
         &quot;boost&quot;: 3.14, # Strength of the condition boost, which should be in [-1, 1]. Negative boost means demotion. Default is 0.0. Setting to 1.0 gives the item a big promotion. However, it does not necessarily mean that the boosted item will be the top result at all times, nor that other items will be excluded. Results could still be shown even when none of them matches the condition. And results that are significantly more relevant to the search query can still trump your heavily favored but irrelevant items. Setting to -1.0 gives the item a big demotion. However, results that are deeply relevant might still be shown. The item will have an upstream battle to get a fairly high ranking, but it is not blocked out completely. Setting to 0.0 means no boost applied. The boosting condition is ignored.
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
             &quot;minimum&quot;: 3.14, # Inclusive lower bound.
           },
         ],
-        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Supported textual and numerical facet keys in Product object, over which the facet values are computed. Facet key is case-sensitive. Allowed facet keys when FacetKey.query is not specified: * textual_field = * &quot;brands&quot; * &quot;categories&quot; * &quot;genders&quot; * &quot;ageGroups&quot; * &quot;availability&quot; * &quot;colorFamilies&quot; * &quot;colors&quot; * &quot;sizes&quot; * &quot;materials&quot; * &quot;patterns&quot; * &quot;conditions&quot; * &quot;attributes.key&quot; * &quot;pickupInStore&quot; * &quot;shipToStore&quot; * &quot;sameDayDelivery&quot; * &quot;nextDayDelivery&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment1&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment2&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment3&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment4&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment5&quot; * numerical_field = * &quot;price&quot; * &quot;discount&quot; * &quot;rating&quot; * &quot;ratingCount&quot; * &quot;attributes.key&quot;
+        &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. Supported textual and numerical facet keys in Product object, over which the facet values are computed. Facet key is case-sensitive. Allowed facet keys when FacetKey.query is not specified: * textual_field = * &quot;brands&quot; * &quot;categories&quot; * &quot;genders&quot; * &quot;ageGroups&quot; * &quot;availability&quot; * &quot;colorFamilies&quot; * &quot;colors&quot; * &quot;sizes&quot; * &quot;materials&quot; * &quot;patterns&quot; * &quot;conditions&quot; * &quot;attributes.key&quot; * &quot;pickupInStore&quot; * &quot;shipToStore&quot; * &quot;sameDayDelivery&quot; * &quot;nextDayDelivery&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment1&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment2&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment3&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment4&quot; * &quot;customFulfillment5&quot; * numerical_field = * &quot;price&quot; * &quot;discount&quot; * &quot;rating&quot; * &quot;ratingCount&quot; * &quot;attributes.key&quot; * &quot;inventory(place_id,price)&quot;
         &quot;orderBy&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The order in which Facet.values are returned. Allowed values are: * &quot;count desc&quot;, which means order by Facet.FacetValue.count descending. * &quot;value desc&quot;, which means order by Facet.FacetValue.value descending. Only applies to textual facets. If not set, textual values are sorted in [natural order](https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Natural_sort_order); numerical intervals are sorted in the order given by FacetSpec.FacetKey.intervals; FulfillmentInfo.place_ids are sorted in the order given by FacetSpec.FacetKey.restricted_values.
         &quot;prefixes&quot;: [ # Only get facet values that start with the given string prefix. For example, suppose &quot;categories&quot; has three values &quot;Women &gt; Shoe&quot;, &quot;Women &gt; Dress&quot; and &quot;Men &gt; Shoe&quot;. If set &quot;prefixes&quot; to &quot;Women&quot;, the &quot;categories&quot; facet will give only &quot;Women &gt; Shoe&quot; and &quot;Women &gt; Dress&quot;. Only supported on textual fields. Maximum is 10.
           &quot;A String&quot;,
@@ -390,7 +390,7 @@
     &quot;userAgent&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # User agent as included in the HTTP header. Required for getting SearchResponse.sponsored_results. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 1,000 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned. This should not be set when using the client side event reporting with GTM or JavaScript tag in UserEventService.CollectUserEvent or if direct_user_request is set.
     &quot;userId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Highly recommended for logged-in users. Unique identifier for logged-in user, such as a user name. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
   },
-  &quot;variantRollupKeys&quot;: [ # The keys to fetch and rollup the matching variant Products attributes. The attributes from all the matching variant Products are merged and de-duplicated. Notice that rollup variant Products attributes will lead to extra query latency. Maximum number of keys is 10. For FulfillmentInfo, a fulfillment type and a fulfillment ID must be provided in the format of &quot;fulfillmentType.fulfillmentId&quot;. E.g., in &quot;pickupInStore.store123&quot;, &quot;pickupInStore&quot; is fulfillment type and &quot;store123&quot; is the store ID. Supported keys are: * colorFamilies * price * originalPrice * discount * attributes.key, where key is any key in the Product.attributes map. * pickupInStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;pickup-in-store&quot;. * shipToStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;ship-to-store&quot;. * sameDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;same-day-delivery&quot;. * nextDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;next-day-delivery&quot;. * customFulfillment1.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-1&quot;. * customFulfillment2.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-2&quot;. * customFulfillment3.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-3&quot;. * customFulfillment4.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-4&quot;. * customFulfillment5.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-5&quot;. If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
+  &quot;variantRollupKeys&quot;: [ # The keys to fetch and rollup the matching variant Products attributes. The attributes from all the matching variant Products are merged and de-duplicated. Notice that rollup variant Products attributes will lead to extra query latency. Maximum number of keys is 10. For FulfillmentInfo, a fulfillment type and a fulfillment ID must be provided in the format of &quot;fulfillmentType.fulfillmentId&quot;. E.g., in &quot;pickupInStore.store123&quot;, &quot;pickupInStore&quot; is fulfillment type and &quot;store123&quot; is the store ID. Supported keys are: * colorFamilies * price * originalPrice * discount * inventory(place_id,price) * attributes.key, where key is any key in the Product.attributes map. * pickupInStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;pickup-in-store&quot;. * shipToStore.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;ship-to-store&quot;. * sameDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;same-day-delivery&quot;. * nextDayDelivery.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;next-day-delivery&quot;. * customFulfillment1.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-1&quot;. * customFulfillment2.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-2&quot;. * customFulfillment3.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-3&quot;. * customFulfillment4.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-4&quot;. * customFulfillment5.id, where id is any FulfillmentInfo.place_ids for FulfillmentInfo.type &quot;custom-type-5&quot;. If this field is set to an invalid value other than these, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
   &quot;visitorId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. A unique identifier for tracking visitors. For example, this could be implemented with an HTTP cookie, which should be able to uniquely identify a visitor on a single device. This unique identifier should not change if the visitor logs in or out of the website. The field must be a UTF-8 encoded string with a length limit of 128 characters. Otherwise, an INVALID_ARGUMENT error is returned.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
index fccebcb..0f980a1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.configurations.html
@@ -345,11 +345,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -358,11 +358,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -658,11 +658,11 @@
             &quot;volumes&quot;: [
               { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
                 &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                     { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                       &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                     },
                   ],
@@ -671,11 +671,11 @@
                 },
                 &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
                 &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                     { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                       &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                     },
                   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
index e399d32..60c8f0d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.revisions.html
@@ -359,11 +359,11 @@
     &quot;volumes&quot;: [
       { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
         &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-          &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+          &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
             { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
               &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-              &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
             },
           ],
@@ -372,11 +372,11 @@
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
         &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-          &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+          &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
             { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
               &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-              &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
             },
           ],
@@ -637,11 +637,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -650,11 +650,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
index ec39d7f..10999d9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.namespaces.services.html
@@ -349,11 +349,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -362,11 +362,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -670,11 +670,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -683,11 +683,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1042,11 +1042,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1055,11 +1055,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1379,11 +1379,11 @@
             &quot;volumes&quot;: [
               { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
                 &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                     { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                       &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                     },
                   ],
@@ -1392,11 +1392,11 @@
                 },
                 &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
                 &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                     { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                       &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                     },
                   ],
@@ -1712,11 +1712,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1725,11 +1725,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -2033,11 +2033,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -2046,11 +2046,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
index d24f6aa..ad392c3 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.configurations.html
@@ -345,11 +345,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -358,11 +358,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -658,11 +658,11 @@
             &quot;volumes&quot;: [
               { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
                 &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                     { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                       &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                     },
                   ],
@@ -671,11 +671,11 @@
                 },
                 &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
                 &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                     { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                       &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                     },
                   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
index f23951b..8f5dd80 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.revisions.html
@@ -359,11 +359,11 @@
     &quot;volumes&quot;: [
       { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
         &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-          &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+          &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
             { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
               &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-              &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
             },
           ],
@@ -372,11 +372,11 @@
         },
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
         &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-          &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+          &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
           &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
             { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
               &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-              &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
             },
           ],
@@ -637,11 +637,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -650,11 +650,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
index 6d0d191..6aa6c48 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1.projects.locations.services.html
@@ -358,11 +358,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -371,11 +371,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -679,11 +679,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -692,11 +692,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1051,11 +1051,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1064,11 +1064,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1151,7 +1151,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -1436,11 +1436,11 @@
             &quot;volumes&quot;: [
               { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
                 &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                     { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                       &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                     },
                   ],
@@ -1449,11 +1449,11 @@
                 },
                 &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
                 &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                     { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                       &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                     },
                   ],
@@ -1769,11 +1769,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1782,11 +1782,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -2090,11 +2090,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -2103,11 +2103,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -2185,7 +2185,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -2227,7 +2227,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html b/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html
index f356a29..3d79709 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/run_v1alpha1.namespaces.jobs.html
@@ -319,11 +319,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the instance. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes +optional
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -332,11 +332,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -616,11 +616,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the instance. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes +optional
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -629,11 +629,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -941,11 +941,11 @@
         &quot;volumes&quot;: [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the instance. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes +optional
           { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
             &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -954,11 +954,11 @@
             },
             &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
             &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+              &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
               &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                 { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                   &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                 },
               ],
@@ -1255,11 +1255,11 @@
             &quot;volumes&quot;: [ # Optional. List of volumes that can be mounted by containers belonging to the instance. More info: https://kubernetes.io/docs/concepts/storage/volumes +optional
               { # Volume represents a named volume in a container.
                 &quot;configMap&quot;: { # Not supported by Cloud Run Adapts a ConfigMap into a volume. The contents of the target ConfigMap&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names, unless the items element is populated with specific mappings of keys to paths.
-                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                     { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                       &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                     },
                   ],
@@ -1268,11 +1268,11 @@
                 },
                 &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Volume&#x27;s name. In Cloud Run Fully Managed, the name &#x27;cloudsql&#x27; is reserved.
                 &quot;secret&quot;: { # The secret&#x27;s value will be presented as the content of a file whose name is defined in the item path. If no items are defined, the name of the file is the secret_name. The contents of the target Secret&#x27;s Data field will be presented in a volume as files using the keys in the Data field as the file names.
-                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 0000 and 0777. Defaults to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set. NOTE: This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation, i.e. Unix chmod &quot;777&quot; (a=rwx) should have the integer value 777.
+                  &quot;defaultMode&quot;: 42, # Integer representation of mode bits to use on created files by default. Must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, it will default to 0644. Directories within the path are not affected by this setting. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                   &quot;items&quot;: [ # (Optional) If unspecified, the volume will expose a file whose name is the secret_name. If specified, the key will be used as the version to fetch from Cloud Secret Manager and the path will be the name of the file exposed in the volume. When items are defined, they must specify a key and a path. If unspecified, each key-value pair in the Data field of the referenced Secret will be projected into the volume as a file whose name is the key and content is the value. If specified, the listed keys will be projected into the specified paths, and unlisted keys will not be present. If a key is specified that is not present in the Secret, the volume setup will error unless it is marked optional.
                     { # Maps a string key to a path within a volume.
                       &quot;key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Cloud Secret Manager secret version. Can be &#x27;latest&#x27; for the latest value or an integer for a specific version. The key to project.
-                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 0000 and 0777. If not specified, the volume defaultMode will be used. This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
+                      &quot;mode&quot;: 42, # (Optional) Mode bits to use on this file, must be a value between 01 and 0777 (octal). If 0 or not set, the Volume&#x27;s default mode will be used. Notes * Internally, a umask of 0222 will be applied to any non-zero value. * This is an integer representation of the mode bits. So, the octal integer value should look exactly as the chmod numeric notation with a leading zero. Some examples: for chmod 777 (a=rwx), set to 0777 (octal) or 511 (base-10). For chmod 640 (u=rw,g=r), set to 0640 (octal) or 416 (base-10). For chmod 755 (u=rwx,g=rx,o=rx), set to 0755 (octal) or 493 (base-10). * This might be in conflict with other options that affect the file mode, like fsGroup, and the result can be other mode bits set.
                       &quot;path&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The relative path of the file to map the key to. May not be an absolute path. May not contain the path element &#x27;..&#x27;. May not start with the string &#x27;..&#x27;.
                     },
                   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html
index 3ccf078..212412d 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1.projects.secrets.html
@@ -360,7 +360,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -571,7 +571,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -613,7 +613,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta1.projects.secrets.html b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta1.projects.secrets.html
index 5ffee97..5543b85 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta1.projects.secrets.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/secretmanager_v1beta1.projects.secrets.html
@@ -287,7 +287,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -443,7 +443,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.html
index 16bf268..37311f6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1.organizations.sources.html
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta1.organizations.sources.html b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta1.organizations.sources.html
index d8d16d5..a64b342 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta1.organizations.sources.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/securitycenter_v1beta1.organizations.sources.html
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
         &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
       },
     ],
-    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+    &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
       { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
         &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
           &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
@@ -358,7 +358,7 @@
       &quot;service&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Specifies a service that will be enabled for audit logging. For example, `storage.googleapis.com`, `cloudsql.googleapis.com`. `allServices` is a special value that covers all services.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member.
+  &quot;bindings&quot;: [ # Associates a list of `members` to a `role`. Optionally, may specify a `condition` that determines how and when the `bindings` are applied. Each of the `bindings` must contain at least one member. The `bindings` in a `Policy` can refer to up to 1,500 members; up to 250 of these members can be Google groups. Each occurrence of a member counts towards these limits. For example, if the `bindings` grant 50 different roles to `user:alice@example.com`, and not to any other member, then you can add another 1,450 members to the `bindings` in the `Policy`.
     { # Associates `members` with a `role`.
       &quot;condition&quot;: { # Represents a textual expression in the Common Expression Language (CEL) syntax. CEL is a C-like expression language. The syntax and semantics of CEL are documented at https://github.com/google/cel-spec. Example (Comparison): title: &quot;Summary size limit&quot; description: &quot;Determines if a summary is less than 100 chars&quot; expression: &quot;document.summary.size() &lt; 100&quot; Example (Equality): title: &quot;Requestor is owner&quot; description: &quot;Determines if requestor is the document owner&quot; expression: &quot;document.owner == request.auth.claims.email&quot; Example (Logic): title: &quot;Public documents&quot; description: &quot;Determine whether the document should be publicly visible&quot; expression: &quot;document.type != &#x27;private&#x27; &amp;&amp; document.type != &#x27;internal&#x27;&quot; Example (Data Manipulation): title: &quot;Notification string&quot; description: &quot;Create a notification string with a timestamp.&quot; expression: &quot;&#x27;New message received at &#x27; + string(document.create_time)&quot; The exact variables and functions that may be referenced within an expression are determined by the service that evaluates it. See the service documentation for additional information. # The condition that is associated with this binding. If the condition evaluates to `true`, then this binding applies to the current request. If the condition evaluates to `false`, then this binding does not apply to the current request. However, a different role binding might grant the same role to one or more of the members in this binding. To learn which resources support conditions in their IAM policies, see the [IAM documentation](https://cloud.google.com/iam/help/conditions/resource-policies).
         &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Description of the expression. This is a longer text which describes the expression, e.g. when hovered over it in a UI.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.html b/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.html
index f313640..05a75bb 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/servicenetworking_v1.services.html
@@ -134,6 +134,7 @@
   &quot;ipPrefixLength&quot;: 42, # Required. The prefix length of the subnet&#x27;s IP address range. Use CIDR range notation, such as `30` to provision a subnet with an `x.x.x.x/30` CIDR range. The IP address range is drawn from a pool of available ranges in the service consumer&#x27;s allocated range.
   &quot;outsideAllocationPublicIpRange&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Enable outside allocation using public IP addresses. Any public IP range may be specified. If this field is provided, we will not use customer reserved ranges for this primary IP range.
   &quot;privateIpv6GoogleAccess&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The private IPv6 google access type for the VMs in this subnet. For information about the access types that can be set using this field, see [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/subnetworks) in the Compute API documentation.
+  &quot;purpose&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Defines the purpose field of the subnet, e.g. &#x27;PRIVATE_SERVICE_CONNECT&#x27;. For information about the purposes that can be set using this field, see [subnetwork](https://cloud.google.com/compute/docs/reference/rest/v1/subnetworks) in the Compute API documentation.
   &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The name of a [region](/compute/docs/regions-zones) for the subnet, such `europe-west1`.
   &quot;requestedAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. The starting address of a range. The address must be a valid IPv4 address in the x.x.x.x format. This value combined with the IP prefix range is the CIDR range for the subnet. The range must be within the allocated range that is assigned to the private connection. If the CIDR range isn&#x27;t available, the call fails.
   &quot;requestedRanges&quot;: [ # Optional. The name of one or more allocated IP address ranges associated with this private service access connection. If no range names are provided all ranges associated with this connection will be considered. If a CIDR range with the specified IP prefix length is not available within these ranges, the call fails.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html
index 1eaf511..bee6c9e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.html
@@ -777,1014 +777,7 @@
           &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
           &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
           &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
-          &quot;notesPage&quot;: { # A page in a presentation. # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
-            &quot;layoutProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page are only relevant for pages with page_type LAYOUT. # Layout specific properties. Only set if page_type = LAYOUT.
-              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the layout.
-              &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this layout is based on.
-              &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the layout.
-            },
-            &quot;masterProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type MASTER. # Master specific properties. Only set if page_type = MASTER.
-              &quot;displayName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The human-readable name of the master.
-            },
-            &quot;notesProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type NOTES. # Notes specific properties. Only set if page_type = NOTES.
-              &quot;speakerNotesObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the shape on this notes page that contains the speaker notes for the corresponding slide. The actual shape may not always exist on the notes page. Inserting text using this object ID will automatically create the shape. In this case, the actual shape may have different object ID. The `GetPresentation` or `GetPage` action will always return the latest object ID.
-            },
-            &quot;objectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID for this page. Object IDs used by Page and PageElement share the same namespace.
-            &quot;pageElements&quot;: [ # The page elements rendered on the page.
-              { # A visual element rendered on a page.
-                &quot;description&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The description of the page element. Combined with title to display alt text. The field is not supported for Group elements.
-                &quot;elementGroup&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a joined collection of PageElements. # A collection of page elements joined as a single unit.
-                  &quot;children&quot;: [ # The collection of elements in the group. The minimum size of a group is 2.
-                    # Object with schema name: PageElement
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;image&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing an image. # An image page element.
-                  &quot;contentUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An URL to an image with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the image as the original requester. Access to the image may be lost if the presentation&#x27;s sharing settings change.
-                  &quot;imageProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the Image. # The properties of the image.
-                    &quot;brightness&quot;: 3.14, # The brightness effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only.
-                    &quot;contrast&quot;: 3.14, # The contrast effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only.
-                    &quot;cropProperties&quot;: { # The crop properties of an object enclosed in a container. For example, an Image. The crop properties is represented by the offsets of four edges which define a crop rectangle. The offsets are measured in percentage from the corresponding edges of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle towards inside, relative to the object&#x27;s original dimensions. - If the offset is in the interval (0, 1), the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned inside of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle. - If the offset is negative or greater than 1, the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned outside of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle. - If the left edge of the crop rectangle is on the right side of its right edge, the object will be flipped horizontally. - If the top edge of the crop rectangle is below its bottom edge, the object will be flipped vertically. - If all offsets and rotation angle is 0, the object is not cropped. After cropping, the content in the crop rectangle will be stretched to fit its container. # The crop properties of the image. If not set, the image is not cropped. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;angle&quot;: 3.14, # The rotation angle of the crop window around its center, in radians. Rotation angle is applied after the offset.
-                      &quot;bottomOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the bottom edge of the crop rectangle that is located above the original bounding rectangle bottom edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original height.
-                      &quot;leftOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the left edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the right of the original bounding rectangle left edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original width.
-                      &quot;rightOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the right edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the left of the original bounding rectangle right edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original width.
-                      &quot;topOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the top edge of the crop rectangle that is located below the original bounding rectangle top edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original height.
-                    },
-                    &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the image. If unset, there is no link.
-                      &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                      &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                      &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                    },
-                    &quot;outline&quot;: { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the image. If not set, the image has no outline.
-                      &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the outline.
-                      &quot;outlineFill&quot;: { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline.
-                        &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                          &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                          &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                            &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            },
-                            &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                          },
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;recolor&quot;: { # A recolor effect applied on an image. # The recolor effect of the image. If not set, the image is not recolored. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the recolor effect. The name is determined from the `recolor_stops` by matching the gradient against the colors in the page&#x27;s current color scheme. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;recolorStops&quot;: [ # The recolor effect is represented by a gradient, which is a list of color stops. The colors in the gradient will replace the corresponding colors at the same position in the color palette and apply to the image. This property is read-only.
-                        { # A color and position in a gradient band.
-                          &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The alpha value of this color in the gradient band. Defaults to 1.0, fully opaque.
-                          &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color of the gradient stop.
-                            &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            },
-                            &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                          },
-                          &quot;position&quot;: 3.14, # The relative position of the color stop in the gradient band measured in percentage. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0].
-                        },
-                      ],
-                    },
-                    &quot;shadow&quot;: { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the image. If not set, the image has no shadow. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;alignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow&#x27;s color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;blurRadius&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value.
-                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                        },
-                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                      },
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;rotateWithShape&quot;: True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;transform&quot;: { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x&#x27;, y&#x27;) according to: x&#x27; x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x&#x27; = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y&#x27; = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position.
-                        &quot;scaleX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element.
-                        &quot;scaleY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element.
-                        &quot;shearX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element.
-                        &quot;shearY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element.
-                        &quot;translateX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element.
-                        &quot;translateY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for translate elements.
-                      },
-                      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                    },
-                    &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
-                  },
-                  &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the image is a placeholder image and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
-                    &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
-                    &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
-                  },
-                  &quot;sourceUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The source URL is the URL used to insert the image. The source URL can be empty.
-                },
-                &quot;line&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a non-connector line, straight connector, curved connector, or bent connector. # A line page element.
-                  &quot;lineCategory&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The category of the line. It matches the `category` specified in CreateLineRequest, and can be updated with UpdateLineCategoryRequest.
-                  &quot;lineProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the Line. When unset, these fields default to values that match the appearance of new lines created in the Slides editor. # The properties of the line.
-                    &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the line.
-                    &quot;endArrow&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the arrow at the end of the line.
-                    &quot;endConnection&quot;: { # The properties for one end of a Line connection. # The connection at the end of the line. If unset, there is no connection. Only lines with a Type indicating it is a &quot;connector&quot; can have an `end_connection`.
-                      &quot;connectedObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the connected page element. Some page elements, such as groups, tables, and lines do not have connection sites and therefore cannot be connected to a connector line.
-                      &quot;connectionSiteIndex&quot;: 42, # The index of the connection site on the connected page element. In most cases, it corresponds to the predefined connection site index from the ECMA-376 standard. More information on those connection sites can be found in the description of the &quot;cnx&quot; attribute in section 20.1.9.9 and Annex H. &quot;Predefined DrawingML Shape and Text Geometries&quot; of &quot;Office Open XML File Formats-Fundamentals and Markup Language Reference&quot;, part 1 of [ECMA-376 5th edition] (http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-376.htm). The position of each connection site can also be viewed from Slides editor.
-                    },
-                    &quot;lineFill&quot;: { # The fill of the line. # The fill of the line. The default line fill matches the defaults for new lines created in the Slides editor.
-                      &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                        &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          },
-                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                        },
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the line. If unset, there is no link.
-                      &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                      &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                      &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                    },
-                    &quot;startArrow&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The style of the arrow at the beginning of the line.
-                    &quot;startConnection&quot;: { # The properties for one end of a Line connection. # The connection at the beginning of the line. If unset, there is no connection. Only lines with a Type indicating it is a &quot;connector&quot; can have a `start_connection`.
-                      &quot;connectedObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the connected page element. Some page elements, such as groups, tables, and lines do not have connection sites and therefore cannot be connected to a connector line.
-                      &quot;connectionSiteIndex&quot;: 42, # The index of the connection site on the connected page element. In most cases, it corresponds to the predefined connection site index from the ECMA-376 standard. More information on those connection sites can be found in the description of the &quot;cnx&quot; attribute in section 20.1.9.9 and Annex H. &quot;Predefined DrawingML Shape and Text Geometries&quot; of &quot;Office Open XML File Formats-Fundamentals and Markup Language Reference&quot;, part 1 of [ECMA-376 5th edition] (http://www.ecma-international.org/publications/standards/Ecma-376.htm). The position of each connection site can also be viewed from Slides editor.
-                    },
-                    &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the line.
-                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;lineType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the line.
-                },
-                &quot;objectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID for this page element. Object IDs used by google.apps.slides.v1.Page and google.apps.slides.v1.PageElement share the same namespace.
-                &quot;shape&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a generic shape that does not have a more specific classification. # A generic shape.
-                  &quot;placeholder&quot;: { # The placeholder information that uniquely identifies a placeholder shape. # Placeholders are page elements that inherit from corresponding placeholders on layouts and masters. If set, the shape is a placeholder shape and any inherited properties can be resolved by looking at the parent placeholder identified by the Placeholder.parent_object_id field.
-                    &quot;index&quot;: 42, # The index of the placeholder. If the same placeholder types are present in the same page, they would have different index values.
-                    &quot;parentObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of this shape&#x27;s parent placeholder. If unset, the parent placeholder shape does not exist, so the shape does not inherit properties from any other shape.
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the placeholder.
-                  },
-                  &quot;shapeProperties&quot;: { # The properties of a Shape. If the shape is a placeholder shape as determined by the placeholder field, then these properties may be inherited from a parent placeholder shape. Determining the rendered value of the property depends on the corresponding property_state field value. Any text autofit settings on the shape are automatically deactivated by requests that can impact how text fits in the shape. # The properties of the shape.
-                    &quot;autofit&quot;: { # The autofit properties of a Shape. # The autofit properties of the shape. This property is only set for shapes that allow text.
-                      &quot;autofitType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The autofit type of the shape. If the autofit type is AUTOFIT_TYPE_UNSPECIFIED, the autofit type is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. The field is automatically set to NONE if a request is made that might affect text fitting within its bounding text box. In this case the font_scale is applied to the font_size and the line_spacing_reduction is applied to the line_spacing. Both properties are also reset to default values.
-                      &quot;fontScale&quot;: 3.14, # The font scale applied to the shape. For shapes with autofit_type NONE or SHAPE_AUTOFIT, this value is the default value of 1. For TEXT_AUTOFIT, this value multiplied by the font_size gives the font size that is rendered in the editor. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;lineSpacingReduction&quot;: 3.14, # The line spacing reduction applied to the shape. For shapes with autofit_type NONE or SHAPE_AUTOFIT, this value is the default value of 0. For TEXT_AUTOFIT, this value subtracted from the line_spacing gives the line spacing that is rendered in the editor. This property is read-only.
-                    },
-                    &quot;contentAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alignment of the content in the shape. If unspecified, the alignment is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, the default alignment matches the alignment for new shapes created in the Slides editor.
-                    &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the shape. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent placeholders.
-                      &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                      &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                      &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                    },
-                    &quot;outline&quot;: { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the shape. If unset, the outline is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default outline depends on the shape type, matching the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor.
-                      &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the outline.
-                      &quot;outlineFill&quot;: { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline.
-                        &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                          &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                          &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                            &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            },
-                            &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                          },
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;shadow&quot;: { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow properties of the shape. If unset, the shadow is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default shadow matches the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;alignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow&#x27;s color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;blurRadius&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                      &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value.
-                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                        },
-                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                      },
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;rotateWithShape&quot;: True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;transform&quot;: { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x&#x27;, y&#x27;) according to: x&#x27; x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x&#x27; = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y&#x27; = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position.
-                        &quot;scaleX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element.
-                        &quot;scaleY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element.
-                        &quot;shearX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element.
-                        &quot;shearY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element.
-                        &quot;translateX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element.
-                        &quot;translateY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for translate elements.
-                      },
-                      &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                    },
-                    &quot;shapeBackgroundFill&quot;: { # The shape background fill. # The background fill of the shape. If unset, the background fill is inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If the shape has no parent, then the default background fill depends on the shape type, matching the defaults for new shapes created in the Slides editor.
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a shape will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a shape, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                        &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          },
-                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                        },
-                      },
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;shapeType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the shape.
-                  &quot;text&quot;: { # The general text content. The text must reside in a compatible shape (e.g. text box or rectangle) or a table cell in a page. # The text content of the shape.
-                    &quot;lists&quot;: { # The bulleted lists contained in this text, keyed by list ID.
-                      &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A List describes the look and feel of bullets belonging to paragraphs associated with a list. A paragraph that is part of a list has an implicit reference to that list&#x27;s ID.
-                        &quot;listId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the list.
-                        &quot;nestingLevel&quot;: { # A map of nesting levels to the properties of bullets at the associated level. A list has at most nine levels of nesting, so the possible values for the keys of this map are 0 through 8, inclusive.
-                          &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Contains properties describing the look and feel of a list bullet at a given level of nesting.
-                            &quot;bulletStyle&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The style of a bullet at this level of nesting.
-                              &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                              &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                              &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                              &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                              &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                              },
-                              &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                              &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                              &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                              },
-                              &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                              &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                              &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                              &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                              },
-                            },
-                          },
-                        },
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;textElements&quot;: [ # The text contents broken down into its component parts, including styling information. This property is read-only.
-                      { # A TextElement describes the content of a range of indices in the text content of a Shape or TableCell.
-                        &quot;autoText&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents auto text. # A TextElement representing a spot in the text that is dynamically replaced with content that can change over time.
-                          &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The rendered content of this auto text, if available.
-                          &quot;style&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this auto text.
-                            &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                              &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                  &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                },
-                                &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                            &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                            &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                            &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                              &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                  &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                },
-                                &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                            &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                              &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                              &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                              &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                              &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                            },
-                            &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                            &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                            &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                            &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                              &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                              &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                            },
-                          },
-                          &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this auto text.
-                        },
-                        &quot;endIndex&quot;: 42, # The zero-based end index of this text element, exclusive, in Unicode code units.
-                        &quot;paragraphMarker&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents the beginning of a new paragraph. # A marker representing the beginning of a new paragraph. The `start_index` and `end_index` of this TextElement represent the range of the paragraph. Other TextElements with an index range contained inside this paragraph&#x27;s range are considered to be part of this paragraph. The range of indices of two separate paragraphs will never overlap.
-                          &quot;bullet&quot;: { # Describes the bullet of a paragraph. # The bullet for this paragraph. If not present, the paragraph does not belong to a list.
-                            &quot;bulletStyle&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The paragraph specific text style applied to this bullet.
-                              &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                              &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                              &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                              &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                              &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                              },
-                              &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                              &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                              &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                              },
-                              &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                              &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                              &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                              &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;glyph&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The rendered bullet glyph for this paragraph.
-                            &quot;listId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the list this paragraph belongs to.
-                            &quot;nestingLevel&quot;: 42, # The nesting level of this paragraph in the list.
-                          },
-                          &quot;style&quot;: { # Styles that apply to a whole paragraph. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these paragraph styles may be inherited from the parent. Which paragraph styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A paragraph not in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A paragraph in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited paragraph styles are represented as unset fields in this message. # The paragraph&#x27;s style
-                            &quot;alignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text alignment for this paragraph.
-                            &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text direction of this paragraph. If unset, the value defaults to LEFT_TO_RIGHT since text direction is not inherited.
-                            &quot;indentEnd&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the end of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;indentFirstLine&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of indentation for the start of the first line of the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;indentStart&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the start of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;lineSpacing&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of space between lines, as a percentage of normal, where normal is represented as 100.0. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                            &quot;spaceAbove&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space above the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;spaceBelow&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space below the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;spacingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The spacing mode for the paragraph.
-                          },
-                        },
-                        &quot;startIndex&quot;: 42, # The zero-based start index of this text element, in Unicode code units.
-                        &quot;textRun&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents a run of text that all has the same styling. # A TextElement representing a run of text where all of the characters in the run have the same TextStyle. The `start_index` and `end_index` of TextRuns will always be fully contained in the index range of a single `paragraph_marker` TextElement. In other words, a TextRun will never span multiple paragraphs.
-                          &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this run.
-                          &quot;style&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this run.
-                            &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                              &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                  &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                },
-                                &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                            &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                            &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                            &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                            &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                              &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                  &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                },
-                                &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                            &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                              &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                              &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                              &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                              &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                            },
-                            &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                            &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                            &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                            &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                              &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                              &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                            },
-                          },
-                        },
-                      },
-                    ],
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;sheetsChart&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a linked chart embedded from Google Sheets. # A linked chart embedded from Google Sheets. Unlinked charts are represented as images.
-                  &quot;chartId&quot;: 42, # The ID of the specific chart in the Google Sheets spreadsheet that is embedded.
-                  &quot;contentUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URL of an image of the embedded chart, with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the image as the original requester. Access to the image may be lost if the presentation&#x27;s sharing settings change.
-                  &quot;sheetsChartProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the SheetsChart. # The properties of the Sheets chart.
-                    &quot;chartImageProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the Image. # The properties of the embedded chart image.
-                      &quot;brightness&quot;: 3.14, # The brightness effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;contrast&quot;: 3.14, # The contrast effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [-1.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect. This property is read-only.
-                      &quot;cropProperties&quot;: { # The crop properties of an object enclosed in a container. For example, an Image. The crop properties is represented by the offsets of four edges which define a crop rectangle. The offsets are measured in percentage from the corresponding edges of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle towards inside, relative to the object&#x27;s original dimensions. - If the offset is in the interval (0, 1), the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned inside of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle. - If the offset is negative or greater than 1, the corresponding edge of crop rectangle is positioned outside of the object&#x27;s original bounding rectangle. - If the left edge of the crop rectangle is on the right side of its right edge, the object will be flipped horizontally. - If the top edge of the crop rectangle is below its bottom edge, the object will be flipped vertically. - If all offsets and rotation angle is 0, the object is not cropped. After cropping, the content in the crop rectangle will be stretched to fit its container. # The crop properties of the image. If not set, the image is not cropped. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;angle&quot;: 3.14, # The rotation angle of the crop window around its center, in radians. Rotation angle is applied after the offset.
-                        &quot;bottomOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the bottom edge of the crop rectangle that is located above the original bounding rectangle bottom edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original height.
-                        &quot;leftOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the left edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the right of the original bounding rectangle left edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original width.
-                        &quot;rightOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the right edge of the crop rectangle that is located to the left of the original bounding rectangle right edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original width.
-                        &quot;topOffset&quot;: 3.14, # The offset specifies the top edge of the crop rectangle that is located below the original bounding rectangle top edge, relative to the object&#x27;s original height.
-                      },
-                      &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the image. If unset, there is no link.
-                        &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                        &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                        &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                      },
-                      &quot;outline&quot;: { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the image. If not set, the image has no outline.
-                        &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the outline.
-                        &quot;outlineFill&quot;: { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline.
-                          &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                            &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                              &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              },
-                              &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                            },
-                          },
-                        },
-                        &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                        &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline.
-                          &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                          &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;recolor&quot;: { # A recolor effect applied on an image. # The recolor effect of the image. If not set, the image is not recolored. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the recolor effect. The name is determined from the `recolor_stops` by matching the gradient against the colors in the page&#x27;s current color scheme. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;recolorStops&quot;: [ # The recolor effect is represented by a gradient, which is a list of color stops. The colors in the gradient will replace the corresponding colors at the same position in the color palette and apply to the image. This property is read-only.
-                          { # A color and position in a gradient band.
-                            &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The alpha value of this color in the gradient band. Defaults to 1.0, fully opaque.
-                            &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color of the gradient stop.
-                              &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              },
-                              &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                            },
-                            &quot;position&quot;: 3.14, # The relative position of the color stop in the gradient band measured in percentage. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0].
-                          },
-                        ],
-                      },
-                      &quot;shadow&quot;: { # The shadow properties of a page element. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The shadow of the image. If not set, the image has no shadow. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;alignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alignment point of the shadow, that sets the origin for translate, scale and skew of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The alpha of the shadow&#x27;s color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                        &quot;blurRadius&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The radius of the shadow blur. The larger the radius, the more diffuse the shadow becomes.
-                          &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                          &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                        },
-                        &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The shadow color value.
-                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                          },
-                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                        },
-                        &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The shadow property state. Updating the shadow on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no shadow on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other shadow fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                        &quot;rotateWithShape&quot;: True or False, # Whether the shadow should rotate with the shape. This property is read-only.
-                        &quot;transform&quot;: { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x&#x27;, y&#x27;) according to: x&#x27; x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x&#x27; = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y&#x27; = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # Transform that encodes the translate, scale, and skew of the shadow, relative to the alignment position.
-                          &quot;scaleX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element.
-                          &quot;scaleY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element.
-                          &quot;shearX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element.
-                          &quot;shearY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element.
-                          &quot;translateX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element.
-                          &quot;translateY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element.
-                          &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for translate elements.
-                        },
-                        &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the shadow. This property is read-only.
-                      },
-                      &quot;transparency&quot;: 3.14, # The transparency effect of the image. The value should be in the interval [0.0, 1.0], where 0 means no effect and 1 means completely transparent. This property is read-only.
-                    },
-                  },
-                  &quot;spreadsheetId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the Google Sheets spreadsheet that contains the source chart.
-                },
-                &quot;size&quot;: { # A width and height. # The size of the page element.
-                  &quot;height&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
-                    &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                    &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                  },
-                  &quot;width&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The width of the object.
-                    &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                    &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;table&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a table. # A table page element.
-                  &quot;columns&quot;: 42, # Number of columns in the table.
-                  &quot;horizontalBorderRows&quot;: [ # Properties of horizontal cell borders. A table&#x27;s horizontal cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has one more row than the number of rows in the table and the same number of columns as the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its horizontal borders will be represented as a grid with 4 rows and 3 columns.
-                    { # Contents of each border row in a table.
-                      &quot;tableBorderCells&quot;: [ # Properties of each border cell. When a border&#x27;s adjacent table cells are merged, it is not included in the response.
-                        { # The properties of each border cell.
-                          &quot;location&quot;: { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the border within the border table.
-                            &quot;columnIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based column index.
-                            &quot;rowIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based row index.
-                          },
-                          &quot;tableBorderProperties&quot;: { # The border styling properties of the TableBorderCell. # The border properties.
-                            &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the border.
-                            &quot;tableBorderFill&quot;: { # The fill of the border. # The fill of the table border.
-                              &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid fill.
-                                &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                                &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the border.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                          },
-                        },
-                      ],
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;rows&quot;: 42, # Number of rows in the table.
-                  &quot;tableColumns&quot;: [ # Properties of each column.
-                    { # Properties of each column in a table.
-                      &quot;columnWidth&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Width of a column.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;tableRows&quot;: [ # Properties and contents of each row. Cells that span multiple rows are contained in only one of these rows and have a row_span greater than 1.
-                    { # Properties and contents of each row in a table.
-                      &quot;rowHeight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Height of a row.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                      &quot;tableCells&quot;: [ # Properties and contents of each cell. Cells that span multiple columns are represented only once with a column_span greater than 1. As a result, the length of this collection does not always match the number of columns of the entire table.
-                        { # Properties and contents of each table cell.
-                          &quot;columnSpan&quot;: 42, # Column span of the cell.
-                          &quot;location&quot;: { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the cell within the table.
-                            &quot;columnIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based column index.
-                            &quot;rowIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based row index.
-                          },
-                          &quot;rowSpan&quot;: 42, # Row span of the cell.
-                          &quot;tableCellProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the TableCell. # The properties of the table cell.
-                            &quot;contentAlignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The alignment of the content in the table cell. The default alignment matches the alignment for newly created table cells in the Slides editor.
-                            &quot;tableCellBackgroundFill&quot;: { # The table cell background fill. # The background fill of the table cell. The default fill matches the fill for newly created table cells in the Slides editor.
-                              &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a table cell will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a table cell, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                              &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                                &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                                &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                            },
-                          },
-                          &quot;text&quot;: { # The general text content. The text must reside in a compatible shape (e.g. text box or rectangle) or a table cell in a page. # The text content of the cell.
-                            &quot;lists&quot;: { # The bulleted lists contained in this text, keyed by list ID.
-                              &quot;a_key&quot;: { # A List describes the look and feel of bullets belonging to paragraphs associated with a list. A paragraph that is part of a list has an implicit reference to that list&#x27;s ID.
-                                &quot;listId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the list.
-                                &quot;nestingLevel&quot;: { # A map of nesting levels to the properties of bullets at the associated level. A list has at most nine levels of nesting, so the possible values for the keys of this map are 0 through 8, inclusive.
-                                  &quot;a_key&quot;: { # Contains properties describing the look and feel of a list bullet at a given level of nesting.
-                                    &quot;bulletStyle&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The style of a bullet at this level of nesting.
-                                      &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                        &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          },
-                                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                        },
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                                      &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                                      &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                                      &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                        &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          },
-                                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                        },
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                                      &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                        &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                        &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                        &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                                      &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                                      &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                                      &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                        &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                        &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                  },
-                                },
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;textElements&quot;: [ # The text contents broken down into its component parts, including styling information. This property is read-only.
-                              { # A TextElement describes the content of a range of indices in the text content of a Shape or TableCell.
-                                &quot;autoText&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents auto text. # A TextElement representing a spot in the text that is dynamically replaced with content that can change over time.
-                                  &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The rendered content of this auto text, if available.
-                                  &quot;style&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this auto text.
-                                    &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                      &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                        },
-                                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                                    &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                                    &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                                    &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                      &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                        },
-                                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                                    &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                      &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                      &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                      &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                                    &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                                    &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                                    &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                      &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                      &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                                    },
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of this auto text.
-                                },
-                                &quot;endIndex&quot;: 42, # The zero-based end index of this text element, exclusive, in Unicode code units.
-                                &quot;paragraphMarker&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents the beginning of a new paragraph. # A marker representing the beginning of a new paragraph. The `start_index` and `end_index` of this TextElement represent the range of the paragraph. Other TextElements with an index range contained inside this paragraph&#x27;s range are considered to be part of this paragraph. The range of indices of two separate paragraphs will never overlap.
-                                  &quot;bullet&quot;: { # Describes the bullet of a paragraph. # The bullet for this paragraph. If not present, the paragraph does not belong to a list.
-                                    &quot;bulletStyle&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The paragraph specific text style applied to this bullet.
-                                      &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                        &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          },
-                                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                        },
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                                      &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                                      &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                                      &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                        &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                          &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                            &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                            &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          },
-                                          &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                        },
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                                      &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                        &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                        &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                        &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                        &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                                      },
-                                      &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                                      &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                                      &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                                      &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                        &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                        &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;glyph&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The rendered bullet glyph for this paragraph.
-                                    &quot;listId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the list this paragraph belongs to.
-                                    &quot;nestingLevel&quot;: 42, # The nesting level of this paragraph in the list.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;style&quot;: { # Styles that apply to a whole paragraph. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these paragraph styles may be inherited from the parent. Which paragraph styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A paragraph not in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A paragraph in a list will inherit its paragraph style from the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited paragraph styles are represented as unset fields in this message. # The paragraph&#x27;s style
-                                    &quot;alignment&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text alignment for this paragraph.
-                                    &quot;direction&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text direction of this paragraph. If unset, the value defaults to LEFT_TO_RIGHT since text direction is not inherited.
-                                    &quot;indentEnd&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the end of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;indentFirstLine&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of indentation for the start of the first line of the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;indentStart&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount indentation for the paragraph on the side that corresponds to the start of the text, based on the current text direction. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;lineSpacing&quot;: 3.14, # The amount of space between lines, as a percentage of normal, where normal is represented as 100.0. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                    &quot;spaceAbove&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space above the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;spaceBelow&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The amount of extra space below the paragraph. If unset, the value is inherited from the parent.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;spacingMode&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The spacing mode for the paragraph.
-                                  },
-                                },
-                                &quot;startIndex&quot;: 42, # The zero-based start index of this text element, in Unicode code units.
-                                &quot;textRun&quot;: { # A TextElement kind that represents a run of text that all has the same styling. # A TextElement representing a run of text where all of the characters in the run have the same TextStyle. The `start_index` and `end_index` of TextRuns will always be fully contained in the index range of a single `paragraph_marker` TextElement. In other words, a TextRun will never span multiple paragraphs.
-                                  &quot;content&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text of this run.
-                                  &quot;style&quot;: { # Represents the styling that can be applied to a TextRun. If this text is contained in a shape with a parent placeholder, then these text styles may be inherited from the parent. Which text styles are inherited depend on the nesting level of lists: * A text run in a paragraph that is not in a list will inherit its text style from the the newline character in the paragraph at the 0 nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. * A text run in a paragraph that is in a list will inherit its text style from the newline character in the paragraph at its corresponding nesting level of the list inside the parent placeholder. Inherited text styles are represented as unset fields in this message. If text is contained in a shape without a parent placeholder, unsetting these fields will revert the style to a value matching the defaults in the Slides editor. # The styling applied to this run.
-                                    &quot;backgroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The background color of the text. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                      &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                        },
-                                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;baselineOffset&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text&#x27;s vertical offset from its normal position. Text with `SUPERSCRIPT` or `SUBSCRIPT` baseline offsets is automatically rendered in a smaller font size, computed based on the `font_size` field. The `font_size` itself is not affected by changes in this field.
-                                    &quot;bold&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is rendered as bold.
-                                    &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`. Some fonts can affect the weight of the text. If an update request specifies values for both `font_family` and `bold`, the explicitly-set `bold` value is used.
-                                    &quot;fontSize&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The size of the text&#x27;s font. When read, the `font_size` will specified in points.
-                                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;foregroundColor&quot;: { # A color that can either be fully opaque or fully transparent. # The color of the text itself. If set, the color is either opaque or transparent, depending on if the `opaque_color` field in it is set.
-                                      &quot;opaqueColor&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # If set, this will be used as an opaque color. If unset, this represents a transparent color.
-                                        &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                          &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                          &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                        },
-                                        &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                      },
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;italic&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is italicized.
-                                    &quot;link&quot;: { # A hypertext link. # The hyperlink destination of the text. If unset, there is no link. Links are not inherited from parent text. Changing the link in an update request causes some other changes to the text style of the range: * When setting a link, the text foreground color will be set to ThemeColorType.HYPERLINK and the text will be underlined. If these fields are modified in the same request, those values will be used instead of the link defaults. * Setting a link on a text range that overlaps with an existing link will also update the existing link to point to the new URL. * Links are not settable on newline characters. As a result, setting a link on a text range that crosses a paragraph boundary, such as `&quot;ABC\n123&quot;`, will separate the newline character(s) into their own text runs. The link will be applied separately to the runs before and after the newline. * Removing a link will update the text style of the range to match the style of the preceding text (or the default text styles if the preceding text is another link) unless different styles are being set in the same request.
-                                      &quot;pageObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the specific page in this presentation with this ID. A page with this ID may not exist.
-                                      &quot;relativeLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to a slide in this presentation, addressed by its position.
-                                      &quot;slideIndex&quot;: 42, # If set, indicates this is a link to the slide at this zero-based index in the presentation. There may not be a slide at this index.
-                                      &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # If set, indicates this is a link to the external web page at this URL.
-                                    },
-                                    &quot;smallCaps&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is in small capital letters.
-                                    &quot;strikethrough&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is struck through.
-                                    &quot;underline&quot;: True or False, # Whether or not the text is underlined.
-                                    &quot;weightedFontFamily&quot;: { # Represents a font family and weight used to style a TextRun. # The font family and rendered weight of the text. This field is an extension of `font_family` meant to support explicit font weights without breaking backwards compatibility. As such, when reading the style of a range of text, the value of `weighted_font_family#font_family` will always be equal to that of `font_family`. However, when writing, if both fields are included in the field mask (either explicitly or through the wildcard `&quot;*&quot;`), their values are reconciled as follows: * If `font_family` is set and `weighted_font_family` is not, the value of `font_family` is applied with weight `400` (&quot;normal&quot;). * If both fields are set, the value of `font_family` must match that of `weighted_font_family#font_family`. If so, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned. * If `weighted_font_family` is set and `font_family` is not, the font family and weight of `weighted_font_family` is applied. * If neither field is set, the font family and weight of the text inherit from the parent. Note that these properties cannot inherit separately from each other. If an update request specifies values for both `weighted_font_family` and `bold`, the `weighted_font_family` is applied first, then `bold`. If `weighted_font_family#weight` is not set, it defaults to `400`. If `weighted_font_family` is set, then `weighted_font_family#font_family` must also be set with a non-empty value. Otherwise, a 400 bad request error is returned.
-                                      &quot;fontFamily&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The font family of the text. The font family can be any font from the Font menu in Slides or from [Google Fonts] (https://fonts.google.com/). If the font name is unrecognized, the text is rendered in `Arial`.
-                                      &quot;weight&quot;: 42, # The rendered weight of the text. This field can have any value that is a multiple of `100` between `100` and `900`, inclusive. This range corresponds to the numerical values described in the CSS 2.1 Specification, [section 15.6](https://www.w3.org/TR/CSS21/fonts.html#font-boldness), with non-numerical values disallowed. Weights greater than or equal to `700` are considered bold, and weights less than `700`are not bold. The default value is `400` (&quot;normal&quot;).
-                                    },
-                                  },
-                                },
-                              },
-                            ],
-                          },
-                        },
-                      ],
-                      &quot;tableRowProperties&quot;: { # Properties of each row in a table. # Properties of the row.
-                        &quot;minRowHeight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # Minimum height of the row. The row will be rendered in the Slides editor at a height equal to or greater than this value in order to show all the text in the row&#x27;s cell(s).
-                          &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                          &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                        },
-                      },
-                    },
-                  ],
-                  &quot;verticalBorderRows&quot;: [ # Properties of vertical cell borders. A table&#x27;s vertical cell borders are represented as a grid. The grid has the same number of rows as the table and one more column than the number of columns in the table. For example, if the table is 3 x 3, its vertical borders will be represented as a grid with 3 rows and 4 columns.
-                    { # Contents of each border row in a table.
-                      &quot;tableBorderCells&quot;: [ # Properties of each border cell. When a border&#x27;s adjacent table cells are merged, it is not included in the response.
-                        { # The properties of each border cell.
-                          &quot;location&quot;: { # A location of a single table cell within a table. # The location of the border within the border table.
-                            &quot;columnIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based column index.
-                            &quot;rowIndex&quot;: 42, # The 0-based row index.
-                          },
-                          &quot;tableBorderProperties&quot;: { # The border styling properties of the TableBorderCell. # The border properties.
-                            &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the border.
-                            &quot;tableBorderFill&quot;: { # The fill of the border. # The fill of the table border.
-                              &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid fill.
-                                &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                                &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                                  &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                                    &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                    &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                                  },
-                                  &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                                },
-                              },
-                            },
-                            &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the border.
-                              &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                              &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                            },
-                          },
-                        },
-                      ],
-                    },
-                  ],
-                },
-                &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the page element. Combined with description to display alt text. The field is not supported for Group elements.
-                &quot;transform&quot;: { # AffineTransform uses a 3x3 matrix with an implied last row of [ 0 0 1 ] to transform source coordinates (x,y) into destination coordinates (x&#x27;, y&#x27;) according to: x&#x27; x = shear_y scale_y translate_y 1 [ 1 ] After transformation, x&#x27; = scale_x * x + shear_x * y + translate_x; y&#x27; = scale_y * y + shear_y * x + translate_y; This message is therefore composed of these six matrix elements. # The transform of the page element. The visual appearance of the page element is determined by its absolute transform. To compute the absolute transform, preconcatenate a page element&#x27;s transform with the transforms of all of its parent groups. If the page element is not in a group, its absolute transform is the same as the value in this field. The initial transform for the newly created Group is always the identity transform.
-                  &quot;scaleX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate scaling element.
-                  &quot;scaleY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate scaling element.
-                  &quot;shearX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate shearing element.
-                  &quot;shearY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate shearing element.
-                  &quot;translateX&quot;: 3.14, # The X coordinate translation element.
-                  &quot;translateY&quot;: 3.14, # The Y coordinate translation element.
-                  &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for translate elements.
-                },
-                &quot;video&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing a video. # A video page element.
-                  &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The video source&#x27;s unique identifier for this video.
-                  &quot;source&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The video source.
-                  &quot;url&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An URL to a video. The URL is valid as long as the source video exists and sharing settings do not change.
-                  &quot;videoProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the Video. # The properties of the video.
-                    &quot;autoPlay&quot;: True or False, # Whether to enable video autoplay when the page is displayed in present mode. Defaults to false.
-                    &quot;end&quot;: 42, # The time at which to end playback, measured in seconds from the beginning of the video. If set, the end time should be after the start time. If not set or if you set this to a value that exceeds the video&#x27;s length, the video will be played until its end.
-                    &quot;mute&quot;: True or False, # Whether to mute the audio during video playback. Defaults to false.
-                    &quot;outline&quot;: { # The outline of a PageElement. If these fields are unset, they may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. If there is no parent, the fields will default to the value used for new page elements created in the Slides editor, which may depend on the page element kind. # The outline of the video. The default outline matches the defaults for new videos created in the Slides editor.
-                      &quot;dashStyle&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dash style of the outline.
-                      &quot;outlineFill&quot;: { # The fill of the outline. # The fill of the outline.
-                        &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                          &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                          &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                            &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                              &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                              &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                            },
-                            &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                          },
-                        },
-                      },
-                      &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The outline property state. Updating the outline on a page element will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no outline on a page element, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other outline fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                      &quot;weight&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The thickness of the outline.
-                        &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                        &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                      },
-                    },
-                    &quot;start&quot;: 42, # The time at which to start playback, measured in seconds from the beginning of the video. If set, the start time should be before the end time. If you set this to a value that exceeds the video&#x27;s length in seconds, the video will be played from the last second. If not set, the video will be played from the beginning.
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;wordArt&quot;: { # A PageElement kind representing word art. # A word art page element.
-                  &quot;renderedText&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The text rendered as word art.
-                },
-              },
-            ],
-            &quot;pageProperties&quot;: { # The properties of the Page. The page will inherit properties from the parent page. Depending on the page type the hierarchy is defined in either SlideProperties or LayoutProperties. # The properties of the page.
-              &quot;colorScheme&quot;: { # The palette of predefined colors for a page. # The color scheme of the page. If unset, the color scheme is inherited from a parent page. If the page has no parent, the color scheme uses a default Slides color scheme, matching the defaults in the Slides editor. Only the concrete colors of the first 12 ThemeColorTypes are editable. In addition, only the color scheme on `Master` pages can be updated. To update the field, a color scheme containing mappings from all the first 12 ThemeColorTypes to their concrete colors must be provided. Colors for the remaining ThemeColorTypes will be ignored.
-                &quot;colors&quot;: [ # The ThemeColorType and corresponding concrete color pairs.
-                  { # A pair mapping a theme color type to the concrete color it represents.
-                    &quot;color&quot;: { # An RGB color. # The concrete color corresponding to the theme color type above.
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                    },
-                    &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the theme color.
-                  },
-                ],
-              },
-              &quot;pageBackgroundFill&quot;: { # The page background fill. # The background fill of the page. If unset, the background fill is inherited from a parent page if it exists. If the page has no parent, then the background fill defaults to the corresponding fill in the Slides editor.
-                &quot;propertyState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The background fill property state. Updating the fill on a page will implicitly update this field to `RENDERED`, unless another value is specified in the same request. To have no fill on a page, set this field to `NOT_RENDERED`. In this case, any other fill fields set in the same request will be ignored.
-                &quot;solidFill&quot;: { # A solid color fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified color value. If any field is unset, its value may be inherited from a parent placeholder if it exists. # Solid color fill.
-                  &quot;alpha&quot;: 3.14, # The fraction of this `color` that should be applied to the pixel. That is, the final pixel color is defined by the equation: pixel color = alpha * (color) + (1.0 - alpha) * (background color) This means that a value of 1.0 corresponds to a solid color, whereas a value of 0.0 corresponds to a completely transparent color.
-                  &quot;color&quot;: { # A themeable solid color value. # The color value of the solid fill.
-                    &quot;rgbColor&quot;: { # An RGB color. # An opaque RGB color.
-                      &quot;blue&quot;: 3.14, # The blue component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;green&quot;: 3.14, # The green component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                      &quot;red&quot;: 3.14, # The red component of the color, from 0.0 to 1.0.
-                    },
-                    &quot;themeColor&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An opaque theme color.
-                  },
-                },
-                &quot;stretchedPictureFill&quot;: { # The stretched picture fill. The page or page element is filled entirely with the specified picture. The picture is stretched to fit its container. # Stretched picture fill.
-                  &quot;contentUrl&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reading the content_url: An URL to a picture with a default lifetime of 30 minutes. This URL is tagged with the account of the requester. Anyone with the URL effectively accesses the picture as the original requester. Access to the picture may be lost if the presentation&#x27;s sharing settings change. Writing the content_url: The picture is fetched once at insertion time and a copy is stored for display inside the presentation. Pictures must be less than 50MB in size, cannot exceed 25 megapixels, and must be in one of PNG, JPEG, or GIF format. The provided URL can be at most 2 kB in length.
-                  &quot;size&quot;: { # A width and height. # The original size of the picture fill. This field is read-only.
-                    &quot;height&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
-                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                    },
-                    &quot;width&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The width of the object.
-                      &quot;magnitude&quot;: 3.14, # The magnitude.
-                      &quot;unit&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The units for magnitude.
-                    },
-                  },
-                },
-              },
-            },
-            &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
-            &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-            &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
-          },
+          &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
         },
       },
       &quot;updateSlidesPosition&quot;: { # Updates the position of slides in the presentation. # Updates the position of a set of slides in the presentation.
@@ -3052,7 +2045,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;locale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag.
@@ -4063,7 +3061,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;notesMaster&quot;: { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only.
@@ -5072,7 +4075,12 @@
     },
     &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
     &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+      &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+    },
   },
   &quot;pageSize&quot;: { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation.
     &quot;height&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
@@ -6093,7 +5101,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the presentation.
@@ -7115,7 +6128,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;locale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag.
@@ -8126,7 +7144,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;notesMaster&quot;: { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only.
@@ -9135,7 +8158,12 @@
     },
     &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
     &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+      &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+    },
   },
   &quot;pageSize&quot;: { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation.
     &quot;height&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
@@ -10156,7 +9184,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the presentation.
@@ -11185,7 +10218,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;locale&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The locale of the presentation, as an IETF BCP 47 language tag.
@@ -12196,7 +11234,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;notesMaster&quot;: { # A page in a presentation. # The notes master in the presentation. It serves three purposes: - Placeholder shapes on a notes master contain the default text styles and shape properties of all placeholder shapes on notes pages. Specifically, a `SLIDE_IMAGE` placeholder shape contains the slide thumbnail, and a `BODY` placeholder shape contains the speaker notes. - The notes master page properties define the common page properties inherited by all notes pages. - Any other shapes on the notes master appear on all notes pages. The notes master is read-only.
@@ -13205,7 +12248,12 @@
     },
     &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
     &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+    &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+      &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+      &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+    },
   },
   &quot;pageSize&quot;: { # A width and height. # The size of pages in the presentation.
     &quot;height&quot;: { # A magnitude in a single direction in the specified units. # The height of the object.
@@ -14226,7 +13274,12 @@
       },
       &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
       &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+      &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+        &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+        &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+        &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+      },
     },
   ],
   &quot;title&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The title of the presentation.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html
index 68f1bda..aab9b5e 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/slides_v1.presentations.pages.html
@@ -1110,7 +1110,12 @@
   },
   &quot;pageType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of the page.
   &quot;revisionId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The revision ID of the presentation containing this page. Can be used in update requests to assert that the presentation revision hasn&#x27;t changed since the last read operation. Only populated if the user has edit access to the presentation. The format of the revision ID may change over time, so it should be treated opaquely. A returned revision ID is only guaranteed to be valid for 24 hours after it has been returned and cannot be shared across users. If the revision ID is unchanged between calls, then the presentation has not changed. Conversely, a changed ID (for the same presentation and user) usually means the presentation has been updated; however, a changed ID can also be due to internal factors such as ID format changes.
-  &quot;slideProperties&quot;: # Object with schema name: SlideProperties # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+  &quot;slideProperties&quot;: { # The properties of Page that are only relevant for pages with page_type SLIDE. # Slide specific properties. Only set if page_type = SLIDE.
+    &quot;isSkipped&quot;: True or False, # Whether the slide is skipped in the presentation mode. Defaults to false.
+    &quot;layoutObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the layout that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+    &quot;masterObjectId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The object ID of the master that this slide is based on. This property is read-only.
+    &quot;notesPage&quot;: # Object with schema name: Page # The notes page that this slide is associated with. It defines the visual appearance of a notes page when printing or exporting slides with speaker notes. A notes page inherits properties from the notes master. The placeholder shape with type BODY on the notes page contains the speaker notes for this slide. The ID of this shape is identified by the speakerNotesObjectId field. The notes page is read-only except for the text content and styles of the speaker notes shape. This property is read-only.
+  },
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html
index 80b2dc8..d3c0a7b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/spanner_v1.projects.instances.databases.sessions.html
@@ -421,14 +421,7 @@
         &quot;a_key&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
           &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
           &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-          &quot;structType&quot;: { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-            &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
-              { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
-                &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-                &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
-              },
-            ],
-          },
+          &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
         },
       },
       &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the DML string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names can contain letters, numbers, and underscores. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `&quot;WHERE id &gt; @msg_id AND id &lt; @msg_id + 100&quot;` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -486,7 +479,11 @@
           &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
             { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
               &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-              &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+              &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
+                &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
+                &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
+                &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+              },
             },
           ],
         },
@@ -563,14 +560,7 @@
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
       &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
       &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-      &quot;structType&quot;: { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-        &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
-          { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-            &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
     },
   },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names must conform to the naming requirements of identifiers as specified at https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/lexical#identifiers. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `&quot;WHERE id &gt; @msg_id AND id &lt; @msg_id + 100&quot;` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -637,7 +627,11 @@
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
+            &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
+            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
+            &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+          },
         },
       ],
     },
@@ -703,14 +697,7 @@
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
       &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
       &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-      &quot;structType&quot;: { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-        &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
-          { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-            &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
     },
   },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names must conform to the naming requirements of identifiers as specified at https://cloud.google.com/spanner/docs/lexical#identifiers. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `&quot;WHERE id &gt; @msg_id AND id &lt; @msg_id + 100&quot;` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -778,7 +765,11 @@
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
+            &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
+            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
+            &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+          },
         },
       ],
     },
@@ -913,14 +904,7 @@
     &quot;a_key&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query.
       &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
       &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
-      &quot;structType&quot;: { # `StructType` defines the fields of a STRUCT type. # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
-        &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
-          { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-            &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
-          },
-        ],
-      },
+      &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
     },
   },
   &quot;params&quot;: { # Parameter names and values that bind to placeholders in the SQL string. A parameter placeholder consists of the `@` character followed by the parameter name (for example, `@firstName`). Parameter names can contain letters, numbers, and underscores. Parameters can appear anywhere that a literal value is expected. The same parameter name can be used more than once, for example: `&quot;WHERE id &gt; @msg_id AND id &lt; @msg_id + 100&quot;` It is an error to execute a SQL statement with unbound parameters.
@@ -1176,7 +1160,11 @@
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
+            &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
+            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
+            &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+          },
         },
       ],
     },
@@ -1348,7 +1336,11 @@
       &quot;fields&quot;: [ # The list of fields that make up this struct. Order is significant, because values of this struct type are represented as lists, where the order of field values matches the order of fields in the StructType. In turn, the order of fields matches the order of columns in a read request, or the order of fields in the `SELECT` clause of a query.
         { # Message representing a single field of a struct.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the field. For reads, this is the column name. For SQL queries, it is the column alias (e.g., `&quot;Word&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT &#x27;hello&#x27; AS Word&quot;`), or the column name (e.g., `&quot;ColName&quot;` in the query `&quot;SELECT ColName FROM Table&quot;`). Some columns might have an empty name (e.g., `&quot;SELECT UPPER(ColName)&quot;`). Note that a query result can contain multiple fields with the same name.
-          &quot;type&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # The type of the field.
+          &quot;type&quot;: { # `Type` indicates the type of a Cloud Spanner value, as might be stored in a table cell or returned from an SQL query. # The type of the field.
+            &quot;arrayElementType&quot;: # Object with schema name: Type # If code == ARRAY, then `array_element_type` is the type of the array elements.
+            &quot;code&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Required. The TypeCode for this type.
+            &quot;structType&quot;: # Object with schema name: StructType # If code == STRUCT, then `struct_type` provides type information for the struct&#x27;s fields.
+          },
         },
       ],
     },
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html
index 13ad939..2b2a1e7 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.backupRuns.html
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID of the project that contains the instance. (required)
   instance: string, Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID. (required)
-  id: string, The ID of the backup run to delete. To find a backup run ID, use the list method. (required)
+  id: string, The ID of the backup run to delete. To find a backup run ID, use the [list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1/backupRuns/list) method. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
   },
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier for this backup run. Unique only for a specific Cloud SQL instance.
   &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupRun*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupRun**.
   &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backups.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
   },
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier for this backup run. Unique only for a specific Cloud SQL instance.
   &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupRun*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupRun**.
   &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backups.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
       },
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier for this backup run. Unique only for a specific Cloud SQL instance.
       &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupRun*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupRun**.
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backups.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
       &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
       &quot;windowStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupRunsList*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupRunsList**.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The continuation token, used to page through large result sets. Provide this value in a subsequent request to return the next page of results.
 }</pre>
 </div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html
index 833c867..3ab5cc6 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.connect.html
@@ -103,6 +103,7 @@
   &quot;access_token&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Access token to include in the signed certificate.
   &quot;public_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM encoded public key to include in the signed certificate.
   &quot;readTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional snapshot read timestamp to trade freshness for performance.
+  &quot;validDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. If set, it will contain the cert valid duration.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html
index 8cf62c2..7a8c0f8 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.databases.html
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
       },
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#databasesList*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#databasesList**.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html
index 8a77c70..445da3b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.instances.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Exports data from a Cloud SQL instance to a Cloud Storage bucket as a SQL dump or CSV file.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#failover">failover(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Initiates a manual failover of a high availability (HA) primary instance to a standby instance, which becomes the primary instance. Users are then rerouted to the new primary. For more information, see the Overview of high availability page in the Cloud SQL documentation. If using Legacy HA (MySQL only), this causes the instance to failover to its failover replica instance.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Initiates a manual failover of a high availability (HA) primary instance to a standby instance, which becomes the primary instance. Users are then rerouted to the new primary. For more information, see the [Overview of high availability](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability) page in the Cloud SQL documentation. If using Legacy HA (MySQL only), this causes the instance to failover to its failover replica instance.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves a resource containing information about a Cloud SQL instance.</p>
@@ -253,10 +253,10 @@
     &quot;binLogCoordinates&quot;: { # Binary log coordinates. # Binary log coordinates, if specified, identify the position up to which the source instance is cloned. If not specified, the source instance is cloned up to the most recent binary log coordinates.
       &quot;binLogFileName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the binary log file for a Cloud SQL instance.
       &quot;binLogPosition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Position (offset) within the binary log file.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#binLogCoordinates*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#binLogCoordinates**.
     },
     &quot;destinationInstanceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Cloud SQL instance to be created as a clone.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#cloneContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#cloneContext**.
     &quot;pitrTimestampMs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reserved for future use.
     &quot;pointInTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timestamp, if specified, identifies the time to which the source instance is cloned.
   },
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@
 
 { # Database demote primary instance request.
   &quot;demoteMasterContext&quot;: { # Database instance demote primary instance context. # Contains details about the demoteMaster operation.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#demoteMasterContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#demoteMasterContext**.
     &quot;masterInstanceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the instance which will act as on-premises primary instance in the replication setup.
     &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the on-premises primary instance. # Configuration specific to read-replicas replicating from the on-premises primary instance.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#demoteMasterConfiguration**.
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="failover">failover(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Initiates a manual failover of a high availability (HA) primary instance to a standby instance, which becomes the primary instance. Users are then rerouted to the new primary. For more information, see the Overview of high availability page in the Cloud SQL documentation. If using Legacy HA (MySQL only), this causes the instance to failover to its failover replica instance.
+  <pre>Initiates a manual failover of a high availability (HA) primary instance to a standby instance, which becomes the primary instance. Users are then rerouted to the new primary. For more information, see the [Overview of high availability](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability) page in the Cloud SQL documentation. If using Legacy HA (MySQL only), this causes the instance to failover to its failover replica instance.
 
 Args:
   project: string, ID of the project that contains the read replica. (required)
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@
 
 { # Instance failover request.
   &quot;failoverContext&quot;: { # Database instance failover context. # Failover Context.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#failoverContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#failoverContext**.
     &quot;settingsVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current settings version of this instance. Request will be rejected if this version doesn&#x27;t match the current settings version.
   },
 }
@@ -810,11 +810,11 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
-  &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
+  &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The backend type. **SECOND_GEN**: Cloud SQL database instance. **EXTERNAL**: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the **tier** property in the **settings** object to determine the database type.
   &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
-  &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
+  &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see [this announcement](https://groups.google.com/d/msg/google-cloud-sql-announce/I_7-F9EBhT0/BtvFtdFeAgAJ) for details.
+  &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The **databaseVersion** field cannot be changed after instance creation. * **MySQL instances**: MYSQL_8_0, MYSQL_5_7 (default), or MYSQL_5_6. * **PostgreSQL instances**: POSTGRES_9_6, POSTGRES_10, POSTGRES_11, POSTGRES_12, POSTGRES_13 (default). * **SQL Server instances**: SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD, SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2019_WEB, SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD (default), SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2017_WEB.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
@@ -823,13 +823,13 @@
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
     &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
   },
-  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the *settings.settingsVersion* field instead.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the **settings.settingsVersion** field instead.
   &quot;failoverReplica&quot;: { # The name and status of the failover replica.
     &quot;available&quot;: True or False, # The availability status of the failover replica. A false status indicates that the failover replica is out of sync. The primary instance can only failover to the failover replica when the status is true.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the failover replica. If specified at instance creation, a failover replica is created for the instance. The name doesn&#x27;t include the project ID.
   },
   &quot;gceZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Compute Engine zone that the instance is currently serving from. This value could be different from the zone that was specified when the instance was created if the instance has failed over to its secondary zone.
-  &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following. *CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. *ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE*: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. *READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
+  &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following: * **CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. * **ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE**: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. * **READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
   &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
     { # Database instance IP Mapping.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address assigned.
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;ipv6Address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IPv6 address assigned to the instance. (Deprecated) This property was applicable only to First Generation instances.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#instance*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#instance**.
   &quot;masterInstanceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup.
   &quot;maxDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@
     &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
     &quot;dumpFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dump file to create the Cloud SQL replica.
     &quot;hostPort&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#onPremisesConfiguration*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#onPremisesConfiguration**.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for connecting to on-premises instance.
     &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: { # Reference to another Cloud SQL instance. # The reference to Cloud SQL instance if the source is Cloud SQL.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance being referenced. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -862,10 +862,10 @@
     &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
   },
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
-  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be: * **us-central** (**FIRST_GEN** instances only) * **us-central1** (**SECOND_GEN** instances only) * **asia-east1** or **europe-west1**. Defaults to **us-central** or **us-central1** depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
   &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
-    &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
+    &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to **true** the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#replicaConfiguration**.
     &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
       &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
-  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following. *SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED*: The state of the instance is unknown. *RUNNABLE*: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. *SUSPENDED*: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. *PENDING_DELETE*: The instance is being deleted. *PENDING_CREATE*: The instance is being created. *MAINTENANCE*: The instance is down for maintenance. *FAILED*: The instance creation failed.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following: * **SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED**: The state of the instance is unknown. * **RUNNABLE**: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. * **SUSPENDED**: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. * **PENDING_DELETE**: The instance is being deleted. * **PENDING_CREATE**: The instance is being created. * **MAINTENANCE**: The instance is down for maintenance. * **FAILED**: The instance creation failed.
   &quot;suspensionReason&quot;: [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -1136,11 +1136,11 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
-  &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
+  &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The backend type. **SECOND_GEN**: Cloud SQL database instance. **EXTERNAL**: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the **tier** property in the **settings** object to determine the database type.
   &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
-  &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
+  &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see [this announcement](https://groups.google.com/d/msg/google-cloud-sql-announce/I_7-F9EBhT0/BtvFtdFeAgAJ) for details.
+  &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The **databaseVersion** field cannot be changed after instance creation. * **MySQL instances**: MYSQL_8_0, MYSQL_5_7 (default), or MYSQL_5_6. * **PostgreSQL instances**: POSTGRES_9_6, POSTGRES_10, POSTGRES_11, POSTGRES_12, POSTGRES_13 (default). * **SQL Server instances**: SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD, SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2019_WEB, SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD (default), SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2017_WEB.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
@@ -1149,13 +1149,13 @@
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
     &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
   },
-  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the *settings.settingsVersion* field instead.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the **settings.settingsVersion** field instead.
   &quot;failoverReplica&quot;: { # The name and status of the failover replica.
     &quot;available&quot;: True or False, # The availability status of the failover replica. A false status indicates that the failover replica is out of sync. The primary instance can only failover to the failover replica when the status is true.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the failover replica. If specified at instance creation, a failover replica is created for the instance. The name doesn&#x27;t include the project ID.
   },
   &quot;gceZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Compute Engine zone that the instance is currently serving from. This value could be different from the zone that was specified when the instance was created if the instance has failed over to its secondary zone.
-  &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following. *CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. *ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE*: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. *READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
+  &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following: * **CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. * **ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE**: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. * **READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
   &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
     { # Database instance IP Mapping.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address assigned.
@@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;ipv6Address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IPv6 address assigned to the instance. (Deprecated) This property was applicable only to First Generation instances.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#instance*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#instance**.
   &quot;masterInstanceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup.
   &quot;maxDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@
     &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
     &quot;dumpFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dump file to create the Cloud SQL replica.
     &quot;hostPort&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#onPremisesConfiguration*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#onPremisesConfiguration**.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for connecting to on-premises instance.
     &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: { # Reference to another Cloud SQL instance. # The reference to Cloud SQL instance if the source is Cloud SQL.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance being referenced. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -1188,10 +1188,10 @@
     &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
   },
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
-  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be: * **us-central** (**FIRST_GEN** instances only) * **us-central1** (**SECOND_GEN** instances only) * **asia-east1** or **europe-west1**. Defaults to **us-central** or **us-central1** depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
   &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
-    &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
+    &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to **true** the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#replicaConfiguration**.
     &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
       &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
@@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
-  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following. *SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED*: The state of the instance is unknown. *RUNNABLE*: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. *SUSPENDED*: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. *PENDING_DELETE*: The instance is being deleted. *PENDING_CREATE*: The instance is being created. *MAINTENANCE*: The instance is down for maintenance. *FAILED*: The instance creation failed.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following: * **SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED**: The state of the instance is unknown. * **RUNNABLE**: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. * **SUSPENDED**: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. * **PENDING_DELETE**: The instance is being deleted. * **PENDING_CREATE**: The instance is being created. * **MAINTENANCE**: The instance is down for maintenance. * **FAILED**: The instance creation failed.
   &quot;suspensionReason&quot;: [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -1434,11 +1434,11 @@
     { # Database instances list response.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # List of database instance resources.
     { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
-      &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
+      &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The backend type. **SECOND_GEN**: Cloud SQL database instance. **EXTERNAL**: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the **tier** property in the **settings** object to determine the database type.
       &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-      &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
-      &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
+      &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see [this announcement](https://groups.google.com/d/msg/google-cloud-sql-announce/I_7-F9EBhT0/BtvFtdFeAgAJ) for details.
+      &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The **databaseVersion** field cannot be changed after instance creation. * **MySQL instances**: MYSQL_8_0, MYSQL_5_7 (default), or MYSQL_5_6. * **PostgreSQL instances**: POSTGRES_9_6, POSTGRES_10, POSTGRES_11, POSTGRES_12, POSTGRES_13 (default). * **SQL Server instances**: SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD, SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2019_WEB, SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD (default), SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2017_WEB.
       &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
         &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
@@ -1447,13 +1447,13 @@
         &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
         &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
       },
-      &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the *settings.settingsVersion* field instead.
+      &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the **settings.settingsVersion** field instead.
       &quot;failoverReplica&quot;: { # The name and status of the failover replica.
         &quot;available&quot;: True or False, # The availability status of the failover replica. A false status indicates that the failover replica is out of sync. The primary instance can only failover to the failover replica when the status is true.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the failover replica. If specified at instance creation, a failover replica is created for the instance. The name doesn&#x27;t include the project ID.
       },
       &quot;gceZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Compute Engine zone that the instance is currently serving from. This value could be different from the zone that was specified when the instance was created if the instance has failed over to its secondary zone.
-      &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following. *CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. *ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE*: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. *READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
+      &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following: * **CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. * **ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE**: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. * **READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
       &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
         { # Database instance IP Mapping.
           &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address assigned.
@@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;ipv6Address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IPv6 address assigned to the instance. (Deprecated) This property was applicable only to First Generation instances.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#instance*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#instance**.
       &quot;masterInstanceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup.
       &quot;maxDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -1472,7 +1472,7 @@
         &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
         &quot;dumpFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dump file to create the Cloud SQL replica.
         &quot;hostPort&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#onPremisesConfiguration*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#onPremisesConfiguration**.
         &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for connecting to on-premises instance.
         &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: { # Reference to another Cloud SQL instance. # The reference to Cloud SQL instance if the source is Cloud SQL.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance being referenced. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -1486,10 +1486,10 @@
         &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
       },
       &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
-      &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
+      &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be: * **us-central** (**FIRST_GEN** instances only) * **us-central1** (**SECOND_GEN** instances only) * **asia-east1** or **europe-west1**. Defaults to **us-central** or **us-central1** depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
       &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
-        &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
+        &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to **true** the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#replicaConfiguration**.
         &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
           &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
           &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
@@ -1619,13 +1619,13 @@
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
       },
-      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following. *SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED*: The state of the instance is unknown. *RUNNABLE*: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. *SUSPENDED*: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. *PENDING_DELETE*: The instance is being deleted. *PENDING_CREATE*: The instance is being created. *MAINTENANCE*: The instance is down for maintenance. *FAILED*: The instance creation failed.
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following: * **SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED**: The state of the instance is unknown. * **RUNNABLE**: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. * **SUSPENDED**: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. * **PENDING_DELETE**: The instance is being deleted. * **PENDING_CREATE**: The instance is being created. * **MAINTENANCE**: The instance is down for maintenance. * **FAILED**: The instance creation failed.
       &quot;suspensionReason&quot;: [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#instancesList*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#instancesList**.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The continuation token, used to page through large result sets. Provide this value in a subsequent request to return the next page of results.
   &quot;warnings&quot;: [ # List of warnings that occurred while handling the request.
     { # An Admin API warning message.
@@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@
       &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#instancesListServerCas*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#instancesListServerCas**.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1696,11 +1696,11 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
-  &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
+  &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The backend type. **SECOND_GEN**: Cloud SQL database instance. **EXTERNAL**: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the **tier** property in the **settings** object to determine the database type.
   &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
-  &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
+  &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see [this announcement](https://groups.google.com/d/msg/google-cloud-sql-announce/I_7-F9EBhT0/BtvFtdFeAgAJ) for details.
+  &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The **databaseVersion** field cannot be changed after instance creation. * **MySQL instances**: MYSQL_8_0, MYSQL_5_7 (default), or MYSQL_5_6. * **PostgreSQL instances**: POSTGRES_9_6, POSTGRES_10, POSTGRES_11, POSTGRES_12, POSTGRES_13 (default). * **SQL Server instances**: SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD, SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2019_WEB, SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD (default), SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2017_WEB.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
@@ -1709,13 +1709,13 @@
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
     &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
   },
-  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the *settings.settingsVersion* field instead.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the **settings.settingsVersion** field instead.
   &quot;failoverReplica&quot;: { # The name and status of the failover replica.
     &quot;available&quot;: True or False, # The availability status of the failover replica. A false status indicates that the failover replica is out of sync. The primary instance can only failover to the failover replica when the status is true.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the failover replica. If specified at instance creation, a failover replica is created for the instance. The name doesn&#x27;t include the project ID.
   },
   &quot;gceZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Compute Engine zone that the instance is currently serving from. This value could be different from the zone that was specified when the instance was created if the instance has failed over to its secondary zone.
-  &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following. *CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. *ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE*: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. *READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
+  &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following: * **CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. * **ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE**: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. * **READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
   &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
     { # Database instance IP Mapping.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address assigned.
@@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;ipv6Address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IPv6 address assigned to the instance. (Deprecated) This property was applicable only to First Generation instances.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#instance*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#instance**.
   &quot;masterInstanceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup.
   &quot;maxDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@
     &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
     &quot;dumpFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dump file to create the Cloud SQL replica.
     &quot;hostPort&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#onPremisesConfiguration*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#onPremisesConfiguration**.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for connecting to on-premises instance.
     &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: { # Reference to another Cloud SQL instance. # The reference to Cloud SQL instance if the source is Cloud SQL.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance being referenced. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -1748,10 +1748,10 @@
     &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
   },
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
-  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be: * **us-central** (**FIRST_GEN** instances only) * **us-central1** (**SECOND_GEN** instances only) * **asia-east1** or **europe-west1**. Defaults to **us-central** or **us-central1** depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
   &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
-    &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
+    &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to **true** the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#replicaConfiguration**.
     &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
       &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
@@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
-  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following. *SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED*: The state of the instance is unknown. *RUNNABLE*: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. *SUSPENDED*: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. *PENDING_DELETE*: The instance is being deleted. *PENDING_CREATE*: The instance is being created. *MAINTENANCE*: The instance is down for maintenance. *FAILED*: The instance creation failed.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following: * **SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED**: The state of the instance is unknown. * **RUNNABLE**: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. * **SUSPENDED**: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. * **PENDING_DELETE**: The instance is being deleted. * **PENDING_CREATE**: The instance is being created. * **MAINTENANCE**: The instance is down for maintenance. * **FAILED**: The instance creation failed.
   &quot;suspensionReason&quot;: [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@
   &quot;restoreBackupContext&quot;: { # Database instance restore from backup context. Backup context contains source instance id and project id. # Parameters required to perform the restore backup operation.
     &quot;backupRunId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the backup run to restore from.
     &quot;instanceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the instance that the backup was taken from.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#restoreBackupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#restoreBackupContext**.
     &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full project ID of the source instance.
   },
 }
@@ -2374,7 +2374,7 @@
 
 { # Rotate server CA request.
   &quot;rotateServerCaContext&quot;: { # Instance rotate server CA context. # Contains details about the rotate server CA operation.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#rotateServerCaContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#rotateServerCaContext**.
     &quot;nextVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the next version to be rotated to. If left unspecified, will be rotated to the most recently added server CA version.
   },
 }
@@ -2666,8 +2666,8 @@
 
 { # Instance truncate log request.
   &quot;truncateLogContext&quot;: { # Database Instance truncate log context. # Contains details about the truncate log operation.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#truncateLogContext*.
-    &quot;logType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of log to truncate. Valid values are *MYSQL_GENERAL_TABLE* and *MYSQL_SLOW_TABLE*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#truncateLogContext**.
+    &quot;logType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of log to truncate. Valid values are **MYSQL_GENERAL_TABLE** and **MYSQL_SLOW_TABLE**.
   },
 }
 
@@ -2769,11 +2769,11 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
-  &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
+  &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The backend type. **SECOND_GEN**: Cloud SQL database instance. **EXTERNAL**: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the **tier** property in the **settings** object to determine the database type.
   &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
-  &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
+  &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see [this announcement](https://groups.google.com/d/msg/google-cloud-sql-announce/I_7-F9EBhT0/BtvFtdFeAgAJ) for details.
+  &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The **databaseVersion** field cannot be changed after instance creation. * **MySQL instances**: MYSQL_8_0, MYSQL_5_7 (default), or MYSQL_5_6. * **PostgreSQL instances**: POSTGRES_9_6, POSTGRES_10, POSTGRES_11, POSTGRES_12, POSTGRES_13 (default). * **SQL Server instances**: SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD, SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2019_WEB, SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD (default), SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2017_WEB.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
@@ -2782,13 +2782,13 @@
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
     &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
   },
-  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the *settings.settingsVersion* field instead.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the **settings.settingsVersion** field instead.
   &quot;failoverReplica&quot;: { # The name and status of the failover replica.
     &quot;available&quot;: True or False, # The availability status of the failover replica. A false status indicates that the failover replica is out of sync. The primary instance can only failover to the failover replica when the status is true.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the failover replica. If specified at instance creation, a failover replica is created for the instance. The name doesn&#x27;t include the project ID.
   },
   &quot;gceZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Compute Engine zone that the instance is currently serving from. This value could be different from the zone that was specified when the instance was created if the instance has failed over to its secondary zone.
-  &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following. *CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. *ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE*: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. *READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
+  &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following: * **CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. * **ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE**: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. * **READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
   &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
     { # Database instance IP Mapping.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address assigned.
@@ -2797,7 +2797,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;ipv6Address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IPv6 address assigned to the instance. (Deprecated) This property was applicable only to First Generation instances.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#instance*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#instance**.
   &quot;masterInstanceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup.
   &quot;maxDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -2807,7 +2807,7 @@
     &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
     &quot;dumpFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dump file to create the Cloud SQL replica.
     &quot;hostPort&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#onPremisesConfiguration*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#onPremisesConfiguration**.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for connecting to on-premises instance.
     &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: { # Reference to another Cloud SQL instance. # The reference to Cloud SQL instance if the source is Cloud SQL.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance being referenced. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -2821,10 +2821,10 @@
     &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
   },
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
-  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be: * **us-central** (**FIRST_GEN** instances only) * **us-central1** (**SECOND_GEN** instances only) * **asia-east1** or **europe-west1**. Defaults to **us-central** or **us-central1** depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
   &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
-    &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
+    &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to **true** the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#replicaConfiguration**.
     &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
       &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
@@ -2954,7 +2954,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
-  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following. *SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED*: The state of the instance is unknown. *RUNNABLE*: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. *SUSPENDED*: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. *PENDING_DELETE*: The instance is being deleted. *PENDING_CREATE*: The instance is being created. *MAINTENANCE*: The instance is down for maintenance. *FAILED*: The instance creation failed.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following: * **SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED**: The state of the instance is unknown. * **RUNNABLE**: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. * **SUSPENDED**: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. * **PENDING_DELETE**: The instance is being deleted. * **PENDING_CREATE**: The instance is being created. * **MAINTENANCE**: The instance is down for maintenance. * **FAILED**: The instance creation failed.
   &quot;suspensionReason&quot;: [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html
index 8bfb54f..1d2301a 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.operations.html
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
       &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the user who initiated this operation.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationsList*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationsList**.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The continuation token, used to page through large result sets. Provide this value in a subsequent request to return the next page of results.
 }</pre>
 </div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html
index 84ebfab..1939e61 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.projects.instances.html
@@ -342,15 +342,15 @@
   &quot;errors&quot;: [ # List of migration violations.
     { # External primary instance migration setting error/warning.
       &quot;detail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Can be *sql#externalSyncSettingError* or *sql#externalSyncSettingWarning*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Can be **sql#externalSyncSettingError** or **sql#externalSyncSettingWarning**.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#migrationSettingErrorList*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#migrationSettingErrorList**.
   &quot;warnings&quot;: [ # List of migration warnings.
     { # External primary instance migration setting error/warning.
       &quot;detail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Can be *sql#externalSyncSettingError* or *sql#externalSyncSettingWarning*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Can be **sql#externalSyncSettingError** or **sql#externalSyncSettingWarning**.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html
index c9e4b3b..c7b6d77 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.sslCerts.html
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
     },
     &quot;certPrivateKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private key for the client cert, in pem format. Keep private in order to protect your security.
   },
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCertsInsert*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCertsInsert**.
   &quot;operation&quot;: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. # The operation to track the ssl certs insert request.
     &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
       &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
       &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCertsList*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCertsList**.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.tiers.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.tiers.html
index fa22853..0fc0dde 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.tiers.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.tiers.html
@@ -105,14 +105,14 @@
     { # A Google Cloud SQL service tier resource.
       &quot;DiskQuota&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum disk size of this tier in bytes.
       &quot;RAM&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum RAM usage of this tier in bytes.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#tier*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#tier**.
       &quot;region&quot;: [ # The applicable regions for this tier.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
-      &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier for the machine type, for example, db-custom-1-3840. For related information, see Pricing.
+      &quot;tier&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier for the machine type, for example, db-custom-1-3840. For related information, see [Pricing](/sql/pricing).
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#tiersList*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#tiersList**.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
index 6c5cd78..8027613 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1.users.html
@@ -203,12 +203,12 @@
 
 { # A Cloud SQL user resource.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API.
-  &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The host name from which the user can connect. For *insert* operations, host defaults to an empty string. For *update* operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion.
-  &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for *update* since it is already specified on the URL.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#user*.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the user in the Cloud SQL instance. Can be omitted for *update* since it is already specified in the URL.
+  &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The host name from which the user can connect. For **insert** operations, host defaults to an empty string. For **update** operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion.
+  &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for **update** since it is already specified on the URL.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#user**.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the user in the Cloud SQL instance. Can be omitted for **update** since it is already specified in the URL.
   &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for the user.
-  &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL database. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable. Can be omitted for *update* since it is already specified on the URL.
+  &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL database. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable. Can be omitted for **update** since it is already specified on the URL.
   &quot;sqlserverUserDetails&quot;: { # Represents a Sql Server user on the Cloud SQL instance.
     &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If the user has been disabled
     &quot;serverRoles&quot;: [ # The server roles for this user
@@ -324,12 +324,12 @@
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # List of user resources in the instance.
     { # A Cloud SQL user resource.
       &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API.
-      &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The host name from which the user can connect. For *insert* operations, host defaults to an empty string. For *update* operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion.
-      &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for *update* since it is already specified on the URL.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#user*.
-      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the user in the Cloud SQL instance. Can be omitted for *update* since it is already specified in the URL.
+      &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The host name from which the user can connect. For **insert** operations, host defaults to an empty string. For **update** operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion.
+      &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for **update** since it is already specified on the URL.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#user**.
+      &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the user in the Cloud SQL instance. Can be omitted for **update** since it is already specified in the URL.
       &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for the user.
-      &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL database. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable. Can be omitted for *update* since it is already specified on the URL.
+      &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL database. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable. Can be omitted for **update** since it is already specified on the URL.
       &quot;sqlserverUserDetails&quot;: { # Represents a Sql Server user on the Cloud SQL instance.
         &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If the user has been disabled
         &quot;serverRoles&quot;: [ # The server roles for this user
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The user type. It determines the method to authenticate the user during login. The default is the database&#x27;s built-in user type.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#usersList*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#usersList**.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # An identifier that uniquely identifies the operation. You can use this identifier to retrieve the Operations resource that has information about the operation.
 }</pre>
 </div>
@@ -356,12 +356,12 @@
 
 { # A Cloud SQL user resource.
   &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API.
-  &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The host name from which the user can connect. For *insert* operations, host defaults to an empty string. For *update* operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion.
-  &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for *update* since it is already specified on the URL.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#user*.
-  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the user in the Cloud SQL instance. Can be omitted for *update* since it is already specified in the URL.
+  &quot;host&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The host name from which the user can connect. For **insert** operations, host defaults to an empty string. For **update** operations, host is specified as part of the request URL. The host name cannot be updated after insertion.
+  &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID. Can be omitted for **update** since it is already specified on the URL.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#user**.
+  &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the user in the Cloud SQL instance. Can be omitted for **update** since it is already specified in the URL.
   &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for the user.
-  &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL database. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable. Can be omitted for *update* since it is already specified on the URL.
+  &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL database. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable. Can be omitted for **update** since it is already specified on the URL.
   &quot;sqlserverUserDetails&quot;: { # Represents a Sql Server user on the Cloud SQL instance.
     &quot;disabled&quot;: True or False, # If the user has been disabled
     &quot;serverRoles&quot;: [ # The server roles for this user
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html
index 2a2fcef..2b54ab1 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.backupRuns.html
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@
 Args:
   project: string, Project ID of the project that contains the instance. (required)
   instance: string, Cloud SQL instance ID. This does not include the project ID. (required)
-  id: string, The ID of the backup run to delete. To find a backup run ID, use the list method. (required)
+  id: string, The ID of the backup run to delete. To find a backup run ID, use the [list](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/admin-api/rest/v1beta4/backupRuns/list) method. (required)
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
     Allowed values
       1 - v1 error format
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@
   },
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier for this backup run. Unique only for a specific Cloud SQL instance.
   &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupRun*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupRun**.
   &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backups.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@
   },
   &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier for this backup run. Unique only for a specific Cloud SQL instance.
   &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupRun*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupRun**.
   &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backups.
   &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
   &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
@@ -314,7 +314,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -404,7 +404,7 @@
       },
       &quot;id&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier for this backup run. Unique only for a specific Cloud SQL instance.
       &quot;instance&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the database instance.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupRun*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupRun**.
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backups.
       &quot;selfLink&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The URI of this resource.
       &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The time the backup operation actually started in UTC timezone in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
@@ -413,7 +413,7 @@
       &quot;windowStartTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The start time of the backup window during which this the backup was attempted in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#backupRunsList*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#backupRunsList**.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The continuation token, used to page through large result sets. Provide this value in a subsequent request to return the next page of results.
 }</pre>
 </div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html
index 8059b81..36e4e1b 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.connect.html
@@ -103,6 +103,7 @@
   &quot;access_token&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Access token to include in the signed certificate.
   &quot;public_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM encoded public key to include in the signed certificate.
   &quot;readTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. Optional snapshot read timestamp to trade freshness for performance.
+  &quot;validDuration&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Optional. If set, it will contain the cert valid duration.
 }
 
   x__xgafv: string, V1 error format.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html
index 8e979b5..81c939f 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.databases.html
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@
       },
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#databasesList*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#databasesList**.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -438,7 +438,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -456,7 +456,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -569,7 +569,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html
index 64ed947..b73dee4 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.instances.html
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@
 <p class="firstline">Exports data from a Cloud SQL instance to a Cloud Storage bucket as a SQL dump or CSV file.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#failover">failover(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
-<p class="firstline">Initiates a manual failover of a high availability (HA) primary instance to a standby instance, which becomes the primary instance. Users are then rerouted to the new primary. For more information, see the Overview of high availability page in the Cloud SQL documentation. If using Legacy HA (MySQL only), this causes the instance to failover to its failover replica instance.</p>
+<p class="firstline">Initiates a manual failover of a high availability (HA) primary instance to a standby instance, which becomes the primary instance. Users are then rerouted to the new primary. For more information, see the [Overview of high availability](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability) page in the Cloud SQL documentation. If using Legacy HA (MySQL only), this causes the instance to failover to its failover replica instance.</p>
 <p class="toc_element">
   <code><a href="#get">get(project, instance, x__xgafv=None)</a></code></p>
 <p class="firstline">Retrieves a resource containing information about a Cloud SQL instance.</p>
@@ -187,7 +187,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -205,7 +205,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -253,10 +253,10 @@
     &quot;binLogCoordinates&quot;: { # Binary log coordinates. # Binary log coordinates, if specified, identify the position up to which the source instance is cloned. If not specified, the source instance is cloned up to the most recent binary log coordinates.
       &quot;binLogFileName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the binary log file for a Cloud SQL instance.
       &quot;binLogPosition&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Position (offset) within the binary log file.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#binLogCoordinates*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#binLogCoordinates**.
     },
     &quot;destinationInstanceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Cloud SQL instance to be created as a clone.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#cloneContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#cloneContext**.
     &quot;pitrTimestampMs&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Reserved for future use.
     &quot;pointInTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Timestamp, if specified, identifies the time to which the source instance is cloned.
   },
@@ -298,7 +298,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -415,7 +415,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -460,7 +460,7 @@
 
 { # Database demote primary instance request.
   &quot;demoteMasterContext&quot;: { # Database instance demote primary instance context. # Contains details about the demoteMaster operation.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#demoteMasterContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#demoteMasterContext**.
     &quot;masterInstanceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the instance which will act as on-premises primary instance in the replication setup.
     &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the on-premises primary instance. # Configuration specific to read-replicas replicating from the on-premises primary instance.
       &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#demoteMasterConfiguration**.
@@ -514,7 +514,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -532,7 +532,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -588,7 +588,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -639,7 +639,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -657,7 +657,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -692,7 +692,7 @@
 
 <div class="method">
     <code class="details" id="failover">failover(project, instance, body=None, x__xgafv=None)</code>
-  <pre>Initiates a manual failover of a high availability (HA) primary instance to a standby instance, which becomes the primary instance. Users are then rerouted to the new primary. For more information, see the Overview of high availability page in the Cloud SQL documentation. If using Legacy HA (MySQL only), this causes the instance to failover to its failover replica instance.
+  <pre>Initiates a manual failover of a high availability (HA) primary instance to a standby instance, which becomes the primary instance. Users are then rerouted to the new primary. For more information, see the [Overview of high availability](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/high-availability) page in the Cloud SQL documentation. If using Legacy HA (MySQL only), this causes the instance to failover to its failover replica instance.
 
 Args:
   project: string, ID of the project that contains the read replica. (required)
@@ -702,7 +702,7 @@
 
 { # Instance failover request.
   &quot;failoverContext&quot;: { # Database instance failover context. # Failover Context.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#failoverContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#failoverContext**.
     &quot;settingsVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current settings version of this instance. Request will be rejected if this version doesn&#x27;t match the current settings version.
   },
 }
@@ -743,7 +743,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -761,7 +761,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -810,11 +810,11 @@
   An object of the form:
 
     { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
-  &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
+  &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The backend type. **SECOND_GEN**: Cloud SQL database instance. **EXTERNAL**: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the **tier** property in the **settings** object to determine the database type.
   &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
-  &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
+  &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see [this announcement](https://groups.google.com/d/msg/google-cloud-sql-announce/I_7-F9EBhT0/BtvFtdFeAgAJ) for details.
+  &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The **databaseVersion** field cannot be changed after instance creation. * **MySQL instances**: MYSQL_8_0, MYSQL_5_7 (default), or MYSQL_5_6. * **PostgreSQL instances**: POSTGRES_9_6, POSTGRES_10, POSTGRES_11, POSTGRES_12, POSTGRES_13 (default). * **SQL Server instances**: SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD, SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2019_WEB, SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD (default), SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2017_WEB.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
@@ -823,13 +823,13 @@
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
     &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
   },
-  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the *settings.settingsVersion* field instead.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the **settings.settingsVersion** field instead.
   &quot;failoverReplica&quot;: { # The name and status of the failover replica.
     &quot;available&quot;: True or False, # The availability status of the failover replica. A false status indicates that the failover replica is out of sync. The primary instance can only failover to the failover replica when the status is true.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the failover replica. If specified at instance creation, a failover replica is created for the instance. The name doesn&#x27;t include the project ID.
   },
   &quot;gceZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Compute Engine zone that the instance is currently serving from. This value could be different from the zone that was specified when the instance was created if the instance has failed over to its secondary zone.
-  &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following. *CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. *ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE*: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. *READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
+  &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following: * **CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. * **ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE**: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. * **READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
   &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
     { # Database instance IP Mapping.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address assigned.
@@ -838,7 +838,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;ipv6Address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IPv6 address assigned to the instance. (Deprecated) This property was applicable only to First Generation instances.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#instance*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#instance**.
   &quot;masterInstanceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup.
   &quot;maxDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -848,7 +848,7 @@
     &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
     &quot;dumpFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dump file to create the Cloud SQL replica.
     &quot;hostPort&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#onPremisesConfiguration*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#onPremisesConfiguration**.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for connecting to on-premises instance.
     &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: { # Reference to another Cloud SQL instance. # The reference to Cloud SQL instance if the source is Cloud SQL.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance being referenced. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -862,10 +862,10 @@
     &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
   },
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
-  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be: * **us-central** (**FIRST_GEN** instances only) * **us-central1** (**SECOND_GEN** instances only) * **asia-east1** or **europe-west1**. Defaults to **us-central** or **us-central1** depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
   &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
-    &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
+    &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to **true** the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#replicaConfiguration**.
     &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
       &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
@@ -926,7 +926,7 @@
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backup
       &quot;pointInTimeRecoveryEnabled&quot;: True or False, # (Postgres only) Whether point in time recovery is enabled.
       &quot;replicationLogArchivingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
-      &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time for the daily backup configuration in UTC timezone in the 24 hour format - *HH:MM*.
+      &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time for the daily backup configuration in UTC timezone in the 24 hour format - **HH:MM**.
       &quot;transactionLogRetentionDays&quot;: 42, # The number of days of transaction logs we retain for point in time restore, from 1-7.
     },
     &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of server Instance collation.
@@ -935,7 +935,7 @@
     &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.
     &quot;databaseFlags&quot;: [ # The database flags passed to the instance at startup.
       { # Database flags for Cloud SQL instances.
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see Configuring Database Flags in the Cloud SQL documentation.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see [Configuring Database Flags](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/flags) in the Cloud SQL documentation.
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn&#x27;t take a value.
       },
     ],
@@ -995,7 +995,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
-  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following. *SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED*: The state of the instance is unknown. *RUNNABLE*: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. *SUSPENDED*: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. *PENDING_DELETE*: The instance is being deleted. *PENDING_CREATE*: The instance is being created. *MAINTENANCE*: The instance is down for maintenance. *FAILED*: The instance creation failed.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following: * **SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED**: The state of the instance is unknown. * **RUNNABLE**: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. * **SUSPENDED**: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. * **PENDING_DELETE**: The instance is being deleted. * **PENDING_CREATE**: The instance is being created. * **MAINTENANCE**: The instance is down for maintenance. * **FAILED**: The instance creation failed.
   &quot;suspensionReason&quot;: [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -1075,7 +1075,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -1093,7 +1093,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -1136,11 +1136,11 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
-  &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
+  &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The backend type. **SECOND_GEN**: Cloud SQL database instance. **EXTERNAL**: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the **tier** property in the **settings** object to determine the database type.
   &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
-  &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
+  &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see [this announcement](https://groups.google.com/d/msg/google-cloud-sql-announce/I_7-F9EBhT0/BtvFtdFeAgAJ) for details.
+  &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The **databaseVersion** field cannot be changed after instance creation. * **MySQL instances**: MYSQL_8_0, MYSQL_5_7 (default), or MYSQL_5_6. * **PostgreSQL instances**: POSTGRES_9_6, POSTGRES_10, POSTGRES_11, POSTGRES_12, POSTGRES_13 (default). * **SQL Server instances**: SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD, SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2019_WEB, SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD (default), SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2017_WEB.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
@@ -1149,13 +1149,13 @@
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
     &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
   },
-  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the *settings.settingsVersion* field instead.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the **settings.settingsVersion** field instead.
   &quot;failoverReplica&quot;: { # The name and status of the failover replica.
     &quot;available&quot;: True or False, # The availability status of the failover replica. A false status indicates that the failover replica is out of sync. The primary instance can only failover to the failover replica when the status is true.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the failover replica. If specified at instance creation, a failover replica is created for the instance. The name doesn&#x27;t include the project ID.
   },
   &quot;gceZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Compute Engine zone that the instance is currently serving from. This value could be different from the zone that was specified when the instance was created if the instance has failed over to its secondary zone.
-  &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following. *CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. *ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE*: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. *READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
+  &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following: * **CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. * **ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE**: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. * **READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
   &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
     { # Database instance IP Mapping.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address assigned.
@@ -1164,7 +1164,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;ipv6Address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IPv6 address assigned to the instance. (Deprecated) This property was applicable only to First Generation instances.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#instance*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#instance**.
   &quot;masterInstanceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup.
   &quot;maxDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@
     &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
     &quot;dumpFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dump file to create the Cloud SQL replica.
     &quot;hostPort&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#onPremisesConfiguration*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#onPremisesConfiguration**.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for connecting to on-premises instance.
     &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: { # Reference to another Cloud SQL instance. # The reference to Cloud SQL instance if the source is Cloud SQL.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance being referenced. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -1188,10 +1188,10 @@
     &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
   },
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
-  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be: * **us-central** (**FIRST_GEN** instances only) * **us-central1** (**SECOND_GEN** instances only) * **asia-east1** or **europe-west1**. Defaults to **us-central** or **us-central1** depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
   &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
-    &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
+    &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to **true** the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#replicaConfiguration**.
     &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
       &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
@@ -1252,7 +1252,7 @@
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backup
       &quot;pointInTimeRecoveryEnabled&quot;: True or False, # (Postgres only) Whether point in time recovery is enabled.
       &quot;replicationLogArchivingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
-      &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time for the daily backup configuration in UTC timezone in the 24 hour format - *HH:MM*.
+      &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time for the daily backup configuration in UTC timezone in the 24 hour format - **HH:MM**.
       &quot;transactionLogRetentionDays&quot;: 42, # The number of days of transaction logs we retain for point in time restore, from 1-7.
     },
     &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of server Instance collation.
@@ -1261,7 +1261,7 @@
     &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.
     &quot;databaseFlags&quot;: [ # The database flags passed to the instance at startup.
       { # Database flags for Cloud SQL instances.
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see Configuring Database Flags in the Cloud SQL documentation.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see [Configuring Database Flags](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/flags) in the Cloud SQL documentation.
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn&#x27;t take a value.
       },
     ],
@@ -1321,7 +1321,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
-  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following. *SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED*: The state of the instance is unknown. *RUNNABLE*: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. *SUSPENDED*: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. *PENDING_DELETE*: The instance is being deleted. *PENDING_CREATE*: The instance is being created. *MAINTENANCE*: The instance is down for maintenance. *FAILED*: The instance creation failed.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following: * **SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED**: The state of the instance is unknown. * **RUNNABLE**: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. * **SUSPENDED**: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. * **PENDING_DELETE**: The instance is being deleted. * **PENDING_CREATE**: The instance is being created. * **MAINTENANCE**: The instance is down for maintenance. * **FAILED**: The instance creation failed.
   &quot;suspensionReason&quot;: [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -1363,7 +1363,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -1381,7 +1381,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -1434,11 +1434,11 @@
     { # Database instances list response.
   &quot;items&quot;: [ # List of database instance resources.
     { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
-      &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
+      &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The backend type. **SECOND_GEN**: Cloud SQL database instance. **EXTERNAL**: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the **tier** property in the **settings** object to determine the database type.
       &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
       &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-      &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
-      &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
+      &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see [this announcement](https://groups.google.com/d/msg/google-cloud-sql-announce/I_7-F9EBhT0/BtvFtdFeAgAJ) for details.
+      &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The **databaseVersion** field cannot be changed after instance creation. * **MySQL instances**: MYSQL_8_0, MYSQL_5_7 (default), or MYSQL_5_6. * **PostgreSQL instances**: POSTGRES_9_6, POSTGRES_10, POSTGRES_11, POSTGRES_12, POSTGRES_13 (default). * **SQL Server instances**: SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD, SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2019_WEB, SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD (default), SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2017_WEB.
       &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
         &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
         &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
@@ -1447,13 +1447,13 @@
         &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
         &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
       },
-      &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the *settings.settingsVersion* field instead.
+      &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the **settings.settingsVersion** field instead.
       &quot;failoverReplica&quot;: { # The name and status of the failover replica.
         &quot;available&quot;: True or False, # The availability status of the failover replica. A false status indicates that the failover replica is out of sync. The primary instance can only failover to the failover replica when the status is true.
         &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the failover replica. If specified at instance creation, a failover replica is created for the instance. The name doesn&#x27;t include the project ID.
       },
       &quot;gceZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Compute Engine zone that the instance is currently serving from. This value could be different from the zone that was specified when the instance was created if the instance has failed over to its secondary zone.
-      &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following. *CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. *ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE*: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. *READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
+      &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following: * **CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. * **ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE**: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. * **READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
       &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
         { # Database instance IP Mapping.
           &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address assigned.
@@ -1462,7 +1462,7 @@
         },
       ],
       &quot;ipv6Address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IPv6 address assigned to the instance. (Deprecated) This property was applicable only to First Generation instances.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#instance*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#instance**.
       &quot;masterInstanceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup.
       &quot;maxDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -1472,7 +1472,7 @@
         &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
         &quot;dumpFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dump file to create the Cloud SQL replica.
         &quot;hostPort&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#onPremisesConfiguration*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#onPremisesConfiguration**.
         &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for connecting to on-premises instance.
         &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: { # Reference to another Cloud SQL instance. # The reference to Cloud SQL instance if the source is Cloud SQL.
           &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance being referenced. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -1486,10 +1486,10 @@
         &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
       },
       &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
-      &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
+      &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be: * **us-central** (**FIRST_GEN** instances only) * **us-central1** (**SECOND_GEN** instances only) * **asia-east1** or **europe-west1**. Defaults to **us-central** or **us-central1** depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
       &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
-        &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
+        &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to **true** the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#replicaConfiguration**.
         &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
           &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
           &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
@@ -1550,7 +1550,7 @@
           &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backup
           &quot;pointInTimeRecoveryEnabled&quot;: True or False, # (Postgres only) Whether point in time recovery is enabled.
           &quot;replicationLogArchivingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
-          &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time for the daily backup configuration in UTC timezone in the 24 hour format - *HH:MM*.
+          &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time for the daily backup configuration in UTC timezone in the 24 hour format - **HH:MM**.
           &quot;transactionLogRetentionDays&quot;: 42, # The number of days of transaction logs we retain for point in time restore, from 1-7.
         },
         &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of server Instance collation.
@@ -1559,7 +1559,7 @@
         &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.
         &quot;databaseFlags&quot;: [ # The database flags passed to the instance at startup.
           { # Database flags for Cloud SQL instances.
-            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see Configuring Database Flags in the Cloud SQL documentation.
+            &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see [Configuring Database Flags](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/flags) in the Cloud SQL documentation.
             &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn&#x27;t take a value.
           },
         ],
@@ -1619,13 +1619,13 @@
           &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
         },
       },
-      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following. *SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED*: The state of the instance is unknown. *RUNNABLE*: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. *SUSPENDED*: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. *PENDING_DELETE*: The instance is being deleted. *PENDING_CREATE*: The instance is being created. *MAINTENANCE*: The instance is down for maintenance. *FAILED*: The instance creation failed.
+      &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following: * **SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED**: The state of the instance is unknown. * **RUNNABLE**: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. * **SUSPENDED**: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. * **PENDING_DELETE**: The instance is being deleted. * **PENDING_CREATE**: The instance is being created. * **MAINTENANCE**: The instance is down for maintenance. * **FAILED**: The instance creation failed.
       &quot;suspensionReason&quot;: [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension.
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#instancesList*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#instancesList**.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The continuation token, used to page through large result sets. Provide this value in a subsequent request to return the next page of results.
   &quot;warnings&quot;: [ # List of warnings that occurred while handling the request.
     { # An Admin API warning message.
@@ -1667,7 +1667,7 @@
       &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#instancesListServerCas*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#instancesListServerCas**.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
@@ -1696,11 +1696,11 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
-  &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
+  &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The backend type. **SECOND_GEN**: Cloud SQL database instance. **EXTERNAL**: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the **tier** property in the **settings** object to determine the database type.
   &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
-  &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
+  &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see [this announcement](https://groups.google.com/d/msg/google-cloud-sql-announce/I_7-F9EBhT0/BtvFtdFeAgAJ) for details.
+  &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The **databaseVersion** field cannot be changed after instance creation. * **MySQL instances**: MYSQL_8_0, MYSQL_5_7 (default), or MYSQL_5_6. * **PostgreSQL instances**: POSTGRES_9_6, POSTGRES_10, POSTGRES_11, POSTGRES_12, POSTGRES_13 (default). * **SQL Server instances**: SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD, SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2019_WEB, SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD (default), SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2017_WEB.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
@@ -1709,13 +1709,13 @@
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
     &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
   },
-  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the *settings.settingsVersion* field instead.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the **settings.settingsVersion** field instead.
   &quot;failoverReplica&quot;: { # The name and status of the failover replica.
     &quot;available&quot;: True or False, # The availability status of the failover replica. A false status indicates that the failover replica is out of sync. The primary instance can only failover to the failover replica when the status is true.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the failover replica. If specified at instance creation, a failover replica is created for the instance. The name doesn&#x27;t include the project ID.
   },
   &quot;gceZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Compute Engine zone that the instance is currently serving from. This value could be different from the zone that was specified when the instance was created if the instance has failed over to its secondary zone.
-  &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following. *CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. *ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE*: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. *READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
+  &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following: * **CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. * **ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE**: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. * **READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
   &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
     { # Database instance IP Mapping.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address assigned.
@@ -1724,7 +1724,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;ipv6Address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IPv6 address assigned to the instance. (Deprecated) This property was applicable only to First Generation instances.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#instance*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#instance**.
   &quot;masterInstanceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup.
   &quot;maxDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -1734,7 +1734,7 @@
     &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
     &quot;dumpFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dump file to create the Cloud SQL replica.
     &quot;hostPort&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#onPremisesConfiguration*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#onPremisesConfiguration**.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for connecting to on-premises instance.
     &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: { # Reference to another Cloud SQL instance. # The reference to Cloud SQL instance if the source is Cloud SQL.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance being referenced. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -1748,10 +1748,10 @@
     &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
   },
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
-  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be: * **us-central** (**FIRST_GEN** instances only) * **us-central1** (**SECOND_GEN** instances only) * **asia-east1** or **europe-west1**. Defaults to **us-central** or **us-central1** depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
   &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
-    &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
+    &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to **true** the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#replicaConfiguration**.
     &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
       &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
@@ -1812,7 +1812,7 @@
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backup
       &quot;pointInTimeRecoveryEnabled&quot;: True or False, # (Postgres only) Whether point in time recovery is enabled.
       &quot;replicationLogArchivingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
-      &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time for the daily backup configuration in UTC timezone in the 24 hour format - *HH:MM*.
+      &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time for the daily backup configuration in UTC timezone in the 24 hour format - **HH:MM**.
       &quot;transactionLogRetentionDays&quot;: 42, # The number of days of transaction logs we retain for point in time restore, from 1-7.
     },
     &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of server Instance collation.
@@ -1821,7 +1821,7 @@
     &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.
     &quot;databaseFlags&quot;: [ # The database flags passed to the instance at startup.
       { # Database flags for Cloud SQL instances.
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see Configuring Database Flags in the Cloud SQL documentation.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see [Configuring Database Flags](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/flags) in the Cloud SQL documentation.
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn&#x27;t take a value.
       },
     ],
@@ -1881,7 +1881,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
-  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following. *SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED*: The state of the instance is unknown. *RUNNABLE*: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. *SUSPENDED*: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. *PENDING_DELETE*: The instance is being deleted. *PENDING_CREATE*: The instance is being created. *MAINTENANCE*: The instance is down for maintenance. *FAILED*: The instance creation failed.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following: * **SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED**: The state of the instance is unknown. * **RUNNABLE**: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. * **SUSPENDED**: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. * **PENDING_DELETE**: The instance is being deleted. * **PENDING_CREATE**: The instance is being created. * **MAINTENANCE**: The instance is down for maintenance. * **FAILED**: The instance creation failed.
   &quot;suspensionReason&quot;: [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -1923,7 +1923,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -1941,7 +1941,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -2017,7 +2017,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -2035,7 +2035,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -2111,7 +2111,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -2129,7 +2129,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -2205,7 +2205,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -2223,7 +2223,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -2270,7 +2270,7 @@
   &quot;restoreBackupContext&quot;: { # Database instance restore from backup context. Backup context contains source instance id and project id. # Parameters required to perform the restore backup operation.
     &quot;backupRunId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the backup run to restore from.
     &quot;instanceId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The ID of the instance that the backup was taken from.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#restoreBackupContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#restoreBackupContext**.
     &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The full project ID of the source instance.
   },
 }
@@ -2311,7 +2311,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -2329,7 +2329,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -2374,7 +2374,7 @@
 
 { # Rotate Server CA request.
   &quot;rotateServerCaContext&quot;: { # Instance rotate server CA context. # Contains details about the rotate server CA operation.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#rotateServerCaContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#rotateServerCaContext**.
     &quot;nextVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The fingerprint of the next version to be rotated to. If left unspecified, will be rotated to the most recently added server CA version.
   },
 }
@@ -2415,7 +2415,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -2433,7 +2433,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -2509,7 +2509,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -2527,7 +2527,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -2603,7 +2603,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -2621,7 +2621,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -2666,8 +2666,8 @@
 
 { # Instance truncate log request.
   &quot;truncateLogContext&quot;: { # Database Instance truncate log context. # Contains details about the truncate log operation.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#truncateLogContext*.
-    &quot;logType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of log to truncate. Valid values are *MYSQL_GENERAL_TABLE* and *MYSQL_SLOW_TABLE*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#truncateLogContext**.
+    &quot;logType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of log to truncate. Valid values are **MYSQL_GENERAL_TABLE** and **MYSQL_SLOW_TABLE**.
   },
 }
 
@@ -2707,7 +2707,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -2725,7 +2725,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -2769,11 +2769,11 @@
     The object takes the form of:
 
 { # A Cloud SQL instance resource.
-  &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, #  *SECOND_GEN*: Cloud SQL database instance. *EXTERNAL*: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the *tier* property in the *settings* object to determine the database type.
+  &quot;backendType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The backend type. **SECOND_GEN**: Cloud SQL database instance. **EXTERNAL**: A database server that is not managed by Google. This property is read-only; use the **tier** property in the **settings** object to determine the database type.
   &quot;connectionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Connection name of the Cloud SQL instance used in connection strings.
   &quot;createTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Output only. The time when the instance was created in [RFC 3339](https://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3339) format, for example **2012-11-15T16:19:00.094Z**.
-  &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see this announcement for details.
-  &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The *databaseVersion* field cannot be changed after instance creation. MySQL instances: *MYSQL_8_0*, *MYSQL_5_7* (default), or *MYSQL_5_6*. PostgreSQL instances: *POSTGRES_9_6*, *POSTGRES_10*, *POSTGRES_11*, *POSTGRES_12*, *POSTGRES_13* (default). SQL Server instances: *SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD*, *SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2019_WEB*, *SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD* (default), *SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE*, *SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS*, or *SQLSERVER_2017_WEB*.
+  &quot;currentDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current disk usage of the instance in bytes. This property has been deprecated. Use the &quot;cloudsql.googleapis.com/database/disk/bytes_used&quot; metric in Cloud Monitoring API instead. Please see [this announcement](https://groups.google.com/d/msg/google-cloud-sql-announce/I_7-F9EBhT0/BtvFtdFeAgAJ) for details.
+  &quot;databaseVersion&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The database engine type and version. The **databaseVersion** field cannot be changed after instance creation. * **MySQL instances**: MYSQL_8_0, MYSQL_5_7 (default), or MYSQL_5_6. * **PostgreSQL instances**: POSTGRES_9_6, POSTGRES_10, POSTGRES_11, POSTGRES_12, POSTGRES_13 (default). * **SQL Server instances**: SQLSERVER_2019_STANDARD, SQLSERVER_2019_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2019_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2019_WEB, SQLSERVER_2017_STANDARD (default), SQLSERVER_2017_ENTERPRISE, SQLSERVER_2017_EXPRESS, or SQLSERVER_2017_WEB.
   &quot;diskEncryptionConfiguration&quot;: { # Disk encryption configuration for an instance. # Disk encryption configuration specific to an instance.
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionConfiguration**.
     &quot;kmsKeyName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Resource name of KMS key for disk encryption
@@ -2782,13 +2782,13 @@
     &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#diskEncryptionStatus**.
     &quot;kmsKeyVersionName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # KMS key version used to encrypt the Cloud SQL instance resource
   },
-  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the *settings.settingsVersion* field instead.
+  &quot;etag&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field is deprecated and will be removed from a future version of the API. Use the **settings.settingsVersion** field instead.
   &quot;failoverReplica&quot;: { # The name and status of the failover replica.
     &quot;available&quot;: True or False, # The availability status of the failover replica. A false status indicates that the failover replica is out of sync. The primary instance can only failover to the failover replica when the status is true.
     &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the failover replica. If specified at instance creation, a failover replica is created for the instance. The name doesn&#x27;t include the project ID.
   },
   &quot;gceZone&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The Compute Engine zone that the instance is currently serving from. This value could be different from the zone that was specified when the instance was created if the instance has failed over to its secondary zone.
-  &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following. *CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. *ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE*: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. *READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE*: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
+  &quot;instanceType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The instance type. This can be one of the following: * **CLOUD_SQL_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance that is not replicating from a primary instance. * **ON_PREMISES_INSTANCE**: An instance running on the customer&#x27;s premises. * **READ_REPLICA_INSTANCE**: A Cloud SQL instance configured as a read-replica.
   &quot;ipAddresses&quot;: [ # The assigned IP addresses for the instance.
     { # Database instance IP Mapping.
       &quot;ipAddress&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IP address assigned.
@@ -2797,7 +2797,7 @@
     },
   ],
   &quot;ipv6Address&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The IPv6 address assigned to the instance. (Deprecated) This property was applicable only to First Generation instances.
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#instance*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#instance**.
   &quot;masterInstanceName&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the instance which will act as primary in the replication setup.
   &quot;maxDiskSize&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The maximum disk size of the instance in bytes.
   &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Name of the Cloud SQL instance. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -2807,7 +2807,7 @@
     &quot;clientKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s private key. The corresponsing public key is encoded in the client&#x27;s certificate.
     &quot;dumpFilePath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The dump file to create the Cloud SQL replica.
     &quot;hostPort&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The host and port of the on-premises instance in host:port format
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#onPremisesConfiguration*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#onPremisesConfiguration**.
     &quot;password&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The password for connecting to on-premises instance.
     &quot;sourceInstance&quot;: { # Reference to another Cloud SQL instance. # The reference to Cloud SQL instance if the source is Cloud SQL.
       &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the Cloud SQL instance being referenced. This does not include the project ID.
@@ -2821,10 +2821,10 @@
     &quot;sqlOutOfDiskState&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This field represents the state generated by the proactive database wellness job for OutOfDisk issues. * Writers: * the proactive database wellness job for OOD. * Readers: * the proactive database wellness job
   },
   &quot;project&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The project ID of the project containing the Cloud SQL instance. The Google apps domain is prefixed if applicable.
-  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be *us-central* (*FIRST_GEN* instances only) *us-central1* (*SECOND_GEN* instances only) *asia-east1* or *europe-west1*. Defaults to *us-central* or *us-central1* depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
+  &quot;region&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The geographical region. Can be: * **us-central** (**FIRST_GEN** instances only) * **us-central1** (**SECOND_GEN** instances only) * **asia-east1** or **europe-west1**. Defaults to **us-central** or **us-central1** depending on the instance type. The region cannot be changed after instance creation.
   &quot;replicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration for connecting to the primary instance. # Configuration specific to failover replicas and read replicas.
-    &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to *true* the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#replicaConfiguration*.
+    &quot;failoverTarget&quot;: True or False, # Specifies if the replica is the failover target. If the field is set to **true** the replica will be designated as a failover replica. In case the primary instance fails, the replica instance will be promoted as the new primary instance. Only one replica can be specified as failover target, and the replica has to be in different zone with the primary instance.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#replicaConfiguration**.
     &quot;mysqlReplicaConfiguration&quot;: { # Read-replica configuration specific to MySQL databases. # MySQL specific configuration when replicating from a MySQL on-premises primary instance. Replication configuration information such as the username, password, certificates, and keys are not stored in the instance metadata. The configuration information is used only to set up the replication connection and is stored by MySQL in a file named **master.info** in the data directory.
       &quot;caCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the trusted CA&#x27;s x509 certificate.
       &quot;clientCertificate&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # PEM representation of the replica&#x27;s x509 certificate.
@@ -2885,7 +2885,7 @@
       &quot;location&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Location of the backup
       &quot;pointInTimeRecoveryEnabled&quot;: True or False, # (Postgres only) Whether point in time recovery is enabled.
       &quot;replicationLogArchivingEnabled&quot;: True or False, # Reserved for future use.
-      &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time for the daily backup configuration in UTC timezone in the 24 hour format - *HH:MM*.
+      &quot;startTime&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Start time for the daily backup configuration in UTC timezone in the 24 hour format - **HH:MM**.
       &quot;transactionLogRetentionDays&quot;: 42, # The number of days of transaction logs we retain for point in time restore, from 1-7.
     },
     &quot;collation&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of server Instance collation.
@@ -2894,7 +2894,7 @@
     &quot;dataDiskType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The type of data disk: **PD_SSD** (default) or **PD_HDD**. Not used for First Generation instances.
     &quot;databaseFlags&quot;: [ # The database flags passed to the instance at startup.
       { # Database flags for Cloud SQL instances.
-        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see Configuring Database Flags in the Cloud SQL documentation.
+        &quot;name&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The name of the flag. These flags are passed at instance startup, so include both server options and system variables. Flags are specified with underscores, not hyphens. For more information, see [Configuring Database Flags](https://cloud.google.com/sql/docs/mysql/flags) in the Cloud SQL documentation.
         &quot;value&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The value of the flag. Booleans are set to **on** for true and **off** for false. This field must be omitted if the flag doesn&#x27;t take a value.
       },
     ],
@@ -2954,7 +2954,7 @@
       &quot;a_key&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;,
     },
   },
-  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following. *SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED*: The state of the instance is unknown. *RUNNABLE*: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. *SUSPENDED*: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. *PENDING_DELETE*: The instance is being deleted. *PENDING_CREATE*: The instance is being created. *MAINTENANCE*: The instance is down for maintenance. *FAILED*: The instance creation failed.
+  &quot;state&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The current serving state of the Cloud SQL instance. This can be one of the following: * **SQL_INSTANCE_STATE_UNSPECIFIED**: The state of the instance is unknown. * **RUNNABLE**: The instance is running, or has been stopped by owner. * **SUSPENDED**: The instance is not available, for example due to problems with billing. * **PENDING_DELETE**: The instance is being deleted. * **PENDING_CREATE**: The instance is being created. * **MAINTENANCE**: The instance is down for maintenance. * **FAILED**: The instance creation failed.
   &quot;suspensionReason&quot;: [ # If the instance state is SUSPENDED, the reason for the suspension.
     &quot;A String&quot;,
   ],
@@ -2996,7 +2996,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -3014,7 +3014,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html
index fd7fae4..b15cf47 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.operations.html
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -233,7 +233,7 @@
           &quot;A String&quot;,
         ],
         &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+        &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
         &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
         &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
           &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -251,7 +251,7 @@
           &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
             &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
             &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-            &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+            &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
           },
         },
         &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@
       &quot;user&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The email address of the user who initiated this operation.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#operationsList*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#operationsList**.
   &quot;nextPageToken&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The continuation token, used to page through large result sets. Provide this value in a subsequent request to return the next page of results.
 }</pre>
 </div>
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html
index f6fc75f..3322f99 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.projects.instances.html
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -273,7 +273,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -342,15 +342,15 @@
   &quot;errors&quot;: [ # List of migration violations.
     { # External primary instance migration setting error/warning.
       &quot;detail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Can be *sql#externalSyncSettingError* or *sql#externalSyncSettingWarning*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Can be **sql#externalSyncSettingError** or **sql#externalSyncSettingWarning**.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#migrationSettingErrorList*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#migrationSettingErrorList**.
   &quot;warnings&quot;: [ # List of migration warnings.
     { # External primary instance migration setting error/warning.
       &quot;detail&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Additional information about the error encountered.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Can be *sql#externalSyncSettingError* or *sql#externalSyncSettingWarning*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Can be **sql#externalSyncSettingError** or **sql#externalSyncSettingWarning**.
       &quot;type&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Identifies the specific error that occurred.
     },
   ],
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html
index c014567..a380338 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.sslCerts.html
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -295,7 +295,7 @@
     },
     &quot;certPrivateKey&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The private key for the client cert, in pem format. Keep private in order to protect your security.
   },
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCertsInsert*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCertsInsert**.
   &quot;operation&quot;: { # An Operation resource. For successful operations that return an Operation resource, only the fields relevant to the operation are populated in the resource. # The operation to track the ssl certs insert request.
     &quot;backupContext&quot;: { # Backup context. # The context for backup operation, if applicable.
       &quot;backupId&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The identifier of the backup.
@@ -324,7 +324,7 @@
         &quot;A String&quot;,
       ],
       &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+      &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
       &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
       &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
         &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@
         &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
           &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
           &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-          &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+          &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         },
       },
       &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
       &quot;sha1Fingerprint&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Sha1 Fingerprint.
     },
   ],
-  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#sslCertsList*.
+  &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#sslCertsList**.
 }</pre>
 </div>
 
diff --git a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html
index f899697..80bd7de 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/sqladmin_v1beta4.users.html
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -158,7 +158,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -254,7 +254,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@
       &quot;A String&quot;,
     ],
     &quot;fileType&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # The file type for the specified uri. * **SQL**: The file contains SQL statements. * **CSV**: The file contains CSV data. * **BAK**: The file contains backup data for a SQL Server instance.
-    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always *sql#exportContext*.
+    &quot;kind&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # This is always **sql#exportContext**.
     &quot;offload&quot;: True or False, # Option for export offload.
     &quot;sqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting data as SQL statements.
       &quot;mysqlExportOptions&quot;: { # Options for exporting from MySQL.
@@ -427,7 +427,7 @@
       &quot;encryptionOptions&quot;: {
         &quot;certPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate (.cer) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
         &quot;pvkPassword&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Password that encrypts the private key
-        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form *gs://bucketName/fileName*. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
+        &quot;pvkPath&quot;: &quot;A String&quot;, # Path to the Certificate Private Key (.pvk) in Cloud Storage, in the form **gs://bucketName/fileName**. The instance must have write permissions to the bucket and read access to the file.
       },
     },
     &quot;csvImportOptions&quot;: { # Options for importing data as CSV.
diff --git a/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html b/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html
index 872fa95..b5300d9 100644
--- a/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html
+++ b/docs/dyn/streetviewpublish_v1.photos.html
@@ -352,7 +352,7 @@
   <pre>Lists all the Photos that belong to the user. *Note:* Recently created photos that are still being indexed are not returned in the response.
 
 Args:
-  filter: string, Optional. The filter expression. For example: `placeId=ChIJj61dQgK6j4AR4GeTYWZsKWw`. The filters supported at the moment are: `placeId`, `min_latitude`, `max_latitude`, `min_longitude`, and `max_longitude`.
+  filter: string, Optional. The filter expression. For example: `placeId=ChIJj61dQgK6j4AR4GeTYWZsKWw`. The filters supported at the moment are: `placeId`.
   languageCode: string, The BCP-47 language code, such as &quot;en-US&quot; or &quot;sr-Latn&quot;. For more information, see http://www.unicode.org/reports/tr35/#Unicode_locale_identifier. If language_code is unspecified, the user&#x27;s language preference for Google services is used.
   pageSize: integer, The maximum number of photos to return. `pageSize` must be non-negative. If `pageSize` is zero or is not provided, the default page size of 100 is used. The number of photos returned in the response may be less than `pageSize` if the number of photos that belong to the user is less than `pageSize`.
   pageToken: string, The nextPageToken value returned from a previous ListPhotos request, if any.